Low Voltage
Compact NSX Circuit breakers and switch disconnectors Measurement and communication From 100 to 630A
Catalogue 2008
Contents Introduction
3
Functions and characteristics
A-1
Installation recommendations
B-1
Dimensions and connection
C-1
Wiring diagrams
D-1
Additional characteristics
E-1
Catalogue numbers
F-1
Glossary
G-1
1
Compact NSX
Next-generation circuit breakers Today, next-generation Compact NSX circuit breakers provide an intelligent outlook and set the standards of tomorrow. A power monitoring unit enhances their invariably impeccable protective functions. For the first time, users can monitor both energy and power, offering new performance in a remarkably compact device. Compactness, discrimination and modularity – all of the features which defined the success of the Compact NS generation of circuit breakers combined with new functions for safe, easy monitoring and management of installations. The new range of Compact NSX circuit breakers stands out from the crowd, thanks to its electronic intelligence. Through direct access to in-depth information, and networking via open protocols, Compact NSX lets operators optimise the management of their electrical installations. Far more than a circuit breaker, Compact NSX is a measurement and communication tool ready to meet energy-efficiency needs through optimised energy consumption, increased energy availability, and improved installation management.
3
Compact NSX
100-630A
Safety and performance Compactness, discrimination and modularity – new Compact NSX circuit breakers incorporate advanced monitoring and communication functions, from 40 amps up, combined with impeccable protection.
Expert technology A roto-active contact breaking principle provides each circuit breaker with very high breaking capacity in a very small device, remarkable fault current limitation performance, and endurance. > Compact NSX benefits from a patented double roto-active contact breaking concept, together with a reflex tripping system for ultimate breaking.
> Exceptional fault current limitation guarantees robust, reliable protection and, above all, reduces the causes of component aging, thus extending service life for installations.
4
23 new patents ^S\RW\UQ]\Å`[bVS W\\]dObWdSQVO`OQbS` ]T1][^OQb
New breaking capacities Breaking performance at 415 V
New performance levels for Compact NSX improve application targeting: > 36-50 kA – standard applications (industrial plants, buildings and hospitals),
NSX 100
NSX 160
NSX 250
NSX 400
NSX 630
L 150kA S 100kA
> 70-100 kA – high performance at controlled cost,
H 70kA
> 150 kA – demanding applications (maritime).
N 50kA F 36kA
Enhanced protection for motors Compact NSX meets the requirements of IEC 60947-4-1 standards for protection of motors: > well adapted to motor-starting solutions up to 315 kW at 400 V, providing protection against short circuits, overloads, phase unbalance and loss,
> also enables set-up of additional protection systems for starting and braking with the motor running, reverse braking, jogging or reversing in complete safety,
Reduced installation costs Optimising installations allows for achieving up to 30% savings: > considerable savings at the time of installation, thanks to total discrimination with miniature circuit breakers,
> smaller devices, more economic switchboards mean best overall installation cost, without overcalibration.
> add a Schneider Electric contactor; Compact NSX complies with the requirements of so-called type 2 coordination. NS400
NSX250
NS160 (100 A)
NSX100
Multi 9
The trip units are now true circuit breaker control systems.
EWbVbVSW\bSU`ObW]\ ]TSZSQb`]\WQab`W^c\Wba VOdSUOW\SRW\speed and accuracy.
Greater reliability and better discrimination OZZ]ea[]`S`SÅ\SR aSbbW\UaSa^SQWOZZgT]`bW[SRSZOga
5
Compact NSX
100-630A
Monitoring and management Compact NSX is a single device, which contains a monitoring unit to control energy consumption and power.
Integrated monitoring > The new Compact NSX range incorporates Micrologic electronic trip units in the circuit breaker, offering both: Ê UÊ>Ê>VVÕÀ>ÌiÊ«ÜiÀÊÌÀ}ÊÕÌ] Ê UÊ>Ê
}
ÞÊÀi>LiÊ«ÀÌiVÌÛiÊ`iÛVi°
> A Micrologic electronic tripping device combines next-generation sensors: Ê UÊ>ʸÀ¸ÊÃiÃÀÊvÀÊÌ
iÊ«ÜiÀÊÃÕ««Þ to the electronics, Ê UÊ>ʸ>À¸ÊÃiÃÀÊ,}ÜÃÊVî for measurement, guaranteeing high accuracy.
> These electronic systems are designed to withstand high temperatures (105°C), ensuring reliability under severe operating conditions.
> The originality lies in how Compact NSX measures, processes and displays data, either directly on screen, on the switchboard front panel, or via a monitoring system.
6
10% ;]\Wb]`W\UQ]\ac[^bW]\ QO\`SRcQSS\S`UgQ]aba PgOa[cQVOa
Accessibility of information… To keep costs under control and ensure service continuity, relevant information must be available in real time: > a kilowatt-hour meter helps optimise costs and their allocation,
> harmonic distortion rate shows the quality of electrical supply,
> alarm notification secures operational control and maintenance planning,
> event logs and tables, activated continuously, ensure the installed equipment base operates correctly, so energy efficiency is maximized.
Measurement functions are controlled by an additional microprocessor.
ASIC
…for power monitoring > Together with power monitoring software (e.g., PowerLogic), the Compact NSX Modbus communication interface provides operators with a parameter set and tools that make system monitoring very easy.
> Operators have real-time data to control
;]\Wb]`W\Ua]TbeO`S >]eS`:]UWQ7=<3
energy availability, to monitor power supply quality, to optimise consumption of different applications or zones, reducing load peaks and continuously supplying priority loads, and to draw up maintenance schedules.
> ÊÃvÌÜ>ÀiÊÕÌÌÞÊ,-1®Ê>ÜÃÊ«ÀÌiVÌÊ and alarm configuration, in addition to testing communications with all installed devices.
>`]bSQbW]\Tc\QbW]\aO`SSZSQb`]\WQOZZg [O\OUSRW\RS^S\RS\bZg]T[SOac`S[S\b Tc\QbW]\a
/\/A71/^^ZWQObW]\A^SQWÅQ 7\bSU`ObSR1W`QcWbWaQ][[]\ b]OZZb`W^c\WbaeVWQVP]]aba W[[c\Wbgb]Q]\RcQbSR ]``ORWObSRW\bS`TS`S\QS O\RW\Q`SOaSa`SZWOPWZWbg
7
Compact NSX
100-630A
Simplicity Compact NSX takes the principles of easy installation and use – which made its predecessor so successful – to a higher level.
Simple in design Compact NSX is mounted and wired reusing the same measurements as Compact NS. Cut-outs are the same whatever the type of handle. Engineering drawings are the same, so installation and connection layouts can be used on new projects, simplifying extensions or retrofits, and reducing maintenance costs. Integration in help software, for parameter settings and switchboard installation, further eases design.
Simple to install > A transparent lead-sealable cover protects access to tripping device switches and prevents settings from being changed.
> The new electrical control adjustment also has a transparent lead- sealable cover to prevent it from being operated accidentally.
> Compact NSX has an optional functional terminal shield that offers excellent protection against direct contact (IP40 on all sides, IP20 at cable entry points) and easy installation.
> All Compact NSX devices can be equipped with a communication function via a pre-wired connection with a Modbus interface module. When the Modbus address is declared, the Compact NSX device is integrated into the network.
8
> There are four levels of functionalities: Ê
Ê Ê Ê Ê
UÊVÕV>ÌÊvÊ`iÛViÊÃÌ>ÌÕÃ\ On/Off position, trip indication and fault-trip indication, UÊVÕV>ÌÊvÊV>`Ã\ open, close, and reset, UÊVÕV>ÌÊvÊi>ÃÕÀiiÌÃ\ Ê >ÞÊ]Ê1]Êv]Ê*]Ê ]Ê>`Ê/ ] UÊVÕV>ÌÊvÊ«iÀ>Ì}Ê>ÃÃÃÌ>Vi data: settings, parameters, alarms, histograms and event tables, and maintenance indicators.
> /
iÊÃÜÌV
L>À`ʸ«Õ}ÊEÊ«>Þ¸Ê`ë>ÞÊÕÌÊ connects to the trip unit without any special settings or configuration. A cable fitted ÜÌ
Ê>Ê,{xÊViVÌÀÊ>ÜÃÊvÀÊi>ÃÞÊ integration with communications networking.
Simple to use > 1ÃiÀÃÊVÕÃÌÃiÊÌiÃÌ>«i`Ê>>ÀÃ for all parameters, assign them to indicator lights, choose display priorities, and configure time delay thresholds and modes.
> Event logs and tables are continuouslyactivated. Providing a wealth of information, they enable users to ensure that the installed equipment base operates correctly, to optimize settings, and to maximise energy efficiency.
> Local and remote displays offer easy access to operators and provide the main electrical Û>ÕiÃ\Ê]Ê1]Ê6]Êv]ÊiiÀ}Þ]Ê«ÜiÀ]ÊÌÌ>Ê
>ÀVÊ distortion, etc. The user-friendly switchboard display unit with intuitive navigation is more comfortable to read, and offers quick access to information.
Performance, yet unimposing. 1][^OQb
Attractively designed. BVST`]\b]T1][^OQb
9
Compact NSX
100-630A
Service continuity Compact NSX makes discrimination its main advantage in minimising the impact of short circuits, ensuring service continuity for installations.
Total discrimination Thanks to its 30 years of experience, Schneider Electric, with Compact NSX, offers perfect mastery of discrimination for ever more reliable service continuity. Compact NSX circuit breakers strongly limit fault currents, occurring as the result of short-circuits, which reduces installation downtime and avoids over-dimensioning cables. When several circuit breakers are used in series, the downstream circuit breaker trips as close as possible to the fault, isolating only the circuit concerned. The upstream circuit breaker is not affected and allows the other circuits to remain operational.
Service continuity ``}Ê>Ê- / Ê`ÕiÊ>ÜÃÊÀiÌiÊ indication of motor overloads and actuation of a contactor, ensuring total service continuity: > Ì
iÊ- / ÊÃÜÌV
iÃÊÌ
iÊVÌ>VÌÀÊÃÌi>` of tripping the circuit breaker,
> the module allows for machine restart directly from the contactor without having to operate circuit breakers.
Preventive maintenance Maintenance indicators provide information on the number of operations, level of wear on contacts and total load rates. This makes it far easier to monitor equipment ageing and optimise investments over time. Maintenance is now preventive, avoiding faults.
10
100% service continuity
2W`SQbOQQSaa b][OW\bS\O\QS W\RWQOb]`a
Schneider Electric expertise Schneider Electric commits to reducing energy costs and CO2 emissions for its customers. It offers products, solutions and services that integrate with all levels of the energy value chain. Compact NSX is part and parcel of the Schneider Electric energy efficiency approach. Solutions for the future With Compact NSX, Schneider Electric works through flexible solutions for commercial and industrial buildings, Schneider Electric commits to help customers gradually move towards an active approach to their energy efficiency. It helps get more return from investments and future design solutions.
Energy performance contracts
30%
Up to aOdW\UaW\S\S`UgQ]aba
4 steps ,2WOU\]abWQa ,>`]^]aOZa ,7[^ZS[S\bObW]\ ,4]ZZ]ec^
An energy performance contract offers innovative service to modernise technical installations. The objective is dramatically to reduce energy costs, whilst improving comfort and safety, all in an environmentally-responsible way.
Environmentally responsible Schneider Electric meets the expectations of its markets with products adapted to the practices of the 190 countries where it is present and strongly commits to respect the norms and directives of each of those countries. Ê UÊ «>VÌÊ -8]ÊiÊ>ÊÌ
iÊ«À`ÕVÌà in its LV ranges, is a product designed to comply with all European directives for the environment. It has also received international certifications and approval from independent agencies. Ê UÊÊV«>ViÊÜÌ
Ê-"Ê£{ää£ÊÃÌ>`>À`Ã] all of its factories are nonpolluting. Ê UÊ iÃ}i`ÊvÀÊi>ÃÞÊ`Ã>ÃÃiLÞ and recycling at end of life, Compact NSX complies with environmental directives Ê Ê ,-IÊ>`Ê7
II°ÊÊ Ê
IÊ,-ÊrÊ,iÃÌÀVÌÊvÊ>â>À`ÕÃÊ-ÕLÃÌ>Vià IIÊ7
ÊrÊ7>ÃÌiÊ iVÌÀV>Ê>`Ê iVÌÀVÊ µÕ«iÌ
11
Protection, measurement and communication...
Compact NSX
Functions and characteristics
Introduction Overview of applications General characteristics of the Compact NSX range Characteristics and performance of Compact NSX circuit breakers from 100 to 630 A Compact NSX trip units Overview of trip units for Compact NSX
A-2 A-4 A-6 A-8 A-10
Protection of distribution systems TM thermal-magnetic and MA magnetic trip units Micrologic 2 and 1.3-M trip units Micrologic 5 / 6 A or E trip units
A-14 A-16 A-18
Power Meter functions Electronic Micrologic 5 / 6 A or E
A-20
Operating-assistance functions Micrologic 5 / 6 A or E trip units
A-22
Switchboard-display functions Micrologic 5 / 6 A or E trip units
A-24
Compact NSX communication Communications modules Networks and software RSU and RCU utilities Supervision software
A-26 A-28 A-30 A-31
Accessories for Micrologic trip units
A-32
Earth-leakage protection Add-on protection against insulation faults using a Vigi module or Vigirex relay A-34
Motor protection General information on motor feeders Motor-feeder characteristics and solutions Compact NSX motor-feeder solutions MA and Micrologic 1.3-M instantaneous trip units Micrologic 2-M electronic trip units Micrologic 6 E-M electronic trip units
A-36 A-38 A-39 A-40 A-42 A-44
Special applications Generator protection with Micrologic 2.2-G Protection of industrial control panels 16 Hz 2/3 network protection Micrologic 5 A-Z trip unit Protection of 400 Hz systems
A-48 A-50 A-51 A-51 A-52
Switch-disconnectors Overview of applications Switch-disconnector functions Characteristics and performance of Compact NSX switch-disconnectors from 100 to 630 NA
A-54 A-55 A-56
Source-changeover systems Presentation Manual source-changeover systems Remote-operated and automatic source-changeover systems Coupling accessory on base plate
A-58 A-59 A-60
Accessories and auxiliaries
Installation recommendations Dimensions and connection Wiring diagrams Additional characteristics Catalogue numbers Glossary 559E1000.indd
B-1 C-1 D-1 E-1 F-1 G-1
Overview of Compact NSX100 to 630 ¿[HGYHUVLRQ Overview of Compact NSX100 to 630 plug-in and withdrawable versions Device installation &RQQHFWLRQRI¿[HGGHYLFHV Connection of withdrawable and plug-in devices Insulation of live parts Selection of auxiliaries for Compact NSX100/160/250 Selection of auxiliaries for Compact NSX400/630 Connection of electrical auxiliaries Indication contacts SDx and SDTAM modules for Micrologic Motor mechanism Remote tripping Rotary handles Additional measurement and indication modules Locks Sealing accessories Individual enclosures Escutcheons and protection collars
version: 1.0
$62 A-64 A-66 $-78 A-70 A-71 A-72 A-74 A-76 A-78 A-79 A-80 A-81 A-82 A-84 A-86 A-87 A-88 A-89
A-1
Functions and characteristics
Introduction Overview of applications Functions
Applications G
DB112086
DB112087
Compact NSX100 to 630 offers high performance and a wide range of interchangeable trip units to protect most applications. Electronic versions provide highly accurate protection with wide setting ranges and can integrate measurement, metering and communication functions. They can be combined with the FDM121 switchboard display unit to provide all the functions of a Power Meter as well as operating assistance.
Compact NSX equipped with Micrologic 5 / 6 trip units offer type A (ammeter) or E (energy) metering functions as well as communication. Using Micrologic sensors and intelligence, Compact NSX provides access to measurements of all the main electrical parameters on the built-in screen, on a dedicated FDM121 display unit or via the communication system.
DB112089
Power Meter page A-20
Operating assistance page A-22
Switchboard display unit page A-24
DB112090
Integration of measurement functions provides operators with operating assistance functions including alarms tripped by user-selected measurement values, time-stamped event tables and histories, and maintenance indicators.
Communication page A-26 Compact NSX equipped with Micrologic 5 / 6 trip units provide communication capabilities. Simple RJ45 cords connect to a Modbus interface module.
A-2
version: 1.0
DB112091
The main measurements can be read on the built-in screen of Micrologic 5 / 6 trip units. They can also be displayed on the FDM121 switchboard display unit along with pop-up windows signalling the main alarms.
559E1100.indd
Protection of distribution systems (AC 220/690 V) page A-14
Compact NSX devices are equipped with MA or TM thermal-magnetic trip units or Micrologic 2 / 5 / 6 electronic trip units to provide protection against shortcircuits and overloads for: b distribution systems supplied by transformers b distribution systems supplied by engine generator sets b long cables in IT and TN systems.
They can be easily installed at all levels in distribution systems, from the main LV switchboard to the subdistribution boards and enclosures. All Compact NSX devices can protect against insulation faults by adding a Vigi module or Vigirex relay.
Protection of motors (AC 220/690 V) page A-36
The Compact NSX range includes a number of versions to protect motor applications: b basic short-circuit protection with MA magnetic trip units or the electronic Micrologic 1-M version, combined with an external relay to provide thermal protection b protection against overloads, short-circuits and phase unbalance or loss with Micrologic 2-M trip units
b more complete protection against overloads and VKRUWFLUFXLWVZLWKDGGLWLRQDOPRWRUVSHFL¿FSURWHFWLRQ (phase unbalance, locked rotor, underload and long start) with Micrologic 6 E-M trip units. These versions also offer communication, metering and operating assistance. The exceptional limiting capacity of Compact NSX circuit breakers automatically provides type-2 coordination with the motor starter, in compliance with standard IEC 60947-4-1.
Protection of special applications page A-48
Special applications: The Compact NSX range offers a number of versions for special protection applications: b service connection to public distribution systems page A-48 gen nerators page A-50 b industrial control panels page A-52 with: v compliance with international standards IEC 60947-2 and UL 508 / CSA 22-2 N14 v compliance with US standard UL 489 v installation in universal and functional enclosures. b 16 Hz 2/3 systems page A-53 b 400 Hz systems page A-54
For all these applications, circuit breakers in the Compact NSX range offer positive contact indication and are suitable for isolation in accordance with standards IEC 60947-1 and 2.
Control and isolation using switchdisconnectors page A-56
A switch-disconnector version of Compact NSX circuit breakers is available for circuit control and isolation. All add-on functions of Compact NSX circuit breakers may be combined with the basic switch-disconnector function, including: b earth-leakage protection b motor mechanism b ammeter, etc.
For information on other switch-disconnector ranges, see the Interpact (offering positive contact indication and visible break) and Fupact (fusegear) catalogues.
Source changeover systems page A-60
To ensure a continuous supply of power, some electrical installations are connected to two power sources: b a normal source b a replacement source to supply the installation when the normal source is not available. A mechanical and/or electrical interlocking system between two circuit breakers or switch-disconnectors avoids all risk of parallel connection of the sources during switching.
A source-changeover system can be: b manual with mechanical device interlocking b remote controlled with mechanical and/or electrical device interlocking b automatic by adding a controller to manage switching from one source to the other on the basis of external parameters.
559E1100.indd
version: 1.0
A-3
Functions and characteristics
Introduction General characteristics of the Compact NSX range
DB112018
Compliance with standards 1 2 3
NSX250 H
100 70 65 50 35 10
100 70 65 50 35 10
4 5 6
7
100 65 35
8 9 10
Standardised characteristics indicated on the rating plate: 1 Type of device: frame size and breaking capacity class 2 Ui: rated insulation voltage. 3 Uimp: rated impulse withstand voltage. 4 Ics: service breaking capacity. 5 Icu: ultimate breaking capacity for various values of the rated operational voltage Ue 6 Ue: operational voltage. 7 Colour label indicating the breaking capacity class. 8 Circuit breaker-disconnector symbol. 9 Reference standard. 10 Main standards with which the device complies. Note: when the circuit breaker is equipped with an extended rotary handle, the door must be opened to access the rating plate.
Compact NSX circuit breakers and auxiliaries comply with the following: b international recommendations: v IEC 60947-1: general rules v IEC 60947-2: circuit breakers v IEC 60947-3: switch-disconnectors v IEC 60947-4: contactors and motor starters v IEC 60947-5.1 and following: control circuit devices and switching elements; automatic control components b European (EN 60947-1 and EN 60947-2) and corresponding national standards: v France NF v Germany VDE v United Kingdom BS v Australia AS v Italy CEI b WKHVSHFL¿FDWLRQVRIWKHPDULQHFODVVL¿FDWLRQFRPSDQLHV 9HULWDV/OR\G V5HJLVWHU of Shipping, Det Norske Veritas, etc.), standard NF C 79-130 and recommendations issued by the CNOMO organisation for the protection of machine tools. For U.S. UL, Canadian CSA, Mexican NOM and Japanese JIS standards, please consult us.
Pollution degree &RPSDFW16;FLUFXLWEUHDNHUVDUHFHUWL¿HGIRURSHUDWLRQLQSROOXWLRQGHJUHH,,, HQYLURQPHQWVDVGH¿QHGE\,(&VWDQGDUGV DQG LQGXVWULDO environments).
Climatic withstand &RPSDFW16;FLUFXLWEUHDNHUVKDYHVXFFHVVIXOO\SDVVHGWKHWHVWVGH¿QHGE\WKH following standards for extreme atmospheric conditions: b IEC 60068-2-1: dry cold (-55 °C) b IEC 60068-2-2: dry heat (+85 °C) b IEC 60068-2-30: damp heat (95 % relative humidity at 55 °C) b IEC 60068-2-52 severity level 2: salt mist.
Environment Compact NSX respects the European environment directive EC/2002/95 concerning the restriction of hazardous substances (RoHS). 3URGXFWHQYLURQPHQWSUR¿OHV 3(3 KDYHEHHQSUHSDUHGGHVFULELQJWKH environmental impact of every product throughout its life cycle, from production to the end of its service life. All Compact NSX production sites have set up an environmental management V\VWHPFHUWL¿HG,62 Each factory monitors the impact of its production processes. Every effort is made to prevent pollution and to reduce consumption of natural resources.
Ambient temperature
b Compact NSX circuit breakers may be used between -25 °C and +70 °C. For temperatures higher than 40°C (65°C for circuit breakers used to protect motor feeders), devices must be derated (pages B-8 and B-9). b Circuit breakers should be put into service under normal ambient, operatingtemperature conditions. Exceptionally, the circuit breaker may be put into service when the ambient temperature is between -35 °C and -25 °C. b The permissible storage-temperature range for Compact NSX circuit breakers in the original packing is -50 °C (1) and +85 °C. (1) -40 °C for Micrologic control units with an LCD screen.
A-4
version: 1.0
559E1100.indd
Electromagnetic compatibility Compact NSX devices are protected against: b overvoltages caused by circuit switching (e.g. lighting circuits) b overvoltages caused by atmospheric disturbances b devices emitting radio waves such as mobile telephones, radios, walkie-talkies, radar, etc. b electrostatic discharges produced by users. Immunity levels for Compact NSX comply with the standards below. b IEC/EN 60947-2: Low-voltage switchgear and controlgear, part 2: Circuit breakers: v Annex F: Immunity tests for circuit breakers with electronic protection v Annex B: Immunity tests for residual current protection b IEC/EN 61000-4-2: Electrostatic-discharge immunity tests b ,(&(1 5DGLDWHGUDGLRIUHTXHQF\HOHFWURPDJQHWLF¿HOGLPPXQLW\ tests b IEC/EN 61000-4-4: Electrical fast transient/burst immunity tests b IEC/EN 61000-4-5: Surge immunity tests b IEC/EN 61000-4-6: Immunity tests for conducted disturbances induced by radioIUHTXHQF\¿HOGV b CISPR 11: Limits and methods of measurement of electromagnetic disturbance FKDUDFWHULVWLFVRILQGXVWULDOVFLHQWL¿FDQGPHGLFDO ,60 UDGLRIUHTXHQF\HTXLSPHQW
Discrimination Compact NSX reinforces the discrimination capabilities of the Compact NS range by applying the rapid calculation capacity of the Micrologic trip units. Total discrimination is now possible between NSX100 and modular Multi 9 circuit breakers rated y 63 A (see page A-8). PB103578-53
Suitable for isolation with positive contact indication
DB112093
$OO&RPSDFW16;FLUFXLWEUHDNHUVDUHVXLWDEOHIRULVRODWLRQDVGH¿QHGLQ,(& standard 60947-2: b The isolation position corresponds to the O (OFF) position. b The operating handle cannot indicate the OFF position unless the contacts are effectively open. b Padlocks may not be installed unless the contacts are open. Installation of a rotary handle or a motor mechanism does not alter the reliability of the position-indication system. 7KHLVRODWLRQIXQFWLRQLVFHUWL¿HGE\WHVWVJXDUDQWHHLQJ b the mechanical reliability of the position-indication system b the absence of leakage currents b overvoltage withstand capacity between upstream and downstream connections. The tripped position does not insure isolation with positive contact indication. Only the OFF position guarantees isolation.
Installation in class II switchboards All Compact NSX circuit breakers are class II front face devices. They may be installed through the door of class II switchboards (as per IEC standards 61140 and 60664-1) without downgrading switchboard insulation. Installation requires no special operations, even when the circuit breaker is equipped with a rotary handle or a motor mechanism.
Degree of protection The following indications are in accordance with standards IEC 60529 (IP degree of protection) and IEC 62262 (IK protection against external mechanical impacts). Bare circuit breaker with terminal shields b With toggle: IP40, IK07. b With standard direct rotary handle / VDE: IP40 IK07 Circuit breaker installed in a switchboard b With toggle: IP40, IK07. b With direct rotary handle: v standard / VDE: IP40, IK07 v MCC: IP43 IK07 v CNOMO: IP54 IK08 b With extended rotary handle: IP56 IK08 b With motor mechanism: IP40 IK07.
559E1100.indd
version: 1.0
A-5
PB103354-40
Functions and characteristics
Introduction Characteristics and performance of Compact NSX circuit breakers from 100 to 630 A
Common characteristics Rated voltages Insulation voltage (V)
Ui
800
Impulse withstand voltage (kV)
Uimp
8
Operational voltage (V)
Ue
Suitability for isolation
AC 50/60 Hz
690
IEC/EN 60947-2
yes
IEC 60664-1
3
Utilisation category
A
Pollution degree
Circuit breakers Breaking capacity levels Electrical characteristics as per IEC 60947-2 Rated current (A)
40 °C
lcu
AC 50/60 Hz 220/240 V 380/415 V 440 V 500 V 525 V 660/690 V
lcs
AC 50/60 Hz 220/240 V 380/415 V 440 V 500 V 525 V 660/690 V Mechanical Electrical 440 V
PB103279-44
Compact NSX100/160/250.
In
Number of poles Breaking capacity (kA rms)
Service breaking capacity (kA rms)
Durability (C-O cycles)
690 V
In/2 In In/2 In
Characteristics as per Nema AB1 Breaking capacity (kA rms)
AC 50/60 Hz 240 V 480 V 600 V
Characteristics as per UL 508 Breaking capacity (kA rms)
AC 50/60 Hz 240 V 480 V 600 V
Compact NSX400/630.
Protection and measurements Short-circuit protection Overload / short-circuit protection
Magnetic only Thermal magnetic Electronic with neutral protection (Off-0.5-1-OSN) (1) with ground-fault protection with zone selective interlocking (ZSI) (2) Display / I, U, f, P, E, THD measurements / interrupted-current measurement Options Power Meter display on door Operating assistance Counters Histories and alarms Metering Com Device status/control Com Earth-leakage protection By Vigi module By Vigirex relay
Installation / connections Dimensions and weights
(1) OSN: Over Sized Neutral protection for neutrals carrying high currents (e.g. 3rd harmonics). (2) ZSI: Zone Selective Interlocking using pilot wires. (3) 2P circuit breaker in 3P case for B and F types, only with thermal-magnetic trip unit.
A-6
Dimensions (mm) WxHxD
Fixed, front connections
Weight (kg)
Fixed, front connections
2/3P 4P 2/3P 4P
Connections Connection terminals
Pitch
With/without spreaders
Large Cu or Al cables
Cross-section
mm²
version: 1.0
559E1100.indd
Common characteristics Control Manual Electrical
With toggle
b
With direct or extended rotary handle
b
With remote control
b
Versions b
Fixed Withdrawable
NSX100 F
N
H
Plug-in base
b
Chassis
b
NSX160 S
L
F
N
H
NSX250 S
L
F
N
H
NSX400 S
L
N
H
S
NSX630 L
N
100
160
250
400
630
2 (3), 3, 4
2 (3), 3, 4
2 (3), 3, 4
3, 4
3, 4
85 36 35 25 22 8
H
S
L
90 50 50 36 35 10
100 70 65 50 35 10
120 100 90 65 40 15
150 150 130 70 50 20
85 36 35 30 22 8
90 50 50 36 35 10
100 70 65 50 35 10
120 100 90 65 40 15
150 150 130 70 50 20
85 36 35 30 22 8
90 50 50 36 35 10
100 70 65 50 35 10
120 100 90 65 40 15
150 150 130 70 50 20
85 50 42 30 22 10
100 70 65 50 35 20
120 100 90 65 40 25
150 150 130 70 50 35
85 50 42 30 22 10
100 70 65 50 35 20
120 100 90 65 40 25
150 150 130 70 50 35
85 90 36 50 35 50 12.5 36 11 35 4 10 50000 50000 30000 20000 10000
100 70 65 50 35 10
120 100 90 65 40 15
150 150 130 70 50 20
85 90 36 50 35 50 12.5 36 11 35 4 10 40000 10000 20000 15000 7500
100 70 65 50 35 10
120 100 90 65 40 15
150 150 130 70 50 20
85 90 36 50 35 50 30 36 22 35 8 10 20000 20000 10000 10000 5000
100 70 65 50 35 10
120 100 90 65 40 15
150 150 130 70 50 20
85 100 50 70 42 65 30 50 11 11 10 10 15000 12000 6000 6000 3000
120 100 90 65 12 12
150 150 130 70 12 12
85 100 50 70 42 65 30 50 11 11 10 10 15000 8000 4000 6000 2000
120 100 90 65 12 12
150 150 130 70 12 12
40 20 -
85 35 8
90 50 20
100 120 150 40 65 90 130 20 35 40 50 -
85 35 20
90 50 20
100 120 150 40 65 90 130 20 35 40 50 -
85 35 20
90 50 20
100 120 150 40 65 90 130 30 35 40 50 -
85 42 20
100 120 150 40 65 90 130 30 35 40 50 -
85 42 20
100 120 150 65 90 130 35 40 50
-
85 25 10
85 50 10
85 65 10
85 35 10
85 50 10
85 65 10
85 35 15
85 50 15
85 65 15
85 50 20
85 65 20
85 50 20
85 65 20
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
85 35 20
-
-
85 35 20
b b b b b b
b b b b b b
b b b b b b
b b b b b
b b b b b
b b b b b b b b b
b b b b b b b b b
b b b b b b b b b
b b b b b b b b b
b b b b b b b b b
105 x 161 x 86 140 x 161 x 86 2.05 2.4
105 x 161 x 86 140 x 161 x 86 2.2 2.6
105 x 161 x 86 140 x 161 x 86 2.4 2.8
140 x 225 x 110 185 x 255 x 110 6.05 7.90
140 x 225 x 110 185 x 255 x 110 6.2 8.13
35/45 mm
35/45 mm
35/45 mm
300
300
300
45/52.5 mm 45/70 mm 4 x 240
45/52.5 mm 45/70 mm 4 x 240
559E1100.indd
version: 1.0
-
-
A-7
Functions and characteristics
Introduction
With Micrologic electronic trip units, Compact NSX stands out from the crowd. Thanks to the new generation of sensors and its processing capability, protection is enhanced even further. It also provides measurements and operating information.
Thermal-magnetic or electronic trip unit?
Compact NSX trip units
Thermal-magnetic trip units protect against overcurrents and short-circuits using WULHGDQGWUXHWHFKQLTXHV%XWWRGD\LQVWDOODWLRQRSWLPLVDWLRQDQGHQHUJ\HI¿FLHQF\ have become decisive factors and electronic trip units offering more advanced protection functions combined with measurements are better suited to these needs. Micrologic electronic trip unitsFRPELQHUHÀH[WULSSLQJDQGLQWHOOLJHQWRSHUDWLRQ Thanks to digital electronics, trip units have become faster as well as more accurate and reliable. Wide setting ranges make installation upgrades easier. Designed with processing capabilities, Micrologic trip units can provide measurement information and device operating assistance. With this information, users can avoid or deal more effectively with disturbances and can play a more active role in system operation. They can manage the installation, anticipate on events and plan any necessary servicing.
Accurate measurements for complete protection Compact NSX devices take advantage of the vast experience acquired since the launch of Masterpact NW circuit breakers equipped with Micrologic trip units. From 40 amperes on up to the short-circuit currents, they offer excellent measurement accuracy. This is made possible by a new generation of current transformers combining "iron-core" sensors for self-powered electronics and "aircore" sensors (Rogowski toroids) for measurements. The protection functions are managed by an ASIC component that is independent of the measurement functions. This independence ensures immunity to conducted and radiated disturbances and a high level of reliability.
Numerous security functions Torque-limiting screws The screws secure the trip unit to the circuit breaker. When the correct tightening torque is reached, the screw heads break off. Optimum tightening avoids any risk of temperature rise. A torque wrench is no longer required. Easy and sure changing of trip units All trip units are interchangeable, without wiring. A mechanical mismatch-protection system makes it impossible to mount a trip unit on a circuit breaker with a lower rating. "Ready" LED for a continuous self-test The LED on the front of the electronic trip units indicates the result of the self-test runs continuously on the measurement system and the tripping release. As long as WKHJUHHQ/('LVÀDVKLQJWKHOLQNVEHWZHHQWKH&7VWKHSURFHVVLQJHOHFWURQLFVDQG the Mitop release are operational. The circuit breaker is ready to protect. No need for a test kit. A minimum current of 15 to 50 A, depending on the device, is required for this indication function. A patented dual adjustment system for protection functions. Available on Micrologic 5 / 6, the system consists of: b D¿UVWDGMXVWPHQWXQGHUGHHQHUJLVHGFRQGLWLRQVDQGXVLQJDGLDOVHWVWKH maximum value b DVHFRQGDGMXVWPHQWPDGHYLDWKHNH\SDGRUUHPRWHO\¿QHWXQHVWKHVHWWLQJ 7KHVHFRQGVHWWLQJPD\QRWH[FHHGWKH¿UVW,WFDQEHUHDGGLUHFWO\RQWKH0LFURORJLF screen, to within one ampere and a fraction of a second.
Coordinated tripping systems
Currents Time delay Protection function
Ir 100 A
L 1 - 200 s Overload: Slow trip inversely proportional to the current level
Ii
Isd 1000 A
z
E.g. NSX100F
S or S0 20 - 500 ms Short time: Impedant short-circuit, instantaneous trip with adjustable S or fixed S0 time delay
1500 A
I 10 - 50 ms Instantaneous: Ultra-fast detection with micro delay for discrimination
Reflex threshold z
DB115565
Compact NSX detects faults even faster and its tripping time is reduced. It protects the installation better and limits contact wear.
2400 A
Icu 36000 A
< 5 ms Reflex: Energy-based ultra-fast detection with major current limiting (1)
(1) This tripping system is completely independent of the trip unit. Because it directly actuates the mechanism, it precedes the trip unit by a few milliseconds.
A-8
version: 1.0
559E1100.indd
DB111354
Unmatched discrimination NS400
NSX250
NS160 (100 A)
NSX100
Discrimination Compact NSX provides maximum continuity of service and savings through an unmatched level of discrimination: b given the high accuracy of measurements, overload discrimination is ensured even between very close ratings b IRUPDMRUIDXOWVWKHIDVWSURFHVVLQJRIWKH0LFURORJLFWULSXQLWVPHDQVWKH upstream device can anticipate the reaction of the downstream device. The XSVWUHDPEUHDNHUDGMXVWVLWVWULSSLQJGHOD\WRSURYLGHGLVFULPLQDWLRQ b for very high faults, the energy of the arc dissipated by the short-circuit in the GRZQVWUHDPEUHDNHUFDXVHVUHÀH[WULSSLQJ7KHFXUUHQWVHHQE\WKHXSVWUHDP GHYLFHLVVLJQL¿FDQWO\OLPLWHG7KHHQHUJ\LVQRWVXI¿FLHQWWRFDXVHWULSSLQJVR discrimination is maintained whatever the short-circuit current.
Multi 9
Compact NSX100 with Micrologic for total discrimination.* Better coordination between protection functions reduces the difference in ratings required for total discrimination. * Please refer to supplementary technical catalogue.
For total discrimination over the entire range of possible faults, from the long-time pick-up Ir to the ultimate short-circuit current Icu, a ratio of 2.5 must be maintained between the ratings of the upstream and downstream devices. 7KLVUDWLRLVUHTXLUHGWRHQVXUHVHOHFWLYHUHÀH[WULSSLQJIRUKLJKVKRUWFLUFXLWV
Understanding the names of Micrologic electronic trip units Protection
DB112155
3: NSX400/630
E: Energy DB112156
5: LSI
A: Ammeter
DB112094
2: NSX100/160/250
2: LS0I
Measurements
DB112120
1: I
Frame
Applications
Distribution, otherwise G: Generator M: Motors
6: LSIG
I:
Instantaneous
L: Long time S0: Short time (1) ¿[HGGHOD\ S:
Short time
G: Ground fault
Examples Micrologic 1.3
Instantaneous only
400 or 630 A
Micrologic 2.3
LS0I
400 or 630 A
Distribution
Micrologic 5.2 A
LSI
100, 160 or 250 A
Ammeter
Distribution
Micrologic 6.3 E-M
LSIG
400 or 630 A
Energy
Motor
Distribution
(1) LS0I protection is standard on Micrologic 2. To ensure discrimination, it offers short-time protection S0 with a non-adjustable delay and instantaneous protection.
559E1100.indd
version: 1.0
A-9
Overview of trip units for Compact NSX
Type of protection and applications MA magnetic
TM-D thermal-magnetic DB112029
Compact NSX offers a range of trip units in interchangeable cases, whether they are magnetic, thermal-magnetic or electronic. Versions 5 and 6 of the electronic trip unit offer communication and metering. Using Micrologic sensors and intelligence, Compact NSX supplies all the information required to manage the electrical installation and optimise energy use.
Introduction
DB112028
Functions and characteristics
b Distribution and motors
b Distribution b Generators
DB112023
DB112094
DB112022
Circuit breakers and trip units
Compact NSX100/160/250
MA Distribution and motors
DB112092
TM-D Distribution TM-G Generators
DB112120
Compact NSX400/630 1.3-M Distribution and motors
DB112038
DB112037
Settings and indications
Adjustment and reading Pick-up set in amps using dials Non-adjustable time delay
A-10
version: 1.0
Adjustment and reading Pick-up set in amps using dials Non-adjustable time delay
559E1100.indd
Micrologic 5 / 6 A or E electronic trip units
b Distribution and generators
b Distribution and generators
b Motors
DB111401
6.2 A Distribution and generators 6.2 E Distribution and generators
6.2 E-M Motors
>30A
Alarm
DB112027
DB111402
5.2 A Distribution and generators 5.2 E Distribution and generators 5.2 A-Z 16 Hz 2/3 networks
Ready
2.2 Distribution 2.2-G Generators 2.2-M Motors
DB112025
class
A: current metering functions E :current and energy metering functions.
DB112026
DB112024
b Distribution b Service connection (public distribution) b Generators b Motors (I only) b Motors
6 E-M
DB112033
6 A or E
DB112032
DB112030
5 A or E
DB115635
Micrologic 2 electronic
350 320 280 250
Ir (A)
400 440 470 500
.4
.5 .6 .7 .8
.3
.9
.2
Micrologic 6.3 E-M
>95
% T° 380
OFF
Ir Cl.
Isd
Iunbal tunbal Ijam tjam Ig
500 N
Mode
1/A
2/B 3/C
tg Ii=6500A
A
IEC60947-4-1
Class
test
OK
Ir 7.2Ir Isd
Ig (x In)
6.3 A Distribution and generators 6.3 E Distribution and generators
DB111366
5.3 A Distribution and generators 5.3 E Distribution and generators 5.3 A-Z 16 Hz 2/3 networks
DB112041
DB112039
2.3 Distribution 1.3-M Motors (I only) 2.3-M Motors
Alarm History
DB112019
07 May 2007
Time:
10:28:03.01 PM
OK
Connection to switchboard display unit DB111367
DB112042
Adjustment and reading Pick-up set in amps
2/3
Total reactive Power Date:
ESC
Adjustment and reading 3LFNXSVHWLQDPSVZLWK¿QH DGMXVWPHQWXVLQJGLDOV Non-adjustable time delay
6.3 E-M Motors
DB112040
Front indications
DB112043
)LQHDGMXVWPHQWYLD keypad
0.5 $GMXVWDEOHWLPHGHOD\V Communication to Modbus
DB112019
Test connector Self test
DB112040
Front indications
Test connector Self test
559E1100.indd
version: 1.0
A-11
Functions and characteristics
DB112526
Overview of trip units for Compact NSX
DB112044
The capabilities of Micrologic 5 / 6 A and E trip units come into full play with the FDM121 switchboard display unit. When the two are connected via a simple cord with RJ45 connectors, the combination offers full Power Meter capabilities and all the measurements required to monitor the electrical installation.
Introduction
Ammeter Micrologic (A) I measurements Current measurements b Phase and neutral currents I1, I2, I3, IN b Average current of the 3 phases Iavg b Highest current of the three phases Imax b Ground-fault current Ig (Micrologic 6.2 / 6.3 A) b Maximeter/minimeter for I measurements
Operating and maintenance assistance Indications, alarms and histories b Indication of fault types b Alarms for high/low alarm thresholds linked to I measurements b Trip, alarm and operating histories b Time-stamped tables for settings and maximeters Maintenance indicators b Operation, trip and alarm counters b Operating hours counter b Contact wear b /RDGSUR¿OHDQGWKHUPDOLPDJH
Communication
b Modbus with add-on module
A-12
version: 1.0
559E1100.indd
DB112045
Energy Micrologic (E) I, U, f, P, E, THD measurements Current measurements b Phase and neutral currents I1, I2, I3, IN b Average current of the 3 phases Iavg b Highest current of the three phases Imax b Ground-fault current Ig (Micrologic 6.2 / 6.3 A) b Maximeter/minimeter for I measurements b Current unbalance between phases Voltage measurements b Phase-to-phase (U) et phase-to-neutral (V) voltages b Average voltages Uavg, Vavg b Ph-Ph (U) and Ph-N (V) voltage unbalance Frequency measurements b Frequency (f) Power-quality indicators b Total harmonic distortion (THD) for current and voltage Power measurements b Active, reactive and apparent power, total and per phase b Power factor and cos Maximeters/minimeters b For all I, U, f, P, E measurements Demand current and power measurements b Demand values, total and per phase b Maximum demand Energy metering b Active, reactive and apparent energy, total and per phase
Operating and maintenance assistance Indications, alarms and histories b Indication of fault types b Alarms for high/low thresholds linked to I, U, f, P, E measurements b Trip, alarm and operating histories b Time-stamped tables for settings and I, U, f, P, E maximeters Maintenance indicators b Operation, trip and alarm counters b Operating hours counter b Contact wear b /RDGSUR¿OHDQGWKHUPDOLPDJH
Communication
b Modbus with add-on module 559E1100.indd
version: 1.0
A-13
Functions and characteristics
Protection of distribution systems
TM thermal-magnetic and MA magnetic trip units can be used on Compact NSX100/160/250 circuit breakers with performance levels B/F/H/N/S/L. TM trip units are available in 2 versions: b TM-D, for the protection of distribution cables b TM-G, with a low threshold, for the protection of generators or long cable lengths. Vigi modules or Vigirex relays can be added to all the circuit breakers to provide external earth-leakage protection.
TM-D and TM-G thermal-magnetic trip units DB112046
TM thermal-magnetic and MA magnetic trip units
Circuit breakers equipped with thermal-magnetic trip units are used mainly in industrial and commercial electrical distribution applications: b TM-D, for protection of cables on distribution systems supplied by transformers b TM-G, with a low pick-up for generators (lower short-circuit currents than with transformers) and distribution systems with long cable lengths (fault currents limited by the impedance of the cable).
Protection.............................................................................. Thermal protection (Ir) Thermal overload protection based on a bimetal strip providing an inverse time curve I2t, corresponding to a temperature rise limit. Above this limit, the deformation of the strip trips the circuit breaker operating mechanism. This protection operates according to: b Ir that can be adjusted in amps from 0.7 to 1 times the rating of the trip unit (16 A to 250 A), corresponding to settings from 11 to 250 A for the range of trip units b DQRQDGMXVWDEOHWLPHGHOD\GH¿QHGWRHQVXUHSURWHFWLRQRIWKHFDEOHV Magnetic protection (Im) 6KRUWFLUFXLWSURWHFWLRQZLWKD¿[HGRUDGMXVWDEOHSLFNXS,PWKDWLQLWLDWHV LQVWDQWDQHRXVWULSSLQJLIH[FHHGHG b 70' ¿[HGSLFNXS,PIRUWR$UDWLQJVDQGDGMXVWDEOHIURPWR[,QIRU 200 and 250 A ratings b ¿[HGSLFNXSIRUWR$UDWLQJV Protection against insulation faults Two solutions are possible by adding: b a Vigi module acting directly on the trip unit of the circuit breaker b D9LJLUH[UHOD\FRQQHFWHGWRDQ01RU0;YROWDJHUHOHDVH Protection versions b SROH v 3' SROHIUDPH 3 ZLWKGHWHFWLRQRQDOOSROHV ' v 3' SROHIUDPH 3 ZLWKGHWHFWLRQRQSROHV ' b 4-pole: v 3' SROHIUDPH 3 ZLWKGHWHFWLRQRQSROHV ' v 3' SROHIUDPH 3 ZLWKGHWHFWLRQRQDOOSROHV VDPHWKUHVKROGIRUSKDVHV and neutral).
DB112047
MA magnetic trip units
In distribution applications, circuit breakers equipped with MA magnetic-only trip units are used for: b short-circuit protection of secondary windings of LV/LV transformers with overload protection on the primary side. b as an alternative to a switch-disconnector at the head of a switchboard in order to provide short-circuit protection. Their main use is however for motor protection applications, in conjunction with a thermal relay and a contactor or motor starter (see "Motor protection", SDJH$).
Protection.............................................................................. Magnetic protection (Im) Short-circuit protection with an adjustable pick-up Im that initiates instantaneous WULSSLQJLIH[FHHGHG b Im = In x ... set in amps on an adjustment dial FRYHULQJWKHUDQJHWR[,Q for 2.5 to 100 A ratings or 9 to 14 In for 150 to 220 A ratings.
Note: all the trip units have a transparent lead-sealable cover that protects access to the adjustment dials.
A-14
Protection versions b SROH 3' SROHIUDPH 3 ZLWKGHWHFWLRQRQDOOSROHV ' b SROH 3' SROHIUDPH 3 ZLWKGHWHFWLRQRQSROHV '
version: 1.0
559E1200.indd
Thermal-magnetic trip units Ratings (A) Circuit breaker
TM16D to 250D
TM16G to 63G
In at 40 °C (1)
16 25 32 40 50 63 80 100 125 160 200 250
16 25 40 63
&RPSDFW16;
b
b
b
b
b
b
b
b
-
-
-
-
b
b
b
&RPSDFW16;
-
-
b
b
b
b
b
b
b
b
-
-
-
b
b
b
&RPSDFW16;
-
-
-
-
-
b
b
b
b
b
b
b
-
-
b
b
Ir ,Q[
DGMXVWDEOHLQDPSVIURPWR[,Q
b
Thermal protection 3LFNXS $ tripping between 1.05 and 1.20 Ir Time delay (s)
tr
non-adjustable
non-adjustable
WUDW[,Q
120 to 400
120 to 400
WUDW[,U
15
-
3LFNXS $
Im
¿[HG
accuracy ±20 %
&RPSDFW16;
190 400 500 500 500 640 800
80
80
125
&RPSDFW16;
190 400 500 500 500 640 800 1250 1250 WR[,Q
80
80
125
tm
¿[HG
Unprotected neutral
3'
no detection
QR3'YHUVLRQ
Fully protected neutral
3'
[,U
[,U
Magnetic protection
Time delay
adjustable
¿[HG
Neutral protection
Magnetic trip units
MA 2.5 to 220
Ratings (A)
2.5
6.3
12.5
25
50
100
150
220
b
b
b
b
b
b
-
-
Circuit breaker
In at 65 °C &RPSDFW16; &RPSDFW16;
-
-
-
b
b
b
b
-
&RPSDFW16;
-
-
-
-
-
b
b
b
Instantaneous magnetic protection 3LFNXS $ accuracy ±20 %
Im ,Q[
adjustable in amps IURPWR[,Q VHWWLQJV
Time delay (ms)
tm
none
adjustable in amps from 9 to [,Q
(1))RUWHPSHUDWXUHVJUHDWHUWKDQ&WKHWKHUPDOSURWHFWLRQFKDUDFWHULVWLFVDUHPRGL¿HG6HHWKHWHPSHUDWXUHGHUDWLQJWDEOH
559E1200.indd
version: 1.0
A-15
Functions and characteristics
Protection of distribution systems
Micrologic 2 trip units can be used on Compact NSX100 to 630 circuit breakers with performance levels B/F/H/N/S/L. They provide: b standard protection of distribution cables b indication of: v overloads (via LEDs) v overload tripping (via the SDx relay module). Circuit breakers equipped with Micrologic 1.3-M trip units, without thermal protection, are used in certain applications to replace switch-disconnectors at the head of switchboards. Micrologic 1.3-M trip units are dedicated to Compact NSX400/630 A circuit breakers.
Micrologic 2 DB112050
0LFURORJLFDQG0WULSXQLWV
Circuit breakers equipped with Micrologic 2 trip units can be used to protect distribution systems supplied by transformers. For generators and long cables, Micrologic 2-G trip units offer better suited low pick-up solutions (see page A-50).
Protection.............................................................. 6HWWLQJVDUHPDGHXVLQJWKHDGMXVWPHQWGLDOVZLWK¿QHDGMXVWPHQWSRVVLELOLWLHV Overloads: Long time protection (Ir) Inverse time protection against overloads with an adjustable current pick-up Ir set using a dial and a non-adjustable time delay tr. 6KRUWFLUFXLWV 6KRUWWLPHSURWHFWLRQZLWK¿[HGWLPHGHOD\ ,VG 3URWHFWLRQZLWKDQDGMXVWDEOHSLFNXS,VG7ULSSLQJWDNHVSODFHDIWHUDYHU\VKRUW delay used to allow discrimination with the downstream device. Short-circuits: Non-adjustable instantaneous protection ,QVWDQWDQHRXVVKRUWFLUFXLWSURWHFWLRQZLWKD¿[HGSLFNXS
3%
DB112051
Neutral protection b 2QSROHFLUFXLWEUHDNHUVQHXWUDOSURWHFWLRQLVQRWSRVVLEOH b On four-pole circuit breakers, neutral protection may be set using a three-position switch: v 3' QHXWUDOXQSURWHFWHG v 3'1 QHXWUDOSURWHFWLRQDWKDOIWKHYDOXHRIWKHSKDVHSLFNXSLH[,U v 3' QHXWUDOIXOO\SURWHFWHGDW,U
DB112019
Indications............................................................. Front indications b *UHHQ³5HDG\´/(' ÀDVKHVVORZO\ZKHQWKHFLUFXLWEUHDNHULVUHDG\WRWULSLQWKH event of a fault. b Orange overload pre-alarm LED: steady on when I > 90 % Ir b Red overload LED: steady on when I > 105 % Ir
Remote indications $QRYHUORDGWULSVLJQDOFDQEHUHPRWHGE\LQVWDOOLQJDQ6'[UHOD\PRGXOHLQVLGHWKH circuit breaker. This module receives the signal from the Micrologic electronic trip unit via an optical link and makes it available on the terminal block. The signal is cleared when the circuit breaker is reclosed. For description, see page A-81.
SDx remote indication relay module with its terminal block.
Note: all the trip units have a transparent lead-sealable cover that protects access to the adjustment dials.
A-16
DB112106
Micrologic 1.3-M for magnetic protection only 50A
0LFURORJLF0WULSXQLWVSURYLGHPDJQHWLFSURWHFWLRQRQO\XVLQJHOHFWURQLF WHFKQRORJ\7KH\DUHGHGLFDWHGWR$SROH 3' FLUFXLWEUHDNHUVRU SROHFLUFXLWEUHDNHUVZLWKGHWHFWLRQRQSROHV 3' DQGDUHXVHGLQFHUWDLQ applications to replace switch-disconnectors at the head of switchboards. They are HVSHFLDOO\XVHGLQSROHYHUVLRQVIRUPRWRUSURWHFWLRQsee page A-40. version: 1.0
559E1200.indd
Micrologic 2 Ratings (A)
In at 40 °C (1)
40
100
160
250
400
630
Circuit breaker
&RPSDFW16;
b
b
-
-
-
-
&RPSDFW16;
b
b
b
-
-
-
&RPSDFW16;
b
b
b
b
-
-
&RPSDFW16;
-
-
-
b
b
-
&RPSDFW16;
-
-
-
b
b
b
L Long-time protection 3LFNXS $ tripping between 1.05 and 1.20 Ir
value depending on trip unit rating (In) and setting on dial
In = 40 A
Io =
18
18
20
25
28
40
In = 100 A
Io =
40
45
50
55
70
80
90
100
In = 160 A
Io =
70
80
90
100
110
125
150
160
,Q $ 16;
Io =
100
110
125
140
160
175
200
225
250
,Q $ 16;
Io =
70
100
125
140
160
175
200
225
250
In = 400 A
Io =
160
180
200
250
280
400
,Q $
Io =
250
280
400
450
500
570
Ir ,R[ Time delay (s) accuracy 0 to -20%
Ii
Io
¿QHDGMXVWPHQWVHWWLQJVIURP WR 0.97 - 0.98 - 1) for each value of Io
tr
non-adjustable [,U
400
[,U
16
[,U Thermal memory
11 20 minutes before and after tripping
S0 6KRUWWLPHSURWHFWLRQZLWK¿[HGWLPHGHOD\ 3LFNXS $ accuracy ±10 %
Isd ,U[
1.5
Time delay (ms)
tsd
non-adjustable
1RQWULSSLQJWLPH
20
0D[LPXPEUHDNWLPH
80
I
2
4
5
6
2400
4800
6900
7
8
10
Instantaneous protection
3LFNXS $ accuracy ±15 %
Ii non-adjustable
600
1RQWULSSLQJWLPH 0D[LPXPEUHDNWLPH
10 ms 50 ms for I > 1.5 Ii
1500
(1) If the trip units are used in high-temperature environments, the Micrologic setting must take into account the thermal limitations of the circuit breaker. See the temperature derating table.
Micrologic 1.3-M Ratings (A)
In at 65 °C
320
500
Circuit breaker
&RPSDFW16;
b
-
&RPSDFW16;
b
b
S Short time protection 3LFNXS $ accuracy ±15 %
Isd
Time delay (ms)
tsd
non-adjustable
1RQWULSSLQJWLPH 0D[LPXPEUHDNWLPH
20 60
I
adjustable directly in amps 9 settings: 1600, 1920, 2440, 2560, $
VHWWLQJV 4500, 5000, 5500, 6000, 6500 A
Instantaneous protection
3LFNXS $ accuracy ±15 %
559E1200.indd
Ii non-adjustable
4800
1RQWULSSLQJWLPH 0D[LPXPEUHDNWLPH
0 PV
6500
version: 1.0
A-17
Functions and characteristics
Protection of distribution systems
Micrologic 5 / 6 A (Ammeter) or E (Energy) trip units can be used on Compact NSX100 to 630 circuit breakers with performance levels B/F/H/N/S/L. They all have a display unit. They offer basic LSI protection (Micrologic 5) or LSI and ground-fault protection G (Micrologic 6). They also offer measurement, alarm and communication functions.
DB115566
Measurement Display Settings
DB112109
Micrologic 5 / 6 A or E trip units
Protection…………………………………………… Settings can be adjusted in two ways, using the dials and/or the keypad . 7KHNH\SDGFDQEHXVHGWRPDNH¿QHDGMXVWPHQWVLQ$VWHSVEHORZWKHPD[LPXP YDOXHGH¿QHGE\WKHVHWWLQJRQWKHGLDO$FFHVVWRVHWWLQJPRGL¿FDWLRQVYLDWKH keypad is protected by a locking function displayed on the screen and controlled by a microswitch . The lock is activated automatically if the keypad is not used for 5 minutes. Access to the microswitch is protected by a transparent lead-sealable cover. With the cover closed, it is still possible to display the various settings and measurements using the keypad. Overloads: Long time protection (Ir) Inverse time protection against overloads with an adjustable current pick-up Ir set XVLQJDGLDORUWKHNH\SDGIRU¿QHDGMXVWPHQWV7KHWLPHGHOD\tr is set using the keypad.
Maintenance
Short-circuits: Short-time protection (Isd) Short-circuit protection with an adjustable pick-up Isd and adjustable time delay tsd, with the possibility of including a portion of an inverse time curve (I2t On). Short-circuits: Instantaneous protection (Ii) Instantaneous protection with adjustable pick-up Ii. Additional ground fault protection (Ig) on Micrologic 6 Residual type ground-fault protection with an adjustable pick-up Ig (with Off position) and adjustable time delay tg3RVVLELOLW\RILQFOXGLQJDSRUWLRQRIDQLQYHUVHWLPH curve (I2t On).
Trip unit menus.
Neutral protection b On 4-pole circuit breakers, this protection can be set via the keypad: v Off: neutral unprotected v QHXWUDOSURWHFWLRQDWKDOIWKHYDOXHRIWKHSKDVHSLFNXSLH[,U v 1.0: neutral fully protected at Ir v 261 2YHUVL]HGQHXWUDOSURWHFWLRQDWWLPHVWKHYDOXHRIWKHSKDVHSLFNXS 8VHGZKHQWKHUHLVDKLJKOHYHORIUGRUGHUKDUPRQLFV RURUGHUVWKDWDUHPXOWLSOHV RI WKDWDFFXPXODWHLQWKHQHXWUDODQGFUHDWHDKLJKFXUUHQW,QWKLVFDVHWKHGHYLFH PXVWEHOLPLWHGWR,U [,QIRUWKHPD[LPXPQHXWUDOSURWHFWLRQVHWWLQJRI[,U b :LWKSROHFLUFXLWEUHDNHUVWKHQHXWUDOFDQEHSURWHFWHGE\LQVWDOOLQJDQH[WHUQDO neutral sensor with the output (T1, T2) connected to the trip unit.
DB115567
Isd fault
Faulty phase
Interrupted current
3%
Display of interrupted current.
Zone selective interlocking (ZSI) A ZSI terminal block may be used to interconnect a number of Micrologic control XQLWVWRSURYLGH]RQHVHOHFWLYHLQWHUORFNLQJIRUVKRUWWLPH ,VG DQGJURXQGIDXOW ,J SURWHFWLRQZLWKRXWDWLPHGHOD\)RU&RPSDFW16;WRWKH=6,IXQFWLRQLV available only in relation to the upstream circuit breaker (ZSI out).
Display of type of fault.......................................... On a fault trip, the type of fault (Ir, Isd, Ii, Ig), the phase concerned and the interrupted FXUUHQWDUHGLVSOD\HG$QH[WHUQDOSRZHUVXSSO\LVUHTXLUHG
Indications............................................................. Front indications
b *UHHQ³5HDG\´/(' ÀDVKHVVORZO\ZKHQWKHFLUFXLWEUHDNHULVUHDG\WRWULSLQWKH event of a fault. b Orange overload pre-alarm LED: steady on when I > 90 % Ir b Red overload LED: steady on when I > 105 % Ir
SDx remote indication relay module with its terminal block.
Note: all the trip units have a transparent lead-sealable cover that protects access to the adjustment dials.
A-18
Remote indications $Q6'[UHOD\PRGXOHLQVWDOOHGLQVLGHWKHFLUFXLWEUHDNHUFDQEHXVHGWRUHPRWHWKH following information: b overload trip b overload prealarm (Micrologic 5) or ground fault trip (Micrologic 6). This module receives the signal from the Micrologic electronic trip unit via an optical link and makes it available on the terminal block. The signal is cleared when the circuit breaker is closed. These outputs can be reprogrammed to be assigned to other types of tripping or alarm. The module is described in detail in the section dealing with accessories. version: 1.0
559E1200.indd
Protection
Micrologic 5 / 6 A or E trip units
Ratings (A)
In at 40 °C (1)
40
100
160
250
400
Circuit breaker
&RPSDFW16;
b
b
-
-
-
-
&RPSDFW16;
b
b
b
-
-
-
&RPSDFW16;
b
b
b
b
-
-
&RPSDFW16;
-
-
-
-
b
-
&RPSDFW16;
-
-
-
-
b
b
630
L Long-time protection 3LFNXS $ tripping between 1.05 and 1.20 Ir
Time delay (s) accuracy 0 to -20 %
Ir = ...
tr = ...
dial setting
value depending on trip unit rating (In) and setting on dial
In = 40 A
Io =
18
18
20
25
28
40
In = 100 A
Io =
40
45
50
55
70
80
90
100
In = 160 A
Io =
70
80
90
100
110
125
150
160
In = 250 A
Io =
100
110
125
140
150
175
200
225
250
In = 400 A
Io =
160
180
200
250
280
400
,Q $
Io =
250
280
400
450
500
570
keypad setting
)LQHDGMXVWPHQWLQ$VWHSVEHORZPD[LPXPYDOXHVHWRQGLDO
keypad setting
0.5
1
2
4
8
16
[,U
15
25
50
100
200
400
[,U
0.5
1
2
4
8
16
[,U
0.7
1.4
2.8
5.5
11
Thermal memory
20 minutes before and after tripping
S Short-time protection with adjustable time delay 3LFNXS $ accuracy ±10 %
Isd ,U[ dial setting
Time delay (s)
tsd = ...
I
1.5
2
4
5
6
7
8
10
)LQHDGMXVWPHQWLQ[,UVWHSVXVLQJWKHNH\SDG I2Off
0
0.1
0.2
0.4
I2On
-
0.1
0.2
0.4
1RQWULSSLQJWLPH PV
20
80
140
0D[LPXPEUHDNWLPH PV
80
140
200
500
keypad setting
Instantaneous protection
3LFNXS $ accuracy ±15 %
Ii ,Q[
keypad setting
1RQWULSSLQJWLPH 0D[LPXPEUHDNWLPH
$GMXVWPHQWLQVWHSVRI[,QRYHUWKHUDQJH[,QWR [,Q 16; [,Q 16; RU[,Q 16; 10 ms 50 ms for I > Ii
G Ground-fault protection - for Micrologic 6 A or E 3LFNXS $ accuracy ±10 %
Ig ,Q[
dial setting In = 40 A
0.4
0.4
0.5
0.6
0.7
0.8
0.9
1
Off
In > 40 A
0.2
0.4
0.5
0.6
0.7
0.8
1
Off
Fine adjustment in 0.05 A steps using the keypad Time delay (s)
Test
I2Off
0
0.1
0.2
0.4
I2On
-
0.1
0.2
0.4
1RQWULSSLQJWLPH PV
20
80
140
0D[LPXPEUHDNWLPH PV
80
140
200
500
Ig function
built-in
tg = ...
keypad setting
(1) If the trip units are used in high-temperature environments, the Micrologic setting must take into account the thermal limitations of the circuit breaker. See the temperature derating table.
559E1200.indd
version: 1.0
A-19
Functions and characteristics
Power Meter functions
In addition to protection functions, Micrologic 5 / 6 trip units offer all the functions of Power Meter products as well as operating-assistance for the circuit breaker. b display of settings b measurement functions: v Ammeter (A) v Energy (E) b alarms b time-stamped histories and event tables b maintenance indicator b communication.
Micrologic A and E measurement functions are made possible by Micrologic intelligence and the accuracy of the sensors. They are handled by a microprocessor that operates independent of protection functions.
3%
Electronic Micrologic 5 / 6 A or E
Display.................................................................. Micrologic LCD The user can display all the protection settings and the main measurements on the LCD screen of the trip unit. b Micrologic A: instantaneous rms current measurements b Micrologic E: voltage, frequency and power measurements and energy metering, in addition to the measurements offered by Micrologic A To make the display available under all conditions and increase operating comfort, DQH[WHUQDOSRZHUVXSSO\LVUHFRPPHQGHGIRU0LFURORJLF$ It is indispensable to: b display faults and interrupted current measurements b use all the functions of Micrologic E (e.g. metering of low power and energy values) b ensure operation of the communication system. 7KHH[WHUQDOSRZHUVXSSO\FDQEHVKDUHGE\VHYHUDOGHYLFHV)RUGHVFULSWLRQsee SDJH$.
FDM121 display unit An FDM121 switchboard display unit can be connected to a Micrologic trip unit using a prefabricated cord to display all measurements on a screen. The result is a YHULWDEOH [ PP3RZHU0HWHU In addition to the information displayed on the Micrologic LCD, the FDM121 screen VKRZVGHPDQGSRZHUTXDOLW\DQGPD[LPHWHUPLQLPHWHUYDOXHVDORQJZLWKDODUPV histories and maintenance indicators. The FMD121 display unit requires a 24 V DC power supply. The Micrologic trip unit is supplied by the same power supply via the cord connecting it to the FDM121.
Micrologic built-in LCD display showing an energy measurement. DB112211
PC screen When the Micrologic, with or without an FDM121 switchboard display unit, is FRQQHFWHGWRDFRPPXQLFDWLRQQHWZRUNDOOLQIRUPDWLRQFDQEHDFFHVVHGYLDD3&
Main Menu Quick View Metering
Measurements .....................................................
Alarms Services
ESC
Instantaneous rms measurements
OK
The Micrologic A and E continuously display the RMS value of the highest current of WKHWKUHHSKDVHVDQGQHXWUDO ,PD[ 7KHQDYLJDWLRQEXWWRQV can be used to scroll through the main measurements. In the event of a fault trip, the current interrupted is memorised. The Micrologic A measures phase, neutral, ground fault currents. The Micrologic E offers voltage, frequency and power measurements in addition to the measurements provided by Micrologic A
FDM121 display: navigation.
I I1
310
A
I2
315
A
'%
'%
Maximeters / minimeters V
4/7
402 V
%
100
120
398 V
%
100
120
401 V
%
100
120
U1 % I3 302
A
% IN 23
U2
A
U3 % ESC
Every instantaneous measurement provided by Micrologic A or E can be associated ZLWKDPD[LPHWHUPLQLPHWHU7KHPD[LPHWHUVIRUWKHKLJKHVWFXUUHQWRIWKHSKDVHV and neutral, the demand current and power can be reset via the trip unit keypad, the FDM121 display unit or the communication system.
Energy metering
%
ESC
The Micrologic E also measures the energy consumed since the last reset of the meter. The active energy meter can be reset via the keypad and the FDM121 display unit or the communication system. Voltage. '%
'%
Current.
PQS
Demand and maximum demand values E
P
64
kW
Ep
14397
kWh
Q
38
kVar
Eq
8325
kVarh
S
51
kVA
Es
13035
kVAh
ESC
Power.
ESC
Consumption.
Examples of measurement screens on the FDM121 display unit.
A-20
Micrologic E also calculates demand current and power values. These calculations can be made using a block or sliding interval that can be set from 5 to 60 minutes in steps of 1 minute. The window can be synchronised with a signal sent via the communication system. Whatever the calculation method, the calculated values can EHUHFRYHUHGRQD3&YLD0RGEXVFRPPXQLFDWLRQ Ordinary spreadsheet software can be used to provide trend curves and forecasts based on this data. They will provide a basis for load shedding and reconnection operations used to adjust consumption to the subscribed power.
Power quality Micrologic E calculates power quality indicators taking into account the presence of harmonics up to the 15th order, including the total harmonic distortion (THD) of current and voltage.
version: 1.0
559E1200.indd
3%
3%
3%
Micrologic 5 / 6 integrated Power Meter functions
Type
Display
A
E
Micrologic LCD
FDM121 display
Ir, tr, Isd, tsd, Ii, Ig, tg
b
b
b
3KDVHVDQGQHXWUDO
,,,,1
b
b
b
b
Average of phases
,DYJ ,,,
b
b
-
b
+LJKHVWFXUUHQWRIWKHSKDVHVDQGQHXWUDO ,PD[RI,,,,1
b
b
b
b
Ground fault (Micrologic 6)
% Ig (pick-up setting)
b
b
b
b
Current unbalance between phases
% Iavg
-
b
-
b
3KDVHWRSKDVH
888
-
b
b
b
3KDVHWRQHXWUDO
919191
-
b
b
b
Average of phase-to-phase voltages
8DYJ 888
-
b
-
b
Average of phase-to-neutral voltages
9DYJ 919191
-
b
-
b
3K3KDQG3K1YROWDJHXQEDODQFH
% Uavg and % Vavg
-
b
-
b
3KDVHVHTXHQFH
-
b
b
b
)UHTXHQF\ +]
3RZHUV\VWHP
f
-
b
b
b
3RZHU
Active (kW)
3WRWDODQGSHUSKDVH
-
b
b
b
Reactive (kVAR)
Q, total and per phase
-
b
-
b
Apparent (kVA)
S, total and per phase
-
b
-
b
3RZHUIDFWRUDQGFRV (fundamental)
3)DQGFRVK, total and per phase
-
b
-
b
Associated with instantaneous rms measurements
Reset via Micrologic or FDM121 display unit
b
b
-
b
Active (kW), reactive (kVARh), apparent (kVAh)
Total since last reset
-
b
b
b
3UHVHQWYDOXHRQWKHVHOHFWHGZLQGRZ
-
b
-
b
0D[LPXPGHPDQGVLQFHODVWUHVHW
-
b
-
b
Active (kWh), reactive (kVAR), apparent (kVA)
3UHVHQWYDOXHRQWKHVHOHFWHGZLQGRZ
-
b
-
b
0D[LPXPGHPDQGVLQFHODVWUHVHW
-
b
-
b
6OLGLQJ¿[HGRUFRPV\QFKURQLVHG
Adjustable from 5 to 60 minutes in 1 minute steps
-
b
-
(2)
Of voltage with respect to rms value
7+'87+'9RIWKH3K3KDQG3K1YROWDJH
-
b
-
b
Of current with respect to rms value
THDI of the phase current
-
b
-
b
Display of protection settings 3LFNXSV $ DQGGHOD\V
All settings can be displayed
Measurements Instantaneous rms measurements Currents (A)
Voltages (V)
Maximeters / minimeters
Energy metering Energy
Absolute or signed mode (1)
Demand and maximum demand values Demand current (A) Demand power Calculation window
3KDVHVDQGQHXWUDO
Power quality Total harmonic distortion (%)
(1) Absolute mode: E absolute = E out + E in; Signed mode: E signed = E out - E in. (2) Available via the communication system only.
Additional technical characteristics Measurement accuracy Accuracies are those of the entire measurement system, including the sensors: b Current: Class 1 as per IEC 61557-12 b Voltage: 0.5 % b Power and energy: Class 2 as per IEC 61557-12 b Frequency: 0.1 %.
559E1200.indd
version: 1.0
A-21
Functions and characteristics
Operating-assistance functions Micrologic 5 / 6 A or E trip units
Personalised alarms with time-stamping ............
3%
Alarm types The user can assign an alarm to all Micrologic A or E measurements or events: b up to 12 alarms can be used together: v WZRDODUPVDUHSUHGH¿QHGDQGDFWLYDWHGDXWRPDWLFDOO\ - Micrologic 5: overload (Ir) - Micrologic 6: overload (Ir) and ground fault (Ig) v thresholds, priorities and time delays can be set for ten other alarms. b the same measurement can be used for different alarms to precisely monitor certain values, e.g. the frequency or the voltage b alarms can also be assigned to various states: phase lead/lag, four quadrants, phase sequence b selection of display priorities, with pop-up possibility b alarm time-stamping. Alarm settings Alarms cannot be set via the keypad or the FDM121 display unit. They are set via FRPPXQLFDWLRQZLWKWKH3&6HWXSLQFOXGHVWKHWKUHVKROGSULRULW\DFWLYDWLRQGHOD\ before display and deactivation delay. It is also possible to reprogram the standard DVVLJQPHQWIRUWKHWZR6'[UHOD\RXWSXWVWRXVHUVHOHFWHGDODUPV Alarm reading Remote alarm indications b UHDGLQJRQ)'0GLVSOD\XQLWRURQ3&YLDWKHFRPPXQLFDWLRQV\VWHP b UHPRWHLQGLFDWLRQVYLD6'[UHOD\ZLWKWZRRXWSXWFRQWDFWVIRUDODUPV Micrologic built-in LCD display.
Histories and event tables..................................... DB112212
Micrologic A and E have histories and event tables that are always active. Three types of time-stamped histories b Tripping due to overruns of Ir, Isd, Ii, Ig: last 17 trips b Alarms: last 10 alarms b Operating events: last 10 events Each history record is stored with: b LQGLFDWLRQVLQFOHDUWH[WLQDQXPEHURIXVHUVHOHFWDEOHODQJXDJHV b time-stamping: date and time of event b status: pick-up / drop-out
Main Menu Quick View Metering Alarms Services
ESC
OK
Two types of time-stamped event tables b 3URWHFWLRQVHWWLQJV b 0LQLPHWHUVPD[LPHWHUV
Alarm History
2/3
Total reactive Power
DB112128
DB112127
FDM121 display: navigation.
2/3
Date:
07 May 2007
Date:
10 Nov 2007
Time:
10:28:03.01 PM
Time:
06:35:08.04 AM
ESC
OK
ESC
Alarm History
2/3
Under voltage Pick-up
Alarm History
05 Nov 2007
Date:
Time:
02:31:03.61 AM
Time:
OK
ESC
3/3
05 Nov 2007 02:32:26.12 AM
OK
Alarm pick-up and drop-out. Examples of operating-assistance screens on the FDM121 display unit.
A-22
Embedded memory Micrologic A and E have a non-volatile memory that saves all data on alarms, histories, event tables, counters and maintenance indicators even if power is lost.
Maintenance indicators.........................................
Under voltage Drop-out
Date:
ESC
OK
Phase unbalance alarm. '%
Overpower alarm. DB112129
Alarm History
Over maximum Current unbalance
Display of alarms and tables 7KHWLPHVWDPSHGKLVWRULHVDQGHYHQWWDEOHVPD\EHGLVSOD\HGRQD3&YLDWKH communication system.
Micrologic A and E have indicators for, among others, the number of operating cycles, contact wear and operating times (operating hours counter) of the Compact 16;FLUFXLWEUHDNHU It is possible to assign an alarm to the operating cycle counter to plan maintenance. The various indicators can be used together with the trip histories to analyse the level of stresses the device has been subjected to. The information provided by the indicators cannot be displayed on the Micrologic /&',WLVGLVSOD\HGRQWKH3&YLDWKHFRPPXQLFDWLRQV\VWHP
Management of installed devices (DFKFLUFXLWEUHDNHUHTXLSSHGZLWKD0LFURORJLFRUWULSXQLWFDQEHLGHQWL¿HGYLDWKH communication system: b serial number b ¿UPZDUHYHUVLRQ b hardware version b device name assigned by the user. This information together with the previously described indications provides a clear view of the state of the installed devices.
version: 1.0
559E1200.indd
3%
3%
3%
Micrologic 5 / 6 operating assistance functions
Type A
Display E
Micrologic LCD
FDM121 display
Operating assistance Personalised alarms Settings Up to 10 alarms assigned to all A and E measurements 3KDVHOHDGODJIRXUTXDGUDQWVSKDVHVHTXHQFHGLVSOD\SULRULW\VHOHFWLRQ Display Alarms and tripping Remote indications $FWLYDWLRQRIWZRGHGLFDWHGFRQWDFWVRQ6'[PRGXOH Time-stamped histories Trips Cause of tripping Ir, Isd, Ii (Micrologic 5, 6) (last 17) (timestamping with ms) Ig (Micrologic 6) Alarms (last 10) Operating events (last 10)
Time stamping
Event types
3UHVHQWDWLRQ
b
b
-
(2)
-
b
-
(2)
b b
b b
-
(2)
-
b
b
-
(2)
b b
b b
-
(2)
0RGL¿FDWLRQRISURWHFWLRQVHWWLQJE\GLDO Opening of keypad lock Test via keypad 7HVWYLDH[WHUQDOWRRO Time setting (date and time) 5HVHWIRUPD[LPHWHUPLQLPHWHUDQGHQHUJ\PHWHU
b
b b b b b b
b
(2)
'DWHDQGWLPHWH[WVWDWXV
b
b
-
(2)
(2)
(2) (2) (2) (2)
b
Time-stamped event tables 3URWHFWLRQVHWWLQJV
0LQ0D[
6HWWLQJPRGL¿HG YDOXHGLVSOD\HG
Ir
b
b
-
(2)
Time stamping
'DWHDQGWLPHRIPRGL¿FDWLRQ
b
b
-
(2)
3UHYLRXVYDOXH
9DOXHEHIRUHPRGL¿FDWLRQ
b
b
-
(2)
Values monitored
I1
I2
,
,1
b
-
-
(2)
I1
I2
,
,1
-
b
-
(2)
tr
Isd
tsd
Ii
Ig
tg
U12 8 8 f
Time-stamping of each value
'DWHDQGWLPHRIPLQPD[UHFRUG
b
b
-
(2)
&XUUHQWPLQPD[YDOXH
0LQPD[YDOXH
b
b
-
(2)
Maintenance indicators Mechanical cycles (1)
Assignable to an alarm
b
b
-
(2)
Electrical cycles (1)
Assignable to an alarm
b
b
-
(2)
Trips
One per type of trip
b
b
-
(2)
Alarms
One for each type of alarm
b
b
-
(2)
Hours
Total operating time (hours)
b
b
-
(2)
Indicator
Contact wear
%
b
b
-
(2)
/RDGSUR¿OH
Hours at different load levels
% of hours in four current ranges: 0-49 % In, 50-79 % In, 80 - 89 % In and u 90 % In
b
b
-
(2)
Counter
(1) The BSCM module (page A-27) is required for these functions. (2) Available via the communication system only.
Additional technical characteristics Contact wear Each time Compact NSX opens, the Micrologic 5 / 6 trip unit measures the interrupted current and increments the contact-wear indicator as a function of the interrupted current, according to test results stored in memory. Breaking under normal load conditions results in a very slight increment. The indicator value may be read on the FDM121 display. It provides an estimation of contact wear calculated on the basis of the cumulative forces affecting the circuit breaker. When the indicator reaches 80%, it is advised to replace the circuit breaker to ensure the availability of the protected equipment. &LUFXLWEUHDNHUORDGSUR¿OH 0LFURORJLFFDOFXODWHVWKHORDGSUR¿OHRIWKHFLUFXLWEUHDNHUSURWHFWLQJDORDGFLUFXLW7KH SUR¿OHLQGLFDWHVWKHSHUFHQWDJHRIWKHWRWDORSHUDWLQJWLPHDWIRXUFXUUHQWOHYHOV RIEUHDNHU,Q b 0 to 49 % In b 50 to 79 % In b 80 to 89 % In b u 90 % In. This information can be used to optimise use of the protected equipment or to plan ahead for extensions.
559E1200.indd
version: 1.0
$
Functions and characteristics
Switchboard-display functions
Micrologic measurement capabilities come into full play with the FDM121 switchboard display. It connects to Compact NSX via a simple cord and displays Micrologic information. The result is a true integrated unit combining a circuit breaker and a Power Meter. Additional operating assistance functions can also be displayed.
FDM121 switchboard display
Micrologic 5 / 6 A or E trip units
The FDM121 is a switchboard display unit that can be integrated in the Compact 16;WR$V\VWHP,WXVHVWKHVHQVRUVDQGSURFHVVLQJFDSDFLW\RIWKH Micrologic trip unit. It is easy to use and requires no special software or settings. It is LPPHGLDWHO\RSHUDWLRQDOZKHQFRQQHFWHGWRWKH&RPSDFW16;E\DVLPSOHFRUG The FDM121 is a large display, but requires very little depth. The anti-glare graphic screen is backlit for very easy reading even under poor ambient lighting and at sharp angles.
Display of Micrologic measurements and alarms The FDM121 is intended to display Micrologic 5 / 6 measurements, alarms and operating information. It cannot be used to modify the protection settings. Measurements may be easily accessed via a menu. $OOXVHUGH¿QHGDODUPVDUHDXWRPDWLFDOO\GLVSOD\HG7KHGLVSOD\PRGHGHSHQGVRQ the priority level selected during alarm set-up: b high priority: a pop-up window displays the time-stamped description of the alarm DQGWKHRUDQJH/('ÀDVKHV b medium priority: the orange "Alarm" LED goes steady on b low priority: no display on the screen. All faults resulting in a trip automatically produce a high-priority alarm, without any special settings required. In all cases, the alarm history is updated. If power to the FDM121 fails, all information is stored in the Micrologic non-volatile memory. The data is automatically recovered when power is restored and can be consulted via the communication system.
Status indications and remote control When the circuit breaker is equipped with the BSCM module (page A-27), the FDM121 display can also be used to view circuit breaker status conditions: b 2) 212)) b SD: trip indication b SDE: Fault-trip indication (overload, short-circuit, ground fault)
3%
3%
Main characteristics
FDM121 display.
Surface mount accessory.
b [ [PPVFUHHQUHTXLULQJPPEHKLQGWKHGRRU RUPPZKHQWKH 24 volt power supply connector is used). b White backlighting. b :LGHYLHZLQJDQJOH YHUWLFDOKRUL]RQWDO b +LJKUHVROXWLRQ H[FHOOHQWUHDGLQJRIJUDSKLFV\PEROV b $ODUP/(' ÀDVKLQJRUDQJHIRUDODUPSLFNXSVWHDG\RUDQJHDIWHURSHUDWRUUHVHWLI alarm condition persists. b 2SHUDWLQJWHPSHUDWXUHUDQJH&WR& b CE / UL marking. b 9'&SRZHUVXSSO\ZLWKWROHUDQFHV9 9 WR9 9 When the FDM121 is connected to the communication network, the 24 V is supplied by the communication system wiring system. b Consumption 40 mA.
3%
Mounting The FDM121 is easily installed in a switchboard. b 6WDQGDUGGRRUFXWRXW [ PP b Attached using clips. To avoid a cut-out in the door, an accessory is available for surface mounting by drilling only two 22 mm diameter holes. 7KH)'0GHJUHHRISURWHFWLRQLV,3LQIURQW,3LVPDLQWDLQHGDIWHU switchboard mounting by using the supplied gasket during installation.
Connection
Connection with FDM121 display unit.
A-24
The FDM121 is equipped with: b a 24 V DC terminal block: v plug-in type with 2 wire inputs per point for easy daisy-chaining v SRZHUVXSSO\UDQJHRI9 9 WR9 9 b two RJ45 jacks. The Micrologic connects to the internal communication terminal block on the &RPSDFW16;YLDWKHSUHZLUHG16;FRUG&RQQHFWLRQWRRQHRIWKH5- connectors on the FDM121 automatically establishes communication between the Micrologic and the FDM121 and supplies power to the Micrologic measurement functions. :KHQWKHVHFRQGFRQQHFWRULVQRWXVHGLWPXVWEH¿WWHGZLWKDOLQHWHUPLQDWRU
version: 1.0
559E1200.indd
'%
Navigation I I1
310
A
I2
% I3 302
A
% IN 23
% ESC
315
Five buttons are used for intuitive and fast navigation. 7KH³&RQWH[W´EXWWRQPD\EHXVHGWRVHOHFWWKHW\SHRIGLVSOD\ GLJLWDOEDUJUDSK analogue). The user can select the display language (Chinese, English, French, German, ,WDOLDQ3RUWXJXHVH6SDQLVKHWF 2WKHUODQJXDJHVFDQEHGRZQORDGHG
A
A
%
Screens 1 1 2 3 4 5 6
2 3 4
Main menu :KHQSRZHUHGXSWKH)'0VFUHHQDXWRPDWLFDOO\GLVSOD\VWKH212))VWDWXVRI the device.
5 6
Escape Down OK Up Context Alarm LED
Quick view Metering Alarms Services.
'%
'%
When not in use, the screen is not backlit. Backlighting can be activated by pressing RQHRIWKHEXWWRQV,WJRHVRIIDIWHUPLQXWHV
Produit Id
Micrologic 5.3A Serial number: Part number:
Alarms Services
1.02 ESC
3URGXFWLGHQWL¿FDWLRQ
I
OK
Quick view. '%
Metering
Access to detailed information b 0HWHULQJFDQEHXVHGWRGLVSOD\WKHPHDVXUHPHQWGDWD ,89I346( 7+'3) ZLWKWKHFRUUHVSRQGLQJPLQPD[YDOXHV b Alarms displays active alarms and the alarm history. b 6HUYLFHVSURYLGHVDFFHVVWRWKHRSHUDWLRQFRXQWHUVHQHUJ\DQGPD[LPHWHUUHVHW IXQFWLRQPDLQWHQDQFHLQGLFDWRUVLGHQWL¿FDWLRQRIPRGXOHVFRQQHFWHGWRWKHLQWHUQDO bus and FDM121 internal settings (language, contrast, etc.)
Metering
P07451
ESC
'%
Main Menu Quick View
LU432091
Firmware:
Fast access to essential information b ³4XLFNYLHZ´SURYLGHVDFFHVVWR¿YHVFUHHQVWKDWGLVSOD\DVXPPDU\RIHVVHQWLDO RSHUDWLQJLQIRUPDWLRQ ,8I3(7+'FLUFXLWEUHDNHU2Q2II
U Average
9/10
387 V
%
100
120
392 V
%
100
120
388 V
%
100
120
avg
U-V PQS
MIN
E MAX F - PF - cos Φ ESC OK
ESC
NonResettableEnergy
1/3
EpIN
5111947
kWh
EpOut
12345678
kWh
Metering: U average. DB112141
DB112140
Metering: sub-menu.
Display Contrast Brightness Language
ESC
Metering: meter.
559E1200.indd
ESC
OK
Services.
version: 1.0
A-25
Functions and characteristics
Compact NSX communication
All Compact NSX devices can be equipped with the communication function via a prewired connection system and a Modbus network interface. The interface can be connected directly or via the FDM121 switchboard display unit. Four functional levels can be combined to adapt to all supervision requirements.
Four functional levels
Communications modules
The Compact NSX can be integrated in a Modbus communication environment. Four functional levels can be used separately or combined. Communication of status indications This level is compatible with all Compact NSX circuit breakers, whatever the trip unit, and with all switch-disconnectors. Using the BSCM module, the following information is accessible: b ON/OFF position (O/F) b trip indication (SD) b fault-trip indication (SDE). Communication of commands Also available on all circuit breakers and switch-disconnectors, this level (communicating remote control) can be used to: b open b close b reset. Communication of measurements with Micrologic 5 / 6 A or E This level provides access to all available information: b instantaneous and demand values b maximeters/minimeters b energy metering b demand current and power b power quality. Communication of operating assistance with Micrologic 5 / 6 A or E b protection and alarm settings b time-stamped histories and event tables b maintenance indicators.
Communication components and connections DB115568
Modbus
DB112060
24 V DC
10 10
1.3 m
Connections b Compact NSX is connected to the Modbus interface or FDM121 display unit via the internal terminal block for the NSX cord equipped with an RJ45 connector. v cord available in three lengths: 0.35 m, 1.3 m and 3 m. v insulated 0.35 m version for installations > 480 V AC v lengths up to 10 m possible using extensions. b The FDM121 display unit is connected to the Modbus interface by a communication cable with RJ45 connectors on both ends.
A-26
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
Modbus network Modbus interface NSX cord Internal terminal block for communication via NSX cord BSCM module Prefabricated wiring Micrologic trip unit FDM121 display RJ45 cable Line terminator (on unused connector if applicable)
version: 1.0
559E1300.indd
Functions This module, required for connection to the network, contains the Modbus address (1 to 99) declared by the user via the two dials in front. It automatically adapts (baud rate, parity) to the Modbus network in which it is installed. It is equipped with a lock-out switch to enable or disable operations involving writing to Micrologic, i.e. reset, FRXQWHUUHVHWVHWWLQJPRGL¿FDWLRQVGHYLFHRSHQLQJ and closing commands, etc. There is a built-in test function to check the connections of the Modbus interface module with the Micrologic and FDM121 display unit. Mounting The module is mounted on a DIN rail. A number of modules may be clipped one next to the other. For this, a stacking accessory is available for fast clipconnection of both the Modbus link and the 24 V DC supply. The Modbus interface module supplies 24 V DC to the corresponding Micrologic, FDM121 display and BSCM module. Module consumption is 60 mA / 24 V DC.
DB112083
Modbus interface module
Modbus interface module.
BSCM module Functions The optional BSCM Breaker Status & Control Module is used to acquire device status indications and control the communicating remote-control function. It includes a memory used to manage the maintenance indicators.
DB112035
Status indications Indication of device status: O/F, SD and SDE. Maintenance indicators The BSCM module manages the following indicators: b mechanical operation counter b electrical operation counter b history of status indications. It is possible to assign an alarm to the operation counters. Controls The module can be used to carry out communicating remote control operations: (open, close and reset) in different modes (manual, auto). Mounting The BSCM module can be installed on all Compact NSX circuit breakers and switch-disconnectors. It simply clips into the auxiliary contact slots. It occupies the slots of one O/F contact and one SDE contact. The BSCM is supplied with 24 V DC power automatically via the NSX cord when the communication system is installed.
DB112085
DB112084
1 Five-point Modbus and 24 V DC connector 2 Two Modbus address dials (1 to 99) 3 0RGEXVWUDI¿F/(' 4 Lock-out to disable writing to the NSX 5 7HVW/(' 6 Test button 7 Two connectors for RJ45 cable
BSCM module.
Mounting with stacking accessory.
559E1300.indd
version: 1.0
A-27
Compact NSX communication
Compact NSX uses the Modbus communication protocol, compatible with SMS PowerLogic supervision systems. Two downloadable utilities facilitate implementation of communication functions.
Modbus
DB115569
Functions and characteristics
Networks and software
Modbus is the most widely used communication protocol in industrial networks. It operates in masterslave mode. The devices (slaves) communicate one after the other with a gateway (master). Masterpact, Compact NSX, PowerLogic and Sepam products all operate with this protocol. A Modbus network is generally implemented on an LV or MV switchboard scale. Depending on the data monitored and the desired refresh rate, a Modbus network connected to a gateway can serve 4 to 16 devices. For larger installations, a number of Modbus networks can be connected to an Ethernet network (TCP/IP/Modbus protocol) via their gateways.
Automatic notification
Firewall
Nomad mode
Internet
Site Intranet Ethernet (TCP/IP/Modbus) Consultation RSU RCU
EGX400
MPS100
Consultation RSU RCU
Modbus
Modbus
FDM121
Masterpact
A-28
Sepam
Compact NSX
version: 1.0
PowerLogic Power Meter
559E1300.indd
Micrologic utilities
DB112125
b Two utilities, RSU and RCU, presented on the next page, are available to assist in starting up a communicating installation. Intended for Compact NSX and Masterpact, the software can be downloaded from the Schneider Electric internet site. b The "Live update" function enables immediate updating to obtain the most recent upgrades. These easy-to-use utilities include starting assistance and online help. They are compatible with Microsoft Windows 2000, XP and Vista.
DB112214
568FRQ¿JXUDWLRQVFUHHQIRUD0LFURORJLF
Gateway The gateway has two functions: b access to the company intranet (Ethernet) by converting Modbus frames to the TCP/IP/Modbus protocol b optional web-page server for the information from the devices. Examples include MPS100, EGX400 and EGX100.
RCU mini-supervision screen for current measurements.
DB112126
MPS100 b Plug and play device. It comes loaded with a webpage application for graphic display of currents and voltages and viewing of circuit-breaker status and power and energy values. To use the application, simply declare the Modbus addresses of the connected slaves. Automatically recognised devices include all Masterpact and Compact NSX Micrologic trip units and the PM500/700/800 and PM9c power monitoring units. b &DQEHXVHGIRUDXWRPDWLFDODUPQRWL¿FDWLRQYLDD messaging server available on the site intranet or via mobile phones (e-mail converted into SMS). b Can be used for logging of data that can be automatically sent as e-mail attachments, e.g. a weekly consumption report.
Web page.
559E1300.indd
version: 1.0
A-29
Functions and characteristics
Compact NSX communication
Two utilities, RSU and RCU, are available to assist in starting up a communicating installation. They can be downloaded from the 6FKQHLGHU(OHFWULFLQWHUQHWVLWHDQGLQFOXGH a "Live update" function that enables immediate updating.
RSU (Remote Setting Utility)
RSU and RCU utilities
This utility is used to set the protection functions and alarms for each Masterpact and Compact NSX device. After connection to the network and entry of the circuit-breaker Modbus address, the software automatically detects the type of trip unit installed. There are two possible operating modes.
Off-line with the software disconnected from the communication network For each selected circuit breaker, the user can do the following.
DB112216
Determine the protection settings The settings are carried out on a screen that shows the front of the trip unit. The Micrologic setting dials, keypad and screen are simulated for easy use of all Micrologic setting functions. Save and duplicate the protection settings (DFKFRQ¿JXUDWLRQFUHDWHGFDQEHVDYHGIRUVXEVHTXHQWGHYLFHSURJUDPPLQJ,WFDQ also be duplicated and used as the basis for programming another circuit breaker.
On-line with the software connected to the network Similarly, for each selected circuit breaker, the user can do the following. Display the current settings The software displays the trip unit and provides access to all settings.
DB112217
View the corresponding protection curves A graphic curve module in the software displays the protection curve corresponding WRWKHVHWWLQJV,WLVSRVVLEOHWROD\DVHFRQGFXUYHRYHUWKH¿UVWIRUGLVFULPLQDWLRQ studies.
RSU: Micrologic Remote Setting Utility.
Modify settings in a secure manner b There are different levels of security: v password: by default, it is the same for all devices, but can be differentiated for each device v locking of the Modbus interface module which must be unlocked before the corresponding device can be set remotely v maximum settings limited by the positions of the two dials on the trip unit. These dials, set by the user, determine the maximum settings that can be made via the communication system. b 6HWWLQJVDUHPRGL¿HGE\ v either direct, on-line setting of the protection settings on the screen v or by loading the settings prepared in off-line mode. This is possible only if the positions of the dials allow the new settings. All manual settings made subsequently on the device have priority. Program alarms b Up to 12 alarms can be linked to measurements or events. b WZRDODUPVDUHSUHGH¿QHGDQGDFWLYDWHGDXWRPDWLFDOO\ v Micrologic 5: overload (Ir) v Micrologic 6: overload (Ir) and ground fault (Ig) b thresholds, priorities and time delays can be set for 10 other alarms. They may be selected from a list of 91 alarms
DB112215
Set the outputs of the SDx relays 7KLVLVUHTXLUHGZKHQWKHXVHUZDQWVWRFKDQJHWKHVWDQGDUGFRQ¿JXUDWLRQDQG assign different signals to the 2 outputs of the SDx relay.
RCU (Remote Control Utility) The RCU utility can be used to test communication for all the devices connected to the Modbus network. It is designed for use with Compact NSX, Masterpact, Advantys OTB and Power Meter devices. It offers a number of functions. Mini supervisor b Display of I, U, f, P, E and THD measurements for each device, via navigation b Display of ON/OFF status Open and close commands for each device $FRPPRQRULQGLYLGXDOSDVVZRUGPXVW¿UVWEHHQWHUHG RCU: Remote Control Utility for communication tests.
A-30
When all functions have been tested, this utility is replaced by the supervision software selected for the installation.
version: 1.0
559E1300.indd
Supervision software
6FKQHLGHU(OHFWULFHOHFWULFDOLQVWDOODWLRQ supervision, management and expert system software integrates Compact NSX LGHQWL¿FDWLRQPRGXOHV
Types of software Masterpact and Compact NSX communication functions are designed to interface with software dedicated to electrical installations: b switchboard supervision b electrical installation supervision b power system management: electrical engineering expert systems b process control b SCADA (Supervisory Control & Data Acquisition), EMS (Enterprise Management System) or BMS (Building Management System) type software.
DB111370
Integration of Compact NSX Compact NSX devices are integrated via Modbus interface modules connected via FDM121 display units or NSX cords. )RUHDV\FRQQHFWLRQRIWKHGLIIHUHQWPRGXOHVWKHSUHIDEULFDWHGFDEOHVDUHLGHQWL¿HG by ULP (Universal Logic Plug) symbols. The connection points on compatible modules are marked in the same manner.
Schneider Electric solutions Electrical switchboard supervision via MPS100 or EGX400 Web servers
PE86106-62
Connection symbol for Compact NSX compatible modules.
A simple solution for customers who want to consult the main electrical parameters of switchboard devices without dedicated software. Up to 16 switchboard devices are connected via Modbus interfaces to an MPS100 or EGX400 Ethernet gateway integrating the functions of a web page server. The HPEHGGHG:HESDJHVFDQEHHDVLO\FRQ¿JXUHGZLWKMXVWDIHZPRXVHFOLFNV7KH information they provide is updated in real time. The Web pages can be consulted using a standard Web browser on a PC connected YLD(WKHUQHWWRWKHFRPSDQ\,QWUDQHWRUUHPRWHO\YLDDPRGHP$XWRPDWLFQRWL¿FDWLRQ of alarms and threshold overruns is possible via e-mail or SMS (Short Message Service).
Electrical installation supervision via PowerView software PowerLogic® PowerView software is ideally suited to the supervision needs of small system applications, monitoring up to 32 devices. Installed on a PC under Windows, it represents a cost-effective and easy-to-implement power-monitoring solution that offers: b automatic detection of compatible devices b real-time monitoring of data including power consumption b DUHSRUWJHQHUDWRUZLWKDQXPEHURISUHGH¿QHGUHSRUWVWKDWFDQEHH[SRUWHGWR Excel b cost allocation b time-stamped data-logging possibilities b Modbus serial and Modbus TCP/IP compatible communication.
SMS electrical engineering expert system software
DB112145
PowerView software.
PowerLogic® SMS is a family of web-enabled software products for high-end powermonitoring applications. It is designed for large power systems. SMS products offer detailed analysis of electrical events, long-duration data logging and extensive, economical report-building capabilities (e.g. consumption monitoring and tariff management). A wide variety of screens can be displayed in real time, including more than 50 tables, analogue meters, bargraphs, alarms logs with links to display waveforms and SUHGH¿QHGUHSRUWVRQHQHUJ\TXDOLW\DQGVHUYLFHFRVWV
Other software Compact NSX devices can forward their measurement and operating information to special software integrating the electrical installation and other technical facilities: b 6&$'$SURFHVVFRQWUROVRIWZDUH 9LMHR&,7(&7 b BMS Building Management System software: Vista. Please consult us.
SMS software screen.
559E1300.indd
version: 1.0
A-31
Functions and characteristics
Accessories for Micrologic trip units
PB103843-18
External neutral current transformer (ENCT) The external transformer is a sensor required for a three-pole circuit breaker in a system with a distributed neutral to measure the neutral current in order to: b protect the neutral conductor b protect against insulation faults. This current transformer can be connected to Micrologic 5 / 6 trip units. The transformer rating must be compatible with that of the circuit breaker. Required current transformers for different circuit breaker models Type of circuit breaker External neutral current transformers.
NSX100/160/250
25 – 100 A 150 – 250 A 400 – 630 A
NSX400/630 PB103842-47
Rating
Catalogue number LV429521 LV430563 LV432575
External neutral voltage tap (ENVT) The neutral voltage transformer is required for Micrologic E power metering with a three-pole circuit breaker in a system with a distributed neutral. It is used to connect the neutral to the Micrologic trip unit to measure phase-to-neutral (Ph-N) voltages. External neutral voltage tap (cat. no. LV434208).
External 24 V DC power-supply module PB103583-18
Use An external 24 V DC power supply is required for installations with communication, whatever the type of trip unit. On installations without communication, it is available as an option for Micrologic 5/6 in order to make it possible to: b modify settings when the circuit breaker is open b GLVSOD\PHDVXUHPHQWVZKHQWKHFXUUHQWÀRZLQJWKURXJKWKHFLUFXLWEUHDNHULVORZ (15 to 50 A depending on the rating) b maintain the display of the cause of tripping and interrupted current.
External 24 V DC power-supply module.
Characteristics A single external 24 V DC supply may be used for the entire switchboard. The required characteristics are: b output voltage: 24 V DC ±5 % b ripple: ±1%. b overvoltage category: OVC IV - as per IEC 60947-1 External 24 V DC power-supply modules with an output current of 1 A are available: Available external power-supply modules Power supply V DC (±5 %)
V AC (+10 %, -15 %)
Output voltage Ripple Overvoltage category (OVC)
Cat. no. 24/30 54440 48/60 54441 100/125 54442 110/130 54443 200/240 54444 380/415 54445 24 V DC (±5 %) ±1 % OVC IV - as per IEC 60947-1
An external 24 V DC power-supply module with an output current of 3 A is also available: Available external power-supply modules Power supply V DC V AC Output voltage Ripple Overvoltage category (OVC)
Cat. no. 110/230 110/240 24 V DC (±5 %) ±1 % OVC II
ABL8RPS24030
Total consumption To determine the required output current of the 24 V DC power supply, it is necessary to sum up the currents consumed by the different loads supplied: Consumption of Compact NSX modules Module Micrologic 5/6 BSCM module FDM121 Modbus communication interface NSX cord U > 480 V AC
A-32
version: 1.0
Consumption (mA) 20 10 40 60 30
559E1400.indd
PB103790-20
Test battery This pocket battery connects to the Micrologic test connector. It powers up the Micrologic and the Ready LED. It supplies the screen and allows settings to be made via the keypad.
Test battery (cat. no. LV434206). PB103833-18
Battery module The battery module is a back-up supply for the external power-supply module. The input/output voltages are 24 V DC and it can supply power for approximately three hours (100 mA).
24 V DC power-supply terminal block The 24 V DC power-supply terminal block can be installed only on Micrologic 5/6 trip units. It is required to power the trip unit when the trip unit is not connected to an FDM121 display unit or to the communication system. When used, it excludes connection of an NSX cord.
PB103789-24
PB103799-24
Battery module (cat. no. 54446).
NSX cord
24 V DC power-supply terminal block (cat. no. LV434210).
NSX cord U > 480 V (cat. no. LV434204).
b For voltage U y 480 V, available in 3 prefabricated lengths: 0.35 m, 1.3 m and 3 m. b For voltages U > 480 V, a special 0.35 m cord with an insulation accessory is required. b A set of cords with RJ45 connectors is available to adapt to different distances between devices.
PB103803-27
Maintenance case The case includes: b FRQ¿JXUDWLRQDQGPDLQWHQDQFHPRGXOH b power supply (110...220 V AC / 50-60 Hz 24 V DC - 1 A) b special cable for connection to the trip-unit test connector b standard USB cable b standard RJ45 cable b user manual b optional Bluetooth link (to PC).
Maintenance case (cat. no. TRV00910). PB103794-32
&RQ¿JXUDWLRQDQGPDLQWHQDQFHPRGXOH
DB115570
&RQ¿JXUDWLRQDQGPDLQWHQDQFHPRGXOH FDWQR759
30 Display
Included in the maintenance kit, this module tests Micrologic operation and provides access to all parameters and settings. It connects to the Micrologic test connector and can operate in two modes. b Stand-alone mode to: v supply the Micrologic and check operation via the Ready LED v check mechanical operation of the circuit breaker (trip using pushbutton). b PC mode, connected to a PC via USB or Bluetooth link. This mode provides access to protection settings, alarm settings and readings of all indicators. Using the DVVRFLDWHG568VRIWZDUHXWLOLW\LWLVSRVVLEOHWRVWRUHLQDGHGLFDWHG¿OHIRUHDFK device, all the data that can transferred to another device. This mode also offers operating-test functions: v check on trip time delay (trip curve) v check on non-tripping time (discrimination) v check on ZSI (Zone Selective Interlocking) function v alarm simulation v display of setting curves v display of currents v printing of test reports.
Test connector
T
TES
USB or Bluetooth link
110/240 V
8VLQJWKHFRQ¿JXUDWLRQDQGPDLQWHQDQFHPRGXOH
559E1400.indd
version: 1.0
A-33
Functions and characteristics
Earth-leakage protection
There are two ways to add earth-leakage protection to any three or four-pole Compact NSX100 to 630 circuit breaker equipped with a magnetic, thermal-magnetic or Micrologic 2, 5 or 6 trip unit: b by adding a Vigi module to the circuit breaker to form a Vigicompact NSX b by using a Vigirex relay and separate toroids.
Circuit breaker with add-on Vigi module (Vigicompact NSX)
Add-on protection against insulation faults using a Vigi module or Vigirex relay
b For general characteristics of circuit breakers, see pages A-6 and A-7. b Add-on Vigi modules. Earth-leakage protection is achieved by installing a Vigi module (characteristics and selection criteria on next page) directly on the circuit breaker terminals It directly actuates the trip unit (magnetic, thermal-magnetic or Micrologic).
Circuit breaker combined with a Vigirex relay Compact NSX circuit breaker + Vigirex relay
PB103579-21
Vigirex relays may be used to add external earth-leakage protection to Compact NSX circuit breakers. The circuit breakers must be equipped with an MN or MX voltage release. The Vigirex relays add special tripping thresholds and time delays for earth-leakage protection. Vigirex relays are very useful when faced with major installation constraints (circuit breaker already installed and connected, limited space available, etc.). Vigirex-relay characteristics b Sensitivity adjustable from 30 mA to 250 mA and 9 time-delay settings (0 to 4.5 seconds). b Closed toroids up to 630 A (30 to 300 mm in diameter), split toroids up to 250 A (46 to 110 mm in diameter) or rectangular sensors up to 630 A. b 50/60 Hz, 400 Hz distribution systems. Options b Trip indication by a fail-safe contact b Pre-alarm contact and LED, etc.
044322
Vigicompact NSX100 to 630.
Compliance with standards b IEC 60947-2, annex M b IEC/EN 60755: general requirements for residual-current operated protective devices b IEC/EN 61000-4-2 to 4-6: immunity tests b CISPR11: radio-frequency radiated and conducted emission tests b UL1053 and CSA22.2 No. 144 for RH10, RH21 and RH99 relays at supply voltages up to and including 220/240 V.
051352
Earth-leakage relay.
Separate toroids.
A-34
version: 1.0
559E1400.indd
PB103579-21
Vigicompact NSX100 to 630 circuit breakers with earth-leakage protection Addition of the Vigi module does not alter circuit-breaker characteristics: b compliance with standards b degree of protection, class II front-face insulation b positive contact indication b electrical characteristics b trip-unit characteristics b installation and connection modes b indication, measurement and control auxiliaries b installation and connection accessories. Dimensions and weights Dimensions
3 poles
NSX100/160/250
NSX400/630
105 x 236 x 86
135 x 355 x 110
W x H x D (mm)
4 poles
140 x 236 x 86
180 x 355 x 110
Weight (kg)
3 poles
2.5
8.8
4 poles
3.2
10.8
Vigi earth-leakage protection modules Compliance with standards b IEC 60947-2, annex B. b Decree dated 14 November 1988 (for France). b IEC 60755, class A, immunity to DC components up to 6 mA b operation down to -25 °C as per VDE 664.
PB103580-36
Remote indications Vigi modules may be equipped with an auxiliary contact (SDV) to remotely signal tripping due to an earth fault. Use of 4-pole Vigi module with a 3-pole Compact NSX In a 3-phase installation with an uninterrupted neutral, an accessory makes it possible to use a 4-pole Vigi module with connection of the neutral cable. Power supply Vigi modules are self-supplied internally by the distribution-system voltage and therefore do not require any external source. They continue to function even when supplied by only two phases.
DB112147
Vigi module selection 1
2
3
4
5
6
7
1 Sensitivity setting 2 Time-delay setting (for selective earth-leakage protection). 3/HDGVHDO¿[WXUHIRUFRQWUROOHGDFFHVVWRVHWWLQJV 4 Test button simulating an earth-fault for regular checks on the tripping function 5 Reset button (reset required after earth-fault tripping). 6 Rating plate 7 Housing for SDV auxiliary contact.
Plug-in devices The Vigi module can be installed on a plugin base. Special accessories are required (see catalogue number chapter).
559E1400.indd
Vigi ME
Vigi MH
Number of poles
Type
3, 4 (1)
3, 4 (1)
Vigi MB 3, 4 (1)
NSX100
b
b
-
NXS160
b
b
-
NSX250
-
b
-
NSX400
-
-
b
NSX630
-
-
b
Protection characteristics Sensitivity
¿[HG
adjustable
adjustable
I%n (A)
0.3
0.03 - 0.3 - 1 - 3 - 10
0.3 - 1 - 3 - 10 - 30
Time delay
¿[HG
adjustable
adjustable
Intentional delay (ms)
< 40
0 - 60 (2) - 150 (2) - 310 (2)
0 - 60 - 150 - 310
Max. break time (ms)
< 40
< 40 < 140 < 300 < 800
< 40 < 140 < 300 < 800
Rated voltage V AC 50/60 Hz
200...440
200... 440 - 440...550
200...440 - 440...550
(1) Vigi 3P modules may also be used on 3P circuit breakers used for two-phase protection. (2) If the sensitivity is set to 30 mA, there is no time delay, whatever the time-delay setting.
Operating safety The Vigi module is a user safety device. It must be tested at regular intervals (every 6 months).
version: 1.0
A-35
Functions and characteristics
Motor protection
The parameters to be considered for motorfeeder protection depend on: b the application (type of machine driven, operating safety, frequency of operation, etc.) b the level of continuity of service required by the load or the application b the applicable standards for the protection of life and property. The required electrical functions are: b isolation b switching, generally at high endurance levels b protection against overloads and shortcircuits, adapted to the motor b additional special protection. A motor feeder must comply with the requirements of standard IEC 60947-4-1 concerning contactors and their protection: b coordination of feeder components b thermal-relay trip classes b contactor utilisation categories b coordination of insulation.
Motor-feeder function
General information on motor feeders
A motor feeder comprises a set of devices for motor protection and control, as well as for protection of the feeder itself.
Isolation The purpose is to isolate the live conductors from the upstream distribution system to enable work by maintenance personnel on the motor feeder at no risk. This function is provided by a motor circuit breaker offering positive contact indication and lockout/ tagout possibilities.
Switching The purpose is to control the motor (ON / OFF), either manually, automatically or remotely, taking into account overloads upon start-up and the long service life required. This function is provided by a contactor. When the coil of the contactor's electromagnet is energised, the contactor closes and establishes, through the poles, the circuit between the upstream supply and the motor, via the circuit breaker.
Basic protection
b Short-circuit protection Detection and breaking, as quickly as possible, of high short-circuit currents to avoid damage to the installation. This function is provided by a magnetic or thermalmagnetic circuit breaker. b Overload protection Detection of overload currents and motor shutdown before temperature rise in the motor and conductors damages insulation. This function is provided by a thermalmagnetic circuit breaker or a separate thermal relay.
Overloads: I < 10 x In They are caused by: b an electrical problem, related to an anomaly in the distribution system (e.g. phase failure, voltage outside tolerances, etc.) b a mechanical problem, related to a process malfunction (e.g. excessive torque) or damage to the motor (e.g. bearing vibrations). These two causes will also result in excessively long starting times. Impedant short-circuits: 10 x In < I < 50 x In This type of short-circuit is generally due to deteriorated insulation of motor windings or damaged supply cables. Short-circuits: I > 50 x In This relatively rare type of fault may be caused by a connection error during maintenance.
DB115571
b Phase unbalance or phase loss protection Phase unbalance or phase loss can cause temperature rise and braking torques that can lead to premature ageing of the motor. These effects are even greater during starting, therefore protection must be virtually immediate.
Additional electronic protection
Isolation and short-circuit protection
Circuit breaker with magnetic protection
b b b b
Locked rotor Under-load Long starts and stalled rotor Insulation faults.
Motor-feeder solutions Power switching
Contactor
6WDQGDUG,(& GH¿QHVWKUHHW\SHVRIGHYLFHFRPELQDWLRQVIRUWKHSURWHFWLRQRI motor feeders. Three devices b magnetic circuit breaker + contactor + thermal relay.
Overload protection or thermal protection
Thermal protection, separate or built into the circuit breaker
Specific or internal motor protection
Two devices b thermal-magnetic circuit breaker + contactor. One device b thermal-magnetic circuit breaker + contactor in an integrated solution (e.g. Tesys U).
Additional protection functions
M Switchgear functions in a motor feeder.
A-36
version: 1.0
559E1500.indd
Device coordination The various components of a motor feeder must be coordinated. Standard ,(& GH¿QHVWKUHHW\SHVRIFRRUGLQDWLRQGHSHQGLQJRQWKHRSHUDWLQJ condition of the devices following a standardised short-circuit test. Type-1 coordination b No danger to life or property. b The contactor and/or the thermal relay may be damaged. b Repair and replacement of parts may be required prior to further service. Type-2 coordination b No danger to life or property. b No damage or adjustments are allowed. The risk of contact welding is accepted as long as they can be easily separated. b Isolation must be maintained after the incident, the motor feeder must be suitable for further use without repair or replacement of parts. b $UDSLGLQVSHFWLRQLVVXI¿FLHQWEHIRUHUHWXUQWRVHUYLFH Total coordination b No damage and no risk of contact welding is allowed for the devices making up the motor feeder. The motor feeder must be suitable for further use without repair or replacement of parts. This level is provided by integrated 1-device solutions such as Tesys U.
Contactor utilisation categories For a given motor-feeder solution, the utilisation category determines the contactor withstand capacity in terms of frequency of operation and endurance. Selection, which depends on the operating conditions imposed by the application, may result in RYHUVL]LQJWKHFRQWDFWRUDQGFLUFXLWEUHDNHUSURWHFWLRQ6WDQGDUG,(& GH¿QHV the following contactor utilisation categories. Contactor utilisation categories (AC current) Contactor utilisation Type of load categories
Control function
Typical applications
AC1
Non-inductive (cos K u 0.8)
Energising
Heating, distribution
AC2
Slip-ring motor (cos K u 0.65)
Starting Switching off motor during running Counter-current braking Inching
Wiring-drawing machine
AC3
Squirrel-cage motor (cos K = 0.45 for y 100 A) (cos K = 0.35 for > 100 A)
Starting Switching off motor during running
Compressors, elevators, pumps, mixers, escalators, fans, conveyer systems, airconditioning
Starting Switching off motor during running Regenerative braking Plugging Inching
Printing machines, wire-drawing machines
AC4
Utilisation category AC3 - common coordination tables for circuit breakers and contactors This category covers asynchronous squirrel-cage motors that are switched off during running, which is the most common situation (85 % of cases). The contactor makes the starting current and switches off the rated current at a voltage approximately one VL[WKRIWKHQRPLQDOYDOXH7KHFXUUHQWLVLQWHUUXSWHGZLWKRXWGLI¿FXOW\ The circuit breaker-contactor coordination tables for Compact NSX are for use with contactors in the AC3 utilisation category, in which case they ensure type-2 coordination. Utilisation category AC4 - possible oversizing This category covers asynchronous squirrel-cage motors capable of operating under regenerative braking or inching (jogging) conditions The contactor makes the starting current and can interrupt this current at a voltage that may be equal to that of the distribution system. 7KHVHGLI¿FXOWFRQGLWLRQVPDNHLWQHFHVVDU\WRRYHUVL]HWKHFRQWDFWRUDQGLQ general, the protective circuit breaker with respect to category AC3.
559E1500.indd
version: 1.0
A-37
Functions and characteristics
Motor protection
The trip class determines the trip curve of the thermal protection device (inverse-time curve) for a motor feeder. 6WDQGDUG,(& GH¿QHVWULS classes 5, 10, 20 and 30. These classes are the maximum durations, in seconds, for motor starting with a starting current of 7.2 Ir, where Ir is the thermal setting indicated on the motor rating plate.
Trip class of a thermal-protection device
Motor-feeder characteristics and solutions
([DPSOH ,QFODVVWKHPRWRUPXVWKDYH¿QLVKHG starting within 20 seconds (6 to 20 s) for a starting current of 7.2 Ir.
The motor feeder includes thermal protection that may be built into the circuit breaker. The protection must have a trip class suited to motor starting. Depending on the application, the motor starting time varies from a few seconds (no-load start) to a few dozen seconds (high-inertia load). 6WDQGDUG,(& GH¿QHVWKHWULSFODVVHVEHORZDVDIXQFWLRQRIFXUUHQW setting Ir for thermal protection. Trip class of thermal relays as a function of their Ir setting Class 1.05 I r (1) 1.2 Ir (1) 1.5 Ir (2) 5 t>2h t < 2h t < 2 mn 10 t>2h t < 2h t < 4 mn 20 t>2h t < 2h t < 8 mn 30 t>2h t < 2h t < 12 mn (1) Time for a cold motor (motor off and cold). (2) Time for warm motor (motor running under normal conditions).
7.2 I r(1) 2s
Currents of squirrel-cage motors at full rated load Standardised values in kW Rated operational power
currents Ie (A) for: 230 V 400 V A A 0.35 0.32 0.52 0.3 0.7 0.44 1 0.6 1.5 0.85 1.9 1.1 2.6 1.5 3.3 1.9 4.7 2.7 6.3 3.6 8.5 4.9 11.3 6.5 15 8.5 20 11.5 27 15.5 38 22 51 29 61 35 72 41 96 55 115 66 140 80 169 97 230 132 278 160 340 195 400 230 487 280 609 350 748 430 940 540
500 V A 0.16 0.24 0.32 0.48 0.68 0.88 1.2 1.5 2.2 2.9 3.9 5.2 6.8 9.2 12.4 17.6 23 28 33 44 53 64 78 106 128 156 184 224 280 344 432
DB115572
kW 0.06 0.09 0.12 0.18 0.25 0.37 0.55 0.75 1.1 1.5 2.2 3 4 5.5 7.5 11 15 18.5 22 30 37 45 55 75 90 110 132 160 200 250 315
Standardised values in HP
Standardised values in kW
td
Starting time
690 V A 0.12 0.17 0.23 0.35 0.49 0.64 0.87 1.1 1.6 2.1 2.8 3.8 4.9 6.7 8.9 12.8 17 21 24 32 39 47 57 77 93 113 134 162 203 250 313
Rated operational power hp 1/2 3/4 1 1 1/2 2 3 5 7 1/2 10 15 20 25 30 40 50 60 75 100 125 150 200 250 300
Indicative values of the rated operational currents Ie (A) for 110 200 V 208 V 220 380 440 -
550 -
120 V 4.4 6.4 8.4 12 13.6 19.2 30.4 44 56 84 108 136 160 208 260 -
2.5 3.7 4.8 6.9 7.8 11 17.5 25.3 32.2 48.3 62.1 78.2 92 120 150 177 221 285 359 414 552 -
2.4 3.5 4.6 6.6 7.5 10.6 16.7 24.2 30.8 46.2 59.4 74.8 88 114 143 169 211 273 343 396 528 -
240 V
415 V
480 V
600 V
2.2 3.2 4.2 6 6.8 9.6 15.2 22 28 42 54 68 80 104 130 154 192 248 312 360 480 604 722
1.3 1.8 2.3 3.3 4.3 6.1 9.7 14 18 27 34 44 51 66 83 103 128 165 208 240 320 403 482
1.1 1.6 2.1 3 3.4 4.8 7.6 11 14 21 27 34 40 52 65 77 96 124 156 180 240 302 361
0.9 1.3 1.7 2.4 2.7 3.9 6.1 9 11 17 22 27 32 41 52 62 77 99 125 144 192 242 289
Note: 1 hp = 0.7457 kW.
Asynchronous-motor starting parameters The main parameters of direct on-line starting of three-phase asynchronous motors (90 % of all applications) are listed below. b Ir: rated current This is the current drawn by the motor at full rated load (e.g. approximately 100 A rms for 55 kW at 400 V). b Id: starting current This is the current drawn by the motor during starting, on average 7.2 In for a duration td of 5 to 30 seconds depending on the application (e.g. 720 A rms for 10 seconds). These values determine the trip class and any additional "long-start" protection devices that may be needed. b I’’d: peak starting current 7KLVLVWKHVXEWUDQVLHQWFXUUHQWGXULQJWKH¿UVWWZRKDOIZDYHVZKHQWKHV\VWHPLV energised, on the average 14 In for 10 to 15 ms (e.g. 1840 A peak). The protection settings must effectively protect the motor, notably via a suitable thermal-relay trip class, but let the peak starting current through.
t”d
Ir
Id
I”d
Typical motor-starting curve
A-38
version: 1.0
559E1500.indd
Compact NSX motor-feeder solutions
Compact NSX motor circuit breakers are designed for motor-feeder solutions using: b three devices, including an MA or 1.3-M magnetic-only trip unit b two devices including a TM-D or 2-M thermal-magnetic trip unit. They are designed for use with contactors in the AC3 utilisation category (80 % of all cases) and they ensure type-2 coordination with the contactor. )RUWKH$&XWLOLVDWLRQFDWHJRU\WKHGLI¿FXOW conditions generally make it necessary to oversize the protection circuit breaker with respect to the AC3 category.
Type of motor protection
3 devices
Compact NSX circuit breaker
NSX100/160/250
Trip unit
Compact NSX motor-protection range Compact NSX trip units can be used to create motor-feeder solutions comprising two or three devices. The protection devices are designed for continuous duty at 65 °C. Three-device solutions b 1 NSX circuit breaker with an MA or Micrologic 1.3-M trip unit b 1 contactor b 1 thermal relay. Two-device solutions b 1 Compact NSX circuit breaker v with a Micrologic 2.2-M or 2.3-M electronic trip unit v with a Micrologic 6 E-M electronic trip unit. This version offers additional protection and Power Meter functions. b 1 contactor.
2 devices NSX400/630
NSX100 to 630
Type-2 coordination with
Contactor + thermal relay
Type
MA
Micrologic 1.3-M
Micrologic 2-M
Micrologic 6 E-M
Technology
Magnetic
Electronic
Electronic
Electronic
b
b
Thermal relay Separate Built-in, class
Contactor
5
b
b
10
b
b
20
b
b b
30 Protection functions of Compact NSX circuit breaker b
Short-circuits Insulation faults
b
b b
Overloads
b b
Ground-fault
Special motor Phase unbalance functions Locked rotor
b
b
b b
Under-load
b
Long start
b
Built-in Power Meter functions b
I, U, energy Operating assistance Counters (cycles, trips, alarms, hours)
b
Contact-wear indicator
b
/RDGSUR¿OHDQGWKHUPDO image
b
559E1500.indd
version: 1.0
A-39
Functions and characteristics
Motor protection
MA magnetic trip units are used in 3-device motor-feeder solutions. They can be mounted on all Compact NSX100/160/250 circuit breakers with performance levels B/F/H/N/S/L. They provide short-circuit protection for motors up to 110 kW at 400 V.
MA magnetic trip units DB112110
MA and Micrologic 1.3-M instantaneous trip units
Circuit breakers with an MA trip unit are combined with a thermal relay and a contactor or a starter.
Protection…………………………………………… Magnetic protection (Im) Short-circuit protection with an adjustable pick-up Im that initiates instantaneous tripping if exceeded. b Im = In x ... is set on an adjustment dial in multiples of the rating: v 6 to 14 x In (2.5 to 100 A ratings) v 9 to 14 x In (150 to 200 A ratings) Protection version b 3-pole (3P 3D): 3-pole frame (3P) equipped with detection on all 3 poles (3D).
Micrologic 1.3-M trip units DB112106
Micrologic 1.3-M trip units are used in 3device motor-feeder solutions on Compact NSX400/630 circuit breakers with performance levels B/F/H/N/S/L. They provide short-circuit protection for motors up to 250 kW at 400 V. 7KH\DOVRSURYLGHWKHEHQH¿WVRIHOHFWURQLF technology: b accurate settings b tests b "Ready" LED.
50A
Circuit breakers with a Micrologic 1.3-M trip unit are combined with a thermal relay and a contactor.
Protection.............................................................. Settings are made using a dial. Short-circuits: Short-time protection (Isd) Protection with an adjustable pick-up Isd. There is a very short delay to let through motor starting currents. b Isd is set in amperes from 5 to 13 x In, as follows: v from 1600 to 4160 A for the 320 A rating. v from 2500 to 6500 A for the 500 A rating. Short-circuits: Non-adjustable instantaneous protection (li) Instantaneous protection with non-adjustable pick-up Ii. Protection version b 3-pole (3P 3D): 3-pole frame (3P) equipped with detection on all 3 poles (3D).
Indications ………………………………………… Front indications b *UHHQ³5HDG\´/(' ÀDVKHVVORZO\ZKHQWKHFLUFXLWEUHDNHULVUHDG\WRWULSLQWKH event of a fault.
Note: all the trip units have a transparent lead-sealable cover that protects access to the adjustment dials.
A-40
version: 1.0
559E1500.indd
Magnetic trip units Ratings (A)
In at 65 °C (1)
Circuit breaker
Compact NSX100
MA 2.5 to 220 2.5
6.3
12.5
25
50
100
150
220
b
b
b
b
b
b
-
-
Compact NSX160
-
-
-
b
b
b
b
-
Compact NSX250
-
-
-
-
-
b
b
b
Instantaneous magnetic protection Pick-up (A) accuracy ±20 %
Im = In x ...
Adjustable from 6 to 14 x In (settings 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14)
Time delay (ms)
tm
¿[HG
Adjustable from 9 to 14 x In (settings 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14)
Micrologic 1.3-M Ratings (A)
In at 65 °C (1)
320
Circuit breaker
Compact NSX400
b
-
Compact NSX630
b
b
500
S Short-time protection Pick-up (A) accuracy ±15 %
Isd
Time delay (ms)
tsd
Non-adjustable
Non-tripping time Maximum break time
20 60
I
Adjustable directly in amps 9 settings: 1600, 1920, 2440, 2560, 2880, 3200, 3520, 3840, 4160 A
9 settings: 2500, 3000, 3500, 4000, 4500, 5000, 5500, 6000, 6500 A
Instantaneous protection
Pick-up (A) accuracy ±15 %
Ii non-adjustable
4800
Non-tripping time Maximum break time
0 30 ms
6500
(1) Motor standards require operation at 65 °C. Circuit-breaker ratings are derated to take this requirement into account.
559E1500.indd
version: 1.0
A-41
Functions and characteristics
Micrologic 2-M electronic trip units
DB112111
Micrologic 2-M trip units provide built-in thermal and magnetic protection. They are used in 2-device motor-feeder solutions on Compact NSX100 to 630 circuit breakers with performance levels B/F/H/N/S/L. They provide protection for motors up to 315 kW at 400 V against: b short-circuits b overloads with selection of a trip class (5, 10 or 20) b phase unbalance.
Motor protection
Circuit breakers with a Micrologic 2.2 / 2.3-M trip unit include protection similar to an inverse-time thermal relay. They are combined with a contactor.
Protection.............................................................. Settings are made using a dial. Overloads (or thermal protection): Long-time protection and trip class (Ir) Inverse-time thermal protection against overloads with adjustable pick-up Ir. Settings are made in amperes. The tripping curve for the long-time protection, which indicates the time delay trEHIRUHWULSSLQJLVGH¿QHGE\WKHVHOHFWHGWULSFODVV Trip class (class) The class is selected as a function of the normal motor starting time. b Class 5: starting time less than 5 s b Class 10: starting time less than 10 s b Class 20: starting time less than 20 s For a given class, it is necessary to check that all motor-feeder components are sized to carry the 7.2 Ir starting current without excessive temperature rise during the time corresponding to the class. Short-circuits: Short-time protection (Isd) Protection with an adjustable pick-up Isd. There is a very short delay to let through motor starting currents. Short-circuits: Non-adjustable instantaneous protection (li) Instantaneous protection with non-adjustable pick-up Ii.
PB103376
Phase unbalance or phase loss (lunbal) ( ) This function opens the circuit breaker if a phase unbalance occurs: b WKDWLVJUHDWHUWKDQWKH¿[HGSLFNXSIunbal b following the non-adjustable time delay tunbal equal to: v 0.7 s during starting v 4 s during normal operation. Phase loss is an extreme case of phase unbalance and leads to tripping under the same conditions.
Indications ………………………………………… Front indications b *UHHQ³5HDG\´/(' ÀDVKHVVORZO\ZKHQWKHFLUFXLWEUHDNHULVUHDG\WRWULSLQWKH event of a fault. b Red alarm LED for motor operation: goes ON when the thermal image of the rotor and stator is greater than 95% of the permissible temperature rise. Remote indications via SDTAM module Compact NSX devices with a Micrologic 2 can be equipped with an SDTAM module dedicated to motor applications for: b a contact to indicate circuit-breaker overload b a contact to open the contactor. In the event of a phase unbalance or overload, this output is activated 400 ms before circuit-breaker tripping to open the contactor and avoid circuit breaker tripping. This module takes the place of the MN/MX coils and an OF contact.
SDTAM remote indication relay module with its terminal block.
Note: all the trip units have a transparent lead-sealable cover that protects access to the adjustment dials.
A-42
version: 1.0
559E1500.indd
Micrologic 2.2 / 2.3-M Ratings (A)
In at 65 °C (1)
25
50
100
150
220
320
500
Circuit breaker
Compact NSX100 Compact NSX160 Compact NSX250 Compact NSX400 Compact NSX630
b b b -
b b b -
b b b -
b b -
b -
b b
b
L Overloads (or thermal protection): Long-time protection and trip class Pick-up (A) tripping between 1.05 and 1.20 Ir
Ir In = 25 A In = 50 A In = 100 A In = 150 A In = 220 A In = 320 A In = 500 A Trip class as per IEC 60947-4-1
Time delay (s)
tr
Ir = Ir = Ir = Ir = Ir = Ir = Ir =
value depending on trip unit rating (In) and setting on dial 12 14 16 18 20 22 23 25 30 32 36 40 42 45 50 60 70 75 80 85 90 70 80 90 100 110 120 130 100 120 140 155 170 185 200 160 180 200 220 240 260 280 250 280 320 350 380 400 440 5 10 20
1.5 x Ir
120
6 x Ir 7.2 x Ir
Thermal memory
6.5 13.5 26 for cold motor 5 10 20 for cold motor 20 minutes before and after tripping
Cooling fan
non-adjustable - motor self-cooled
depending on selected trip class
240
480
24 47 95 140 210 300 470
25 50 100 150 220 320 500
12
13
for warm motor
S0 6KRUWFLUFXLWV 6KRUWWLPHSURWHFWLRQZLWK¿[HGWLPHGHOD\ Pick-up (A) accuracy ±15 % Time delay (ms)
I
Isd = Ir x ...
5
6
tsd Non-tripping time Maximum break time
non-adjustable 20 60
7
8
9
10
11
1500
2250
3300
4800
6500
Short-circuits: Non-adjustable instantaneous protection
Pick-up (A) accuracy ±15 % Time delay (ms)
Ii non-adjustable
425
Non-tripping time Maximum break time
0 30
750
Phase unbalance or phase loss Iunbal in % average current (2)
Pick-up (A) accuracy ±20 % Time delay (s)
> 30 %
non-adjustable
0.7 s during starting 4 s during normal operation (1) Motor standards require operation at 65°C. Circuit-breaker ratings are derated to take this requirement into account. (2) The unbalance measurement takes into account the most unbalanced phase with respect to the average current.
DB112114
Additional technical characteristics Phase unbalance An unbalance in three-phase systems occurs when the three voltages are not equal in amplitude and/or not displaced 120° with respect to each other. It is generally due to single-phase loads that are incorrectly distributed throughout the system and unbalance the voltages between the phases. These unbalances create negative current components that cause braking torques and temperature rise in asynchronous machines, thus leading to premature ageing.
DB115573
Unbalance of phase currents and voltages
Motor-off zone 1 to 200 s
Return
Long start time limit Starting time
Overrun 10 % Ir
Ir
Motor starting and long starts
559E1500.indd
1.5 Ir (Micrologic 2-M) or Ilong (Micrologic 6 E-M)
Phase loss Phase loss is a special case of phase unbalance. b During normal operation, it produces the effects mentioned above and tripping must occur after four seconds. b During starting, the absence of a phase may cause motor reversing, i.e. it is the load that determines the direction of rotation. This requires virtually immediate tripping (0.7 seconds). Starting time in compliance with the class (Micrologic 2-M) For normal motor starting, Micrologic 2-M checks the conditions below with respect to the thermal-protection (long-time) pick-up Ir: b current > 10 % x Ir (motor-off limit) b overrun of 1.5 x Ir threshold, then return below this threshold before the end of a 10 s time delay. If either of these conditions is not met, the thermal protection trips the device after a maximum time equal to that of the selected class. Pick-up Ir must have been set to the current indicated on the motor rating plate. Long starts (Micrologic 6 E-M) When this function is not activated, the starting conditions are those indicated above. When it is activated, this protection supplements thermal protection (class). A long start causes tripping and is characterised by: b current > 10 % x Ir (motor-off limit) with: b either overrun of the long-time pick-up (1 to 8 x Ir) without return below the pick-up before the end of the long-time time delay (1 to 200 s) b or no overrun of the long-time pick-up (1 to 8 x Ir) before the end of the long-time time delay (1 to 200 s). Pick-up Ir must have been set to the current indicated on the motor rating plate. This protection should be coordinated with the selected class.
version: 1.0
A-43
Functions and characteristics
Micrologic 6 E-M electronic trip units
DB112116
Micrologic 6.E-M is used in 2-device motor-feeder solutions. It provides the same protection as Micrologic 2-M: b short-circuits b overloads with selection of the same trip classes (5, 10 or 20), plus trip class 30 for starting of machines with high inertia. ,QDGGLWLRQLWRIIHUVVSHFL¿FPRWRU protection functions that can be set via the keypad.
Motor protection
Protection…………………………………………… 7KHSURWHFWLRQIXQFWLRQVDUHLGHQWLFDOWRWKRVHRI0LFURORJLF0DQGFDQEH¿QH adjusted via the keypad . $FFHVVWRVHWWLQJPRGL¿FDWLRQVYLDWKHNH\SDGLVSURWHFWHGE\DORFNLQJIXQFWLRQ that is controlled by a microswitch . The lock is activated automatically if the keypad is not used for 5 minutes. Access to the microswitch is protected by a transparent lead-sealable cover. It is possible to scroll through settings and measurements with the cover closed. Overloads (or thermal), class and short-circuits The long-time, short-time and instantaneous functions are identical to those of Micrologic 2-M. In addition, there is trip class 30 for long-time protection and a setting for self-cooled or fan-cooled motors ( ). Ground-fault protection (Ig) Residual type ground-fault protection with an adjustable pick-up Ig (with Off position) and adjustable time delay tg. Phase unbalance or phase loss (lunbal) This function opens the circuit breaker if a phase unbalance occurs: b that is greater than the IunbalSLFNXSWKDWFDQEH¿QHDGMXVWHGIURPWR (30 % by default) b following the tunbal time delay that is: v 0.7 s during starting v adjustable from 1 to 10 seconds (4 seconds by default) during normal operation. Phase loss is an extreme case of phase unbalance and leads to tripping under the same conditions. Locked rotor (Ijam) This function detects locking of the motor shaft caused by the load. During motor starting (see page A-43), the function is disabled. During normal operation, it causes tripping: b above the IjamSLFNXSWKDWFDQEH¿QHDGMXVWHGIURPWR[,U b in conjunction with the tjam time delay that can be adjusted from 1 to 30 seconds.
PB103376
Under-load (Iund) 7KLVIXQFWLRQGHWHFWVPRWRUQRORDGRSHUDWLRQGXHWRLQVXI¿FLHQWORDG HJDGUDLQHG pump). It detects phase undercurrent. During motor starting (see page A-43), the function is always enabled. During normal operation, it causes tripping: b below the IundSLFNXSWKDWFDQEH¿QHDGMXVWHGIURPWR [,U b in conjunction with the tund time delay that can be adjusted from 1 to 200 seconds. Long starts (Ilong) This protection supplements thermal protection (class). It is used to better adjust protection to the starting parameters. It detects abnormal motor starting, i.e. when the starting current remains too high or too low with respect to a pick-up value and a time delay. It causes tripping: b in relation with a llongSLFNXSWKDWFDQEH¿QHDGMXVWHGIURPWR[,U b in conjunction with the tlong time delay that can be adjusted from 1 to 200 seconds. (see "long starts" page A-43)
Display of type of fault …………………………… On a fault trip, the type of fault (Ir, Isd, Ii, Ig, lunbal, ljam), the phase concerned and the interrupted current are displayed.
Indications ………………………………………… SDTAM remote indication relay module with its terminal block. Note: all the trip units have a transparent lead-sealable cover that protects access to the adjustment dials.
A-44
Front indications b *UHHQ³5HDG\´/(' ÀDVKHVVORZO\ZKHQWKHFLUFXLWEUHDNHULVUHDG\WRWULSLQWKH event of a fault. b Red alarm LED for motor operation: goes ON when the thermal image of the rotor or stator is greater than 95% of the permissible temperature rise. 5HPRWHLQGLFDWLRQVYLD6'7$0RU6'[PRGXOH See description on page A-42 for SDTAM and page A-81 for SDx. version: 1.0
559E1500.indd
Micrologic 6.2 / 6.3 E-M Ratings (A)
In at 65 °C (1)
25
50
80
150
220
320
500
Circuit breaker
Compact NSX100 Compact NSX160 Compact NSX250 Compact NSX400 Compact NSX630
b b b -
b b b -
b b b -
b b -
b -
b b
b
L Overloads: Long-time protection Pick-up (A) Tripping between 1.05 and 1.20 Ir
Ir
Dial setting In = 25 A Ir = In = 50 A Ir = In = 80 A Ir = In = 150 A Ir = In = 220 A Ir = In = 320 A Ir = In = 500 A Ir = Keypad setting
Trip class as per IEC 60947-4-1 Time delay (s)
tr
Value depending on trip-unit rating (In) and setting on dial 12 14 16 18 20 22 23 24 25 25 30 32 36 40 42 45 47 50 35 42 47 52 57 60 65 72 80 70 80 90 100 110 120 130 140 150 100 120 140 155 170 185 200 210 220 160 180 200 220 240 260 280 300 320 250 280 320 350 380 400 440 470 500 )LQHDGMXVWPHQWVLQ$VWHSVEHORZPD[LPXPYDOXHGH¿QHGE\GLDOVHWWLQJ 5 10 20 30
1.5 x Ir
120
6 x Ir 7.2 x Ir
Thermal memory
6.5 13.5 26 38 for cold motor 5 10 20 30 for cold motor 20 minutes before and after tripping
Cooling fan
Settings for self-cooled or fan-cooled motors
depending on selected trip class
240
480
720 for warm motor
S0 6KRUWFLUFXLWV 6KRUWWLPHSURWHFWLRQZLWK¿[HGWLPHGHOD\ Pick-up (A) accuracy ±15 % Time delay (ms)
I
Isd = Ir x ...
5
6
tsd Non-tripping time Maximum break time
non-adjustable 20 60
7
8
9
10
11
1200
2250
3300
4800
6500
0.7 0.7 0.6
0.8 0.8 0.7
0.9 0.9 0.8
12
13
1 1 1
Off Off Off
Short-circuits: Non-adjustable instantaneous protection
Pick-up (A) accuracy ±15 %
Ii non-adjustable Non-tripping time Maximum break time
425 0 ms 30 ms
750
G Ground faults Pick-up (A) accuracy ±10 %
Ig = In x ...
Time delay (ms)
tg Non-tripping time Maximum break time
In = 25 A In = 50 A In > 50 A
Ig = Ig = Ig =
Dial setting 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 ¿QHDGMXVWPHQWVLQ[,QVWHSV 0 0.1 0.2 0.3 20 80 140 230 80 140 200 320
0.4 350 500
Phase unbalance or phase loss Pick-up (A) accuracy ±20 % Time delay (s)
lunbal = in % average current (2) adjustable from 10 to 40 %, default setting = 30 % ¿QHDGMXVWPHQWVLQVWHSVXVLQJWKHNH\SDG activated during motor starting tunbal 0.7 s during starting 1 to 10 seconds during normal operation, default setting = 4 seconds ¿QHDGMXVWPHQWVLQVVWHSVXVLQJWKHNH\SDG
Locked rotor Pick-up (A) accuracy ±10 %
Ijam = Ir x ...
Time delay (s)
tjam =
1 x 8 Ir with Off position, default setting = Off ¿QHDGMXVWPHQWVLQ[,UVWHSVXVLQJWKHNH\SDG disabled during motor starting 1 to 30 seconds ¿QHDGMXVWPHQWVLQVVWHSVXVLQJWKHNH\SDGGHIDXOWVHWWLQJ V
Under-load (under-current) Pick-up (A) accuracy ±10 %
Iund = Ir x ...
Time delay (s)
tund =
0.3 x 0.9 Ir with Off position, default setting = Off Fine adjustments in Ir x 0.01 steps using the RSU software activated during motor starting 1 to 200 seconds ¿QHDGMXVWPHQWVLQVVWHSVXVLQJWKH568VRIWZDUHGHIDXOWVHWWLQJ V
Long starts Pick-up (A) accuracy ±10 %
1 x 8 Ir with Off position, default setting = Off Fine adjustments in Ir x 0.01 steps using the RSU software activated during motor starting Time delay (s) tlong = 1 to 200 seconds ¿QHDGMXVWPHQWVLQVVWHSVXVLQJWKH568VRIWZDUHGHIDXOWVHWWLQJ V (1) Motor standards require operation at 65 °C. Circuit-breaker ratings are derated to take this requirement into account. (2) The unbalance measurement takes into account the most unbalanced phase with respect to the average current.
559E1500.indd
Ilong = Ir x ...
version: 1.0
A-45
Functions and characteristics
Motor protection
Micrologic 6 E-M provides Power Meter functions with energy metering. With the FDM121 display unit, all metering data and operating indicators are available on the switchboard front panel. This version also displays the thermal image of the motor.
Power Meter functions
Micrologic 6 E-M electronic trip units (cont.)
The built-in Power Meter functions of the Micrologic 6 E-M are the same as those for the Micrologic 6-E presented in the section on distribution (see page A-20). When used exclusively in the three-phase version, neutral measurements are excluded.
Operating-assistance functions The operating-assistance functions of the Micrologic 6 E-M are the same as those for the Micrologic 6-E presented in the section on distribution (see page A-22).
Special functions for motor feeders PB103365
$GGLWLRQDORSHUDWLQJIXQFWLRQVVSHFL¿FDOO\IRUPRWRUIHHGHUVDUHDYDLODEOH Phase sequence The order in which the phases L1, L2, L3 are connected determines the direction of motor rotation. If two phases are inverted, the direction is reversed. Information on the direction of rotation is provided. It can be linked to an alarm to detect an inversion in the direction following servicing on the supply under deenergised conditions and disable restarting.
I 165 A
%
100
120
165 A
%
100
120
164A
%
100
120
DB111405
DB111404
Micrologic 6 E-M.
I1 I2
° motor = 97%
Thermal image of the rotor and stator Micrologic 6 E-M offers a thermal-image function. Taking into account the Ir setting and the class, an algorithm simulates rotor and stator temperature rise. It includes the slow temperature rise of the stator and its metal mass. Also included is the faster temperature rise of the copper rotor. The thermal protection function trips the circuit breaker when the calculated thermal image reaches 100 % of the permissible temperature rise. The communication indicates the thermal-image value as a percentage of the permissible temperature rise. One or more alarms may be assigned to selected thresholds. A red LED on the front signals when the value exceeds 95 %. An SDx module with two outputs programmed for thermal-image values can be used to implement other alarm functions.
I3 ESC
Thermal-image alarm.
DB111403
Current values.
ESC
PC screen with motor thermal image and value monitoring.
The additional technical characteristics are identical to those of Micrologic 6-E (see pages A-21 and A-23).
A-46
version: 1.0
559E1500.indd
Micrologic 6 E-M integrated Power Meter and operating-assistance functions
Display Micrologic LCD
FDM121 display
I1, I2, I3 and Iavg = (I1 + I2 + I3) / 3 Imax of I1, I2, I3 % Ig (pick-up setting) % Iavg U12, U23, U31 and Uavg = (U12 + U21 + U23) / 3 % Uavg 1-2-3, 1-3-2 F P, Q, S total and per phase PF, cos K, total and per phase Reset via Micrologic and the display unit
b b b b b b -
b b b b b b b b b b
Total since last reset Absolute or signed mode (1)
b -
b b
Present value on the selected window Maximum demand since last reset Present value on the selected window Maximum demand since last reset Adjustable from 5 to 60 minutes in 1 minute steps Absolute or signed mode(1)
-
(2)
THDU,THDV of the Ph-Ph and Ph-N voltage THDI of the phase current
-
b b
Measurements Instantaneous rms measurements Currents (A) Phase currents and average value Highest current of the 3 phases Ground-fault protection Current unbalance between phases Voltages (V) Phase-to-phase voltages and average value Unbalance between phase-to-phase voltages Phase sequence Frequency (Hz) Power system Power Active (kW), reactive (kVAR), apparent (kVA) Power factor and cos K (fundamental) Maximeters / minimeters Associated with instantaneous rms measurements Energy metering Energy Active (kWh), reactive (kVARh), apparent (kVAh) 'HPDQGDQGPD[LPXPGHPDQGYDOXHV Demand current (A) Phases Demand power Calculation window Power quality Total harmonic distortion (%)
Active (kWh), reactive (kVARh), apparent (kVAh) 6OLGLQJ¿[HGRUFRPV\QFKURQLVHG
Of voltage with respect to rms value Of current with respect to rms value
(2) (2) (2) (2) (2)
Operating assistance Personalised alarms Settings
-
(2)
(2)
0RGL¿FDWLRQRISURWHFWLRQVHWWLQJE\GLDO Opening of keypad lock Test via keypad Test via external tool Time setting (date and time) Reset for maximeter/minimeter and energy meter Date and time, text, status
b -
Ir tr Isd tsd Ii 'DWHDQGWLPHRIPRGL¿FDWLRQ 9DOXHEHIRUHPRGL¿FDWLRQ I1 I2 I3 U12 U23 Date and time of record Min/max recorded for the value
-
(2)
-
(2)
Up to 10 alarms can be assigned to all measurements and events as well as to phase lead/lag, four quadrants, phase sequence and thermal image
Time-stamped histories Trips last 17 Alarms last 10 Operating events last 10 events and type:
Time stamping Presentation Time-stamped event tables Protection settings 2QHRIWKHIROORZLQJVHWWLQJVPRGL¿HG 7LPHVWDPSLQJRIPRGL¿FDWLRQ Previous value Min/Max Value monitored Time-stamping of min/max value Present min/max value Maintenance indicators Counter Mechanical cycles (3) Electrical cycles (3) Trips Alarms Hours Indicator Contact wear /RDGSUR¿OH Hours at different load levels
Ir, Isd, Ii, Ig, Iunbal, Ijam, Iund, Ilong
Ig
U31
f
Assignable to an alarm Assignable to an alarm One per type of trip One for each type of alarm Total operating time (hours) % % of hours in four current ranges: 0-49 % In, 50-79 % In, 80-89 % In, u 90 % In
Thermal image Stator and rotor % of permissible temperature rise (1) Absolute mode: E absolute = E out + E in; Signed mode: E signed = E out - E in. (2) Available via communication system. (3) The BSCM module (page A-27) is required for these functions.
559E1500.indd
tg
version: 1.0
-
(2)
(2) (2) (2) (2) (2) (2) (2) (2)
(2) (2) (2) (2) (2)
(2) (2) (2) (2)
b (2)
(2)
A-47
A-46
version: 1.0
559E1600.indd
559E1600.indd
version: 1.0
A-47
Functions and characteristics
Generator protection with Micrologic 2.2-G
DB112118
Micrologic G trip units are used for the protection of systems supplied by generators or comprising long cable lengths. They can be mounted on all Compact NSX100/160/250 circuit breakers. With extensive setting possibilities, Micrologic 5 offers the same functions from 100 to 630 A. A thermal-magnetic trip unit is also available for the NSX100 (see page A-15).
Special applications
Circuit breakers equipped with Micrologic G trip units protect systems supplied by generators (lower short-circuit currents than with transformers) and distribution systems with long cable lengths (fault currents limited by the impedance of the cable).
Protection…………………………………………… Settings are made using the adjustment dials
ZLWK¿QHDGMXVWPHQWSRVVLELOLWLHV
Overloads: Long-time protection (Ir) Inverse-time thermal protection against overloads with an adjustable current pick-up Ir and a very short, non-adjustable time delay tr (15 seconds for 1.5 x Ir). 6KRUWFLUFXLWV 6KRUWWLPHSURWHFWLRQ ,VG ZLWK¿[HGWLPHGHOD\ Short-circuit protection with an adjustable pick-up Isd, delayed 200 ms, in FRPSOLDQFHZLWKWKHUHTXLUHPHQWVRIPDULQHFODVVL¿FDWLRQFRPSDQLHV Short-circuits: Non-adjustable instantaneous protection (li) ,QVWDQWDQHRXVVKRUWFLUFXLWSURWHFWLRQZLWKD¿[HGSLFNXSUHTXLUHGIRUJHQHUDWRU protection. Neutral protection b On 3-pole circuit breakers, neutral protection is not possible. b On four-pole circuit breakers, neutral protection may be set using a three-position switch: v 4P 3D: neutral unprotected v 4P 3D + N/2: neutral protection at half the value of the phase pick-up, i.e. 0.5 x Ir v 4P 4D: neutral fully protected at Ir.
Indications ………………………………………… Front indications
PB103377
b *UHHQ³5HDG\´/(' ÀDVKHVVORZO\ZKHQWKHFLUFXLWEUHDNHULVUHDG\WRWULSLQWKH event of a fault. b Orange overload pre-alarm LED: steady on when I > 90 % Ir b Red overload LED: steady on when I > 105 % Ir Remote indications An SDx relay module installed inside the circuit breaker can be used to remote the overload-trip signal. This module receives the signal from the Micrologic electronic trip unit via an optical link and makes it available on the terminal block. The signal is cleared when the circuit breaker is closed. The module is described in detail in the section dealing with accessories.
SDx remote indication relay module with its terminal block.
A-48
version: 1.0
559E1600.indd
Micrologic 2.2-G Ratings (A)
In at 40°C (1)
40
100
160
Circuit breaker
Compact NSX100
b
b
-
-
Compact NSX160
b
b
b
-
Compact NSX250
b
b
b
b
250
L Long-time protection Pick-up (A) tripping between 1.05 and 1.20 Ir
Io
value depending on trip unit rating (In) and setting on dial
In = 40 A
Io =
18
18
20
23
25
28
32
36
40
In = 100 A
Io =
40
45
50
55
63
70
80
90
100
In = 160 A
Io =
63
70
80
90
100
110
125
150
160
100
110
125
140
150
176
200
225
250
In = 250 A (NSX250) Io =
Ii
Ir = Io x ... ¿QHDGMXVWPHQWVHWWLQJVIURP WRIRUHDFK,RYDOXH Time delay (s) accuracy 0 to -20%
tr
non-adjustable 1.5 x Ir
15
6 x Ir
0.5
7.2 x Ir Thermal memory
0.35 20 minutes before and after tripping
S0 6KRUWWLPHSURWHFWLRQZLWK¿[HGWLPHGHOD\ Pick-up (A) accuracy ±10 %
Isd = Ir x ...
Time delay (ms)
tsd
non-adjustable
Non-tripping time
140
Maximum break time
200
I
1.5
2
2.5
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
Non-adjustable instantaneous protection
Pick-up (A) accuracy ±15 %
Ii non-adjustable
600
Non-tripping time Maximum break time
15 ms 50 ms
1500
2400
3000
(1) If the trip units are used in high-temperature environments, the Micrologic setting must take into account the thermal limitations of the circuit breaker. See the temperature derating table.
559E1600.indd
version: 1.0
A-49
Functions and characteristics
Special applications
Compact NSX circuit breakers are also used in industrial control panels. They serve as an incoming devices or can be combined with contactors to protect motor feeders: b compliance with worldwide standards including IEC 60947-2 and UL 508 / CSA 22-2 no. 14 boverload and short-circuit protection b isolation with positive contact indication, making it possible to service machines safely by isolating them from all power sources b installation in universal and functional type enclosures b NA switch-disconnector version.
Industrial control panels
Protection of industrial control panels
Compact NSX circuit breakers equipped for public distribution or motor protection functions as described in the previous pages can be used in industrial control panels. The accessories for the Compact NSX range are suitable for the special needs of these switchboards.
$X[LOLDULHV All auxiliaries can be added to the circuit breaker by the user: b padlocking devices (in the OFF position) b rotary handle b status-indication auxiliary contacts (ON, OFF and tripped) b shunt (MX) or undervoltage (MN) releases b early-make or early-break contacts. 5RWDU\KDQGOH Direct or extended versions for mounting up to 600 mm behind the front: b black front with black handle b yellow front with red handle (for machine tools or emergency off as per IEC 204 / VDE 0013). All rotary handles can be padlocked in the OFF position. Optional door interlock, recommended for MCC panels (motor control centres). When the device is equipped with an extended rotary handle, a control accessory mounted on the shaft makes it possible to operate the device with the door open. The device can be padlocked in the OFF position in compliance with UL508.
DB115233
(DUO\PDNHRUHDUO\EUHDNFRQWDFWV These contacts can be used respectively to supply an MN undervoltage release before the circuit breaker closes or to open the contactor control circuit before the circuit breaker opens. Special functions b Indication of thermal overloads with the SDx module. b Early opening of the contactor for overload faults with the SDTAM module. b Links with PLCs via the communication system. b Measurement of all electrical parameters with Micrologic A and E. b Programmable alarms with Micrologic 5 and 6.
Installation in enclosures Compact circuit breakers can be installed in a metal enclosure together with other devices (contactors, motor-protection circuit breakers, LEDs, etc.) (see page A-90).
Compliance with North American industrial control equipment standards Compact NSX devices have received UL508 / CSA 22-2 no. 14 approval for industrial control equipment of the "Manual Motor Controller", "Across the Line Starter", "General Use" and "Disconnecting Means" types. Type NA devices are switch-disconnectors that must always be protected upstream. UL508 approval &LUFXLWEUHDNHUV Compact NSX100 to 630 F/N/H
Trip units
Approvals
TMD, Micrologic 2, 5 and 6
General Use Motor Disconnecting Means
DB115234
NA, MA, Micrologic 1.3 M, 2.2 M, Manual Motor Controller 2.3 M, Micrologic 6.2 E-M and Across the Line Starter 6.3 E-M Motor Disconnecting Means
s Inc
torie
rwrite
bora rs La
®
.
E CAT E TIFI C CER PLIAN M O OF C
Unde
A-50
Cert of Co ificate mplia nce
7DEOHRISKDVHPRWRUUDWLQJVLQKS KS N: V AC ratings TMD Micrologic 2, 5 and 6
115 230 460 575 NA, MA Micrologic 1.3 M, 2.2 M, 2.3 M Micrologic 6.2 E-M and 6.3 E-M 25 25 3 7.5 15 20 50 50 7.5 15 30 40 100 100 15 30 75 100 160 150 25 50 100 150 250 220 40 75 150 200 400 320 125 250 300 550 500 150 350 500 The deratings indicated on pages B-8 and B-9 apply to TMD, Micrologic 2, 5 and 6 trip units, rated at 40 °C.
version: 1.0
559E1600.indd
16 Hz 2/3 network protection Micrologic 5 A-Z trip unit
+]QHWZRUNV
Compact NSX circuit breakers may be used on 16 Hz 2/3 systems with special thermalmagnetic and electronic (Micrologic 5 A-Z) trip units.
Single-phase distribution networks with a frequency of 16 Hz 2/3 are used for railroad applications in certain European countries.
%UHDNLQJFDSDFLW\IRU+]DW9 Compact NSX circuit breakers of the 3P 2D or the 3P 3D type protect 16 Hz 2/3 networks at 250 V or 500 V. They can be equipped with either: b a TM-D thermal-magnetic trip unit for Compact NSX100 to 250 b or an electronic Micrologic 5.2 A-Z trip unit for Compact NSX100 to 250 or a 5.3 A-Z for Compact NSX400/630. The possible breaking-capacity performance levels are B, F, N and H as indicated below. %UHDNLQJFDSDFLW\,FX Operating voltage
TMD and Micrologic 5 A-Z trip units B F N H 25 36 50 70
Performance Icu (kA)
250 V / 500 V
Protection DB112046
TM-D thermal-magnetic trip units
The 16 Hz 2/3 frequency does not modify the thermal settings with respect to those at 50 Hz (see page A-15)7KHPDJQHWLFSLFNXSVDUHPRGL¿HGDVVKRZQEHORZ Magnetic SURWHFWLRQIRU&RPSDFW16;DW+]DQGDW+] Rating (A) In at 40 °C Pick-up (A) Im accur. ±20% NSX100 50Hz 16Hz 2/3 NSX160/250 50Hz 16 Hz 2/3
16 25 Fixed 190 300 170 270 190 300 170 270
32
40
50
63
80
100 125
160
200 250 Adjustable
400 360 400 360
500 450 500 450
500 450 500 450
500 450 500 450
640 580 640 580
800 720 800 1250 1250 5 to 10 In 720 1100 1100 4.5 to 9 In
DB112153
Micrologic 5 A-Z trip units
Micrologic 5.2 A-Z and 5.3 A-Z are dedicated to 16 Hz 2/3 networks. They use a suitable sampling frequency. The protection settings are identical to those of Micrologic 5 A (see page A-19). They also offer a current-measurement IXQFWLRQIRUWKLVVSHFL¿FIUHTXHQF\
Trip-unit selection Rating Compact NSX100 NSX160 NSX250 NSX100 to 250 NSX400/630
16
88
100
160
250
400
630
TM-D TM-D TM-D Micrologic 5.2 A-Z Micrologic 5.3 A-Z
load
load
load
DB115578
2 poles in series - Earthed neutral - 250 / 500 V B and F (3P 2D version) L N DB115577
DB115576
DB115575
:LULQJIRU16;WR$ Phase and isolated neutral interrupted- 250 / 500 V B and F (3P 2D version) N and H (3P 3D version) L N L N
N and H (3P 3D version) L N
load
Remark. For an operating voltage > 250 V, the installation must be designed to eliminate all risk of double earth faults.
559E1600.indd
version: 1.0
A-51
Functions and characteristics
Special applications
Compact NSX circuit breakers may be used on 400 Hz systems.
+]GLVWULEXWLRQV\VWHPV
Protection of 400 Hz systems
The main 400 Hz applications are in aeronautics and certain military ships. Modern aircraft have three-phase 115/200 V 400 Hz networks.
Impact on protective devices Due to the higher frequency, circuit breakers are subjected to additional temperature rise for identical current levels, resulting from higher losses caused by Foucault currents and an increase in the skin effect (reduction in the useful CSA of conductors). To remain within the rated temperature-rise limits of devices, current derating is required. The power levels of 400 Hz applications rarely exceed a few hundred kW with relatively low short-circuit currents, generally not exceeding four times the rated current. The standard Compact NSX and Masterpact NT/NW ranges are suitable for 400 Hz DSSOLFDWLRQVLIGHUDWLQJFRHI¿FLHQWVDUHDSSOLHGWRWKHSURWHFWLRQVHWWLQJV6HHWKH derating table below.
%UHDNLQJFDSDFLW\RI&RPSDFW16;FLUFXLWEUHDNHUV LQ+]9V\VWHPV &LUFXLWEUHDNHU
%UHDNLQJFDSDFLW\,FX
NSX100
10 kA
NSX160
10 kA
NSX250
10 kA
NSX400
10 kA
NSX630
10 kA
PB103366
Trip units equipped with thermal-magnetic protection The 400 Hz current settings are obtained by multiplying the 50 Hz values by the IROORZLQJDGDSWDWLRQFRHI¿FLHQW b K1 for thermal trip units b K2 for magnetic trip units. 7KHVHFRHI¿FLHQWVDUHLQGHSHQGHQWRIWKHWULSXQLWVHWWLQJ Thermal trip units The current settings are lower at 400 Hz than at 50 Hz (K1 < 1). Micrologic TM-D trip unit.
Magnetic trip units The current settings are conversely higher at 400 Hz than at 50 Hz (K2 > 1). Consequently, when the trip units are adjustable, they must be set to the minimum value. $GDSWDWLRQFRHI¿FLHQWVIRUWKHUPDOPDJQHWLFWULSXQLWV Circuit EUHDNHU NSX100
NSX100
NSX250
Trip unit
Im (A)
Magnetic
50Hz
In (A) Thermal at 40°C K1
400 Hz
50Hz
K2
400 Hz
TM16G
16
0.95
15
63
1.6
100
TM25G
25
0.95
24
80
1.6
130
TM40G
40
0.95
38
80
1.6
130
TM63G
63
0.95
60
125
1.6
200
TM16D
16
0.95
15
240
1.6
300
TM25D
25
0.95
24
300
1.6
480
TM40D
40
0.95
38
500
1.6
800
TM63D
63
0.95
60
500
1.6
800
TM80D
80
0.9
72
650
1.6
900
TM100D
100
0.9
90
800
1.6
900
TM100D
100
0.9
90
800
1.6
900
TM160D
160
0.9
144
1250
1.6
2000
TM200D
200
0.9
180
1000 to 2000 1.6
1600 to 3200
TM250D
250
0.9
225
1250 to 2500 1.6
2000 to 4000
Example NSX100 equipped with a TM16G with 50 Hz settings Ir = 16 A and Im = 63 A. 400 Hz settings Ir = 16 x 0.95 = 15 A and Im = 63 A x 1.6 = 100 A.
A-52
version: 1.0
559E1600.indd
Protection of 400 H systems (cont.)
PB103363
Protection(cont.) Micrologic electronic trip units Micrologic 2.2, 2.3 or 5.2, 5.3 with A or E measurement functions are suitable for 400 Hz. The use of electronics offers the advantage of greater operating stability when the frequency varies. However the units are still subject to temperature rise caused by the frequency. The practical consequences are: b limit settings to 0.9 In (see the Ir derating table below) b WKHORQJWLPHVKRUWWLPHDQGLQVWDQWDQHRXVSLFNXSVDUHQRWPRGL¿HG(see pages A-17 or A-19) b the accuracy of the displayed measurements is 2 % (class II). 7KHUPDOGHUDWLQJ PD[LPXP,UVHWWLQJ Micrologic 5 E trip unit.
&LUFXLWEUHDNHU
0D[LPXPVHWWLQJ FRHI¿FLHQW 1 0.8 0.8 0.8
NSX100N NSX250N NSX400N NSX630N
0D[,UVHWWLQJDW+] 100 225 320 500
044314
([DPSOH An NSX250N, equipped with a Micrologic 2.2, Ir = 250 A at 50 Hz, must be limited to use at Ir = 250 x 0.9 = 225 A. ,WVVKRUWWLPHSLFNXSZLWK¿[HGWLPHGHOD\LVDGMXVWDEOHIURPWR,U WR$ The instantaneous pick-up remains at 3000 A.
2)DX[LOLDU\FRQWDFWVLQ+]QHWZRUNV (OHFWULFDOFKDUDFWHULVWLFVRIDX[LOLDU\FRQWDFWV OF auxiliary contact. 044313
Contacts
Standard AC12
AC15
CA12
CA15
Operational current 24 V (A) 48 V
6
6
5
3
110 V
DB115579
MX or MN voltage release.
U volt a 400 Hz
6
6
5
3
6
5
5
2.5
220/240 V
6
4
5
2
380/415 V
6
2
5
1.5
01DQG0;YROWDJHUHOHDVHVIRU&RPSDFW 16;DW+]DQG9
R a
Low level
Utilisation cat. (IEC 60947-5-1)
MN/MX 125 V DC
For circuit breakers on 400 Hz systems, only 125 V DC MN or MX releases may be XVHG7KHUHOHDVHPXVWEHVXSSOLHGE\WKH+]V\VWHPYLDDUHFWL¿HUEULGJH WREH selected from the table below) and an additional resistor with characteristics depending on the system voltage. U (V) 400 Hz 220/240 V
Wiring diagram.
5HFWL¿HU
Additional resistor
Thomson 110 BHz or
4.2 k8-5 W
General Instrument W06 or
PB103377
Semikron SKB at 1.2/1.3 380/420 V
Semikron SKB at 1.2/1.3
10.7 k8-10 W
Note: RWKHUPRGHOVRIUHFWL¿HUEULGJHVPD\EHXVHGLIWKHLUFKDUDFWHULVWLFVDUHDWOHDVWHTXLYDOHQW to those stated above.
6'[LQGLFDWLRQFRQWDFWV The SDx module may be used in 400 Hz systems for voltages from 24 to 440 V. An SDx relay module installed inside the circuit breaker can be used to remote the overload-trip signal. This module receives the signal from the Micrologic electronic trip unit via an optical link and makes it available on the terminal block. The signal is cleared when the circuit breaker is closed. These outputs can be reprogrammed to be assigned to other types of tripping or alarm (see page A-81).
SDx remote indication relay module with its terminal block.
559E1600.indd
version: 1.0
A-53
Functions and characteristics
Switch-disconnectors
A switch-disconnector is a control device that can be used to open and close a circuit under normal operating conditions. It is suitable for isolation as indicated on the front by the symbol .
Position of switch-disconnectors
Overview of applications
DB115580
Compact NSX switch-disconnectors are used primarily for the following applications: b busbar coupling and isolation b isolation of industrial distribution boards and industrial control panels b isolation of subdistribution boards for modular devices b isolation of local enclosures b LVRODWLRQRI¿QDOGLVWULEXWLRQHQFORVXUHVIRUFRPPHUFLDODSSOLFDWLRQV b industrial control panel switch-disconnectors.
Source coupling switch-disconnector
Main power distribution board for commercial applications
y 1000 A
Main power distribution board for industrial applications y 1600 A
15 - 40 kA
y 400 A
15 - 25 kA
Final distribution enclosure for commercial applications
Local isolation enclosure
20 - 80 kA
Industrial distribution board
Subdistribution board for modular products
y 160 A
Replacement source
y 63 A
Local isolation enclosure
y 160 A : 15 - 25 kA y 400 A : 20 - 80 kA
Industrial control panel y 40 A
y 10 kA
y 63 A
y 5 kA
y 630 A
y 10 kA
y 25 kA
M
M
M
M
M N.B. Adjacent to or built into the machine.
Building utilities
A-56
Building final distribution
Manufacturing processes and individual machines
Continuous processes
version: 1.0
559E1700.indd
Switch-disconnector functions
PB103199-28
Compact NSX100 to 630 NA switchGLVFRQQHFWRUVDUHDYDLODEOHLQ¿[HGSOXJLQ and withdrawable versions. They use the same accessories and offer the same connection possibilities as the circuitbreaker versions. They may be interlocked with another Compact switch-disconnector or circuit breaker to form a source-changeover system.
Suitability for isolation with positive contact indication &RPSDFW16;VZLWFKGLVFRQQHFWRUVDUHVXLWDEOHIRULVRODWLRQDVGH¿QHGE\VWDQGDUG IEC 60947-3. The corresponding conformity tests guarantee: b the mechanical reliability of the position indication, i.e. the O (OFF) position LQGLFDWHGE\WKHFRQWUROGHYLFHDOZD\VUHÀHFWVWKHRSHQSRVLWLRQRIWKHFRQWDFWV v the required distance between contacts is provided v padlocks may not be installed unless the contacts are open b the absence of leakage currents b overvoltage withstand capacity between upstream and downstream connections. Installation of a rotary handle or a motor mechanism does not alter the reliability of the position-indication system.
Emergency-off function A Compact NSX NA is combined with an MN or MX release connected to an emergency-off button. In an emergency, an operator at a remote location can interrupt the circuit at rated load to isolate the entire switchboard and the downstream loads.
Motor mechanism Compact NSX NA devices equipped with a motor mechanism module enable remote closing and opening. This function may be combined with the emergency-off function. In this case, the emergency off function is combined with a closing lock-out that must be intentionally reset (electrical diagram with closing lock-out). Compact NSX switch-disconnector. PB103372-34
Earth-leakage protection A Vigi module may be added to a switch-disconnector to monitor all leakage currents in the outgoing circuits of the switchboard on which the switch-disconnector is installed. When the Vigi module detects an earth-leakage current, the switchdisconnector interrupts the load current. This function may be combined with the motor mechanism and the emergency-off function using an MN or MX release.
Switch-disconnector protection
Compact NSX switch-disconnector equipped with a motor mechanism module.
The switch-disconnector can make and break its rated current. For an overload or a short-circuit, it must be protected by an upstream device, in compliance with installation standards. The circuit-breaker/switch-disconnector coordination tables determine the required upstream circuit breaker. However, due to their high-set magnetic release, Compact NSX100 to 630 A switch-disconnectors are self-protected.
Switch-disconnector utilisation category PB103629-31
Depending on the rated operational current and the mechanical durability (A for IUHTXHQWRSHUDWLRQRU%IRULQIUHTXHQWRSHUDWLRQ VWDQGDUG,(& GH¿QHVWKH utilisation categories as shown in the table below. Compact NSX NA switchdisconnectors comply with utilisation categories AC22A or AC23A. Utilisation category Infrequent operation
Typical applications
Frequent operation
AC-21A
AC-21B
Resistive loads including moderate overloads (cos K = 0.95)
AC-22A
AC-22B
Mixed resistive and inductive loads including moderate overloads (cos K = 0.65)
AC-23A
AC-23B
Motor loads or other highly inductive loads (cos K = 0.45 or 0.35)
Compact NSX switch-disconnector equipped with a Vigi module.
559E1700.indd
version: 1.0
A-57
Functions and characteristics
Installation standards require upstream protection. However Compact NSX100 to 630 NA switch-disconnectors are selfprotected by their high-set magnetic release.
Switch-disconnectors Characteristics and performance of Compact NSX switch-disconnectors from 100 to 630 NA
Common characteristics Rated voltages Insulation voltage (V)
Ui
800
Impulse withstand voltage (kV)Uimp Operational voltage (V)
Ue
Suitability for isolation Utilisation category
8 AC 50/60 Hz
690
IEC/EN 60947-3
yes
AC 22 A/AC 23 A - DC 22 A/DC 23 A
Pollution degree
IEC 60664-1
3
PB103199-39
Switch-disconnectors Electrical characteristics as per IEC 60947-3 and EN 60947-3 Conventional thermal current (A)
Ith 60 °C
Number of poles Operational current (A) depending on le the utilisation category
AC 50/60 Hz 220/240 V 380/415 V 440/480 V (2) 500/525 V 660/690 V DC 250 V (1 pole) 500 poles (2 poles in series) 750 V (3 poles in series)
Short-circuit making capacity (kA peak)
lcm
Rated short-time withstand current (A rms)
lcw
Durability (C-O cycles)
mechanical
min. (switch-disconnector alone) max. (protection by upstream circuit breaker)
Compact NSX100 to 250 NA.
for
1s 3s
PB103271
20 s electrical
AC 440 V
In/2 In
690 V
In/2 In
DC
250 V (1 pole) and
In/2
500 V (2 poles in series)In Positive contact indication Pollution degree
Protection Add-on earth-leakage protection
By Vigi module By Vigirex relay
Additional indication and control auxiliaries Indication contacts Voltages releases
MX shunt release MN undervoltage release
Voltage-presence indicator Compact NSX400 to 630 NA.
Current-transformer module Ammeter module Insulation monitoring module
Remote communication by bus Device-status indication Device remote operation Operation counter
Installation / connections ¿[HGIURQWFRQQHFWLRQV
Dimensions (mm) WxHxD
2/3P 4P
¿[HGIURQWFRQQHFWLRQV
Weight (kg)
3P 4P
(1) 2P in 3P case. (2) Suitable for 480 V NEMA.
Source-changeover systems (see chapter on Source-changeover systems) Manual source-changeover systems Remote-operated or automatic source-changeover systems
A-58
version: 1.0
559E1700.indd
Common characteristics Control Manual Electrical
With toggle
b
With direct or extended rotary handle
b
With remote control
b
Versions b
Fixed Withdrawable
NSX100NA
Plug-in base
b
Chassis
b
NSX160NA
NSX250NA
NSX400NA
NSX630NA
100
160
250
400
630
2 (1), 3, 4
2 (1), 3, 4
2 (1), 3, 4
3, 4
3, 4
AC22A / AC23A
AC22A / AC23A
AC22A / AC23A
AC22A / AC23A
AC22A / AC23A
100
160
250
400
630
100
160
250
400
630
100
160
250
400
630
100
160
250
400
630
100
160
250
400
630
DC22A / DC23A
DC22A / DC23A
DC22A / DC23A
DC22A / DC23A
DC22A / DC23A
100
160
250
400
630
100
160
250
400
630
100
160
250
400
630
2.6
3.6
4.9
7.1
8.5
330
330
330
330
330
1800
2500
3500
5000
6000
1800
2500
3500
5000
6000
690
960
1350
1930
2320
50000
40000
20000
15000
15000
AC22A / AC23A
AC22A / AC23A
AC22A / AC23A
AC22A / AC23A
AC22A / AC23A
35000
30000
15000
10000
6000
20000
15000
7500
5000
3000
15000
10000
6000
5000
3000
8000
5000
3000
2500
1500
10000
10000
10000
2000
2000
5000
5000
5000
1000
1000
b
b
b
b
b
III
III
III
III
III
b
b
b
b
b
b
b
b
b
b
b
b
b
b
b
b
b
b
b
b
b
b
b
b
105 x 161 x 86
140 x 255 x 110
140 x 161 x 86
185 x 255 x 110
1.5 to 1.8
5.2
2.0 to 2.2
6.8
b
b
b
b
559E1700.indd
version: 1.0
A-59
Functions and characteristics
Source-changeover systems
Some installations use two supply sources to counter the temporary loss of the main supply. A source-changeover system is required to safely switch between the two sources. The replacement source can be a generator set or another network.
Manual source changeover
Presentation
This is the most simple system. It is controlled manually by a maintenance technician and consequently the time required to switch from the normal source to the replacement source can vary. A manual source-changeover system is made up of: b two devices (circuit breakers or switch-disconnectors) controlled manually b mechanical interlocking. The interlock prevents connection to both sources at the same time, even momentarily.
PB103937
Remote-operated source-changeover systems This is the most commonly employed system. No human invention is required. The transfer from the normal to the replacement source is controlled electrically. A remote-operated source-changeover system is made up of two circuit breakers or switch-disconnectors equipped with motor mechanisms and: b an electrical interlocking system implemented in a number of manners b a mechanical interlocking system that protects against the consequences of an electrical malfunction and prevents incorrect manual operation.
Automatic source-changeover systems PB103936
An automatic controller may be added to the remote-operated source-changeover system for automatic source control according to programmable operating modes. This solution ensures optimum energy management: b switching to a replacement source depending on external requirements b source management b load shedding b emergency source replacement, etc.
PB103934
Service sector: b hospital operating rooms b safety systems for tall buildings bFRPSXWHUURRPV EDQNVLQVXUDQFHFRPSDQLHVHWF bOLJKWLQJV\VWHPVLQVKRSSLQJFHQWUHVHWF
PB103935
Industry: b assembly lines b engine rooms on ships bFULWLFDODX[LOLDULHVLQWKHUPDOSRZHUVWDWLRQVHWF
Infrastructures: b runway lighting systems b port and railway installations bFRQWUROV\VWHPVIRUPLOLWDU\LQVWDOODWLRQVHWF
A-60
version: 1.0
559E1700.indd
Manual source-changeover systems
DB112198
Interlocking of two or three toggle-controlled devices
Interlocking of two or three toggle-controlled devices.
Interlocking system Two devices can be interlocked using this system. Two identical interlocking systems can be used to interlock three devices installed side by side. Authorised positions: b one device closed (ON), the others open (OFF) b all devices open (OFF). The system is locked using one or two padlocks (shackle diameter 5 to 8 mm). This system can be expanded to more than three devices. There are two interlocking-system models: b one for Compact NSX100 to 250 b one for Compact NSX400/630. Combinations of Normal and Replacement devices $OOWRJJOHFRQWUROOHG¿[HGRUSOXJLQ&RPSDFW16;WRFLUFXLWEUHDNHUVDQG switch-disconnectors of the same frame size can be interlocked. The devices must EHHLWKHUDOO¿[HGRUDOOSOXJLQYHUVLRQV
DB112194
Interlocking of two devices with rotary handles ON I
ON I
tripped
reset
O OFF
tripped
reset
O OFF
Interlocking of two devices with rotary handles.
Interlocking system Interlocking involves padlocking the rotary handles on two devices which may be either circuit breakers or switch-disconnectors. Authorised positions: b one device closed (ON), the other open (OFF) b both devices open (OFF). The system is locked using up to three padlocks (shackle diameter 5 to 8 mm). There are two interlocking-system models: b one for Compact NSX100 to 250 b one for Compact NS400/630. Combinations of Normal and Replacement devices $OOURWDU\KDQGOH¿[HGRUSOXJLQ&RPSDFW16;WRFLUFXLWEUHDNHUVDQG switch-disconnectors of the same frame size can be interlocked. The devices must EHHLWKHUDOO¿[HGRUDOOSOXJLQYHUVLRQV
DB112195
Interlocking of a number of devices using keylocks (captive keys)
Interlocking with keylocks.
Interlocking using keylocks is very simple and makes it possible to interlock two or more devices that are physically distant or that have very different characteristics, for example medium-voltage and low-voltage devices or a Compact NSX100 to 630 circuit breaker and switch-disconnector. Interlocking system Each device is equipped with an identical keylock and the key is captive on the FORVHG 21 GHYLFH$VLQJOHNH\LVDYDLODEOHIRUDOOGHYLFHV,WLVQHFHVVDU\WR¿UVW open (OFF position) the device with the key before the key can be withdrawn and used to close another device. A system of wall-mounted captive key boxes makes a large number of combinations possible between many devices. Combinations of Normal and Replacement devices All rotary-handle Compact NSX100 to 630 circuit breakers and switch-disconnectors can be interlocked between each other or with any other device equipped with the same type of keylock.
Interlocking of two devices on a base plate DB112196
Interlocking system A base plate designed for two Compact NSX devices can be installed horizontally or vertically on a mounting rail. Interlocking is carried out on the base plate by a mechanism located behind the devices. In this way, access to the device controls and trip units is not blocked. Combinations of Normal and Replacement devices All rotary-handle and toggle-controlled Compact NSX100 to 630 circuit breakers and VZLWFKGLVFRQQHFWRUVFDQEHLQWHUORFNHG'HYLFHVPXVWEHHLWKHUDOO¿[HGRUDOOSOXJ in versions, with or without earth-leakage protection or measurement modules. An adaptation kit is required to interlock: b two plug-in devices b a Compact NSX100-250 with an NSX400-630. Connection to the downstream installation can be made easier using a coupling accessory (see next page). Interlocking on a base plate.
559E1700.indd
version: 1.0
A-61
Functions and characteristics
Source-changeover systems Remote-operated and automatic sourcechangeover systems Coupling accessory on base plate
PB103832-51
Remote-operated systems It is made up of two devices with motor mechanisms, mounted on a base plate and combined with: b an electrical interlocking unit b optional mechanical interlocking system. Electrical interlocking unit (IVE) Interlocks two devices equipped with motor mechanisms and auxiliary contacts. The IVE unit is mandatory to ensure the necessary time-delays required for safe switching. Mechanical interlocking system The mechanical interlocking system is strongly recommended to limit the effects of design or wiring errors and to avoid manual switching errors.
DB112197
Remote-operated source-changeover system.
4
QN
Ø5...8
Ø5...8
3
1
Automatic systems An automatic controller can manage switching from one source to the other. The controller can be: b a device provided by the customer b an integrated BA controller b an integrated UA controller. An integrated BA or UA automatic controller manages source transfer according to user-selected sequences that can include source priorities, start-up of a generator, return to the Normal source, etc. An ACP auxiliaries control plate facilitates installation of the BA and UA controllers. The plate includes two circuit breakers to protect the control circuits and two contactors to control the motor mechanisms of the devices.
2
5
DB112199
1 Circuit breaker QN equipped with a motor mechanism and DX[LOLDU\FRQWDFWVFRQQHFWHGWRWKH1RUPDOVRXUFH 2 Circuit breaker QR equipped with a motor mechanism and DX[LOLDU\FRQWDFWVFRQQHFWHGWRWKH5HSODFHPHQWVRXUFH 3 Base plate with mechanical interlocking 4 Electrical interlocking unit IVE 5 &RXSOLQJDFFHVVRU\ GRZQVWUHDPFRQQHFWLRQ
1
Coupling accessory on base plate This accessory may be used with a manual or remote-operated source-changeover system (with or without an automatic controller). It respects the mounting distance between the devices secured to the ACP plate and provides downstream coupling of the two sets of busbars. It is compatible with standard device accessories. The short terminal shields of the device can be installed on the upstream connectors of the coupling accessory. Downstream, it is possible to use the connection accessories and the long or short terminal shields of the device.
2
3
1 2 3 4
Short terminal shields Terminals Interphase barriers Long terminal shields
4
Standard device accessories may be used for the coupling accessory on the base plate.
A-62
version: 1.0
559E1700.indd
By combining a remote-operated sourcechangeover system with an integrated BA or 8$DXWRPDWLFFRQWUROOHULWLVSRVVLEOHWR automatically control source transfer according to user-selected sequences.
Functions of the BA and UA controllers Controller
BA
Compatible circuit breakers 4-position switch Automatic operation Forced operation on Normal source
PB100855-30
UA
Compact NSX100 to 630 circuit breakers
Forced operation on Replacement source Stop (both Normal and Replacement sources OFF)
b b b b
b b b b
b
b
Automatic operation Monitoring of the Normal source and automatic transfer from one source to the other Engine generator set start-up control
b b b b
Delayed shutdown (adjustable) of engine generator set Load shedding and reconnection of non-priority loads
BA controller.
Transfer to Replacement source if one of the Normal source phases is absent Test
PB100856-30
By opening the P25M circuit breaker upstream of the controller
b b
By pressing the test button on the front of the controller Indications Circuit-breaker status indication on the front of the controller: ON, OFF, fault trip Automatic-mode indication contact
b
b
b
b
Other functions
b
Selection of type of Normal source (single-phase or three-phase) Voluntary transfer to Replacement source
PB100857-35
UA controller.
b
Forced operation on Normal source if Replacement source is not operational Additional test contact (not part of controller) Transfer to Replacement source only if contact closed (e.g. for a UR frequency check) Setting of maximum start-up time for the Replacement-source
b b
b
b b
Power supply Control voltages (1)
440 V 60 Hz
b b b
b b b
b
b b b
220 to 240 V 50/60 Hz 380 to 415 V 50/60 Hz
Operating thresholds Undervoltage
0.35 Un y voltage y 0.7 Un
Phase failure
0.5 Un y voltage y 0.7 Un
Voltage presence
voltage u 0.85 Un
b
Characteristics of output contacts (dry, volt-free contacts) Rated thermal current (A) 8
$X[LOLDU\FRQWUROSODWHIRUD%$RU8$FRQWUROOHU
Minimum load
10 mA at 12 V
Utilisation category (IEC 60947-5-1) Operational current (A) 24 V 48 V 110 V 220/240 V 250 V 380/415 V 440 V 660/690 V
AC AC12 8 8 8 8 5 4 -
AC13 7 7 6 6 -
AC14 5 5 4 4 -
AC15 6 5 4 3 -
DC DC12 8 2 0.6 0.4 -
DC13 2 -
(1)7KHFRQWUROOHULVSRZHUHGE\WKH$&3DX[LOLDULHVFRQWUROSODWH7KHVDPHYROWDJHPXVW EHXVHGIRUWKH$&3SODWHWKH,9(XQLWDQGWKHFLUFXLWEUHDNHURSHUDWLQJPHFKDQLVPV,IWKLV YROWDJHLVWKHVDPHDVWKHVRXUFHYROWDJHWKHQWKH³1RUPDO´DQG³5HSODFHPHQW´VRXUFHVFDQ EHXVHGGLUHFWO\IRUWKHSRZHUVXSSO\,IQRWDQLVRODWLRQWUDQVIRUPHUPXVWEHXVHG
559E1700.indd
version: 1.0
A-63
Functions and characteristics
Accessories and auxiliaries Overview of Compact NSX100 to 630 ¿[HGYHUVLRQ
Insulation accessories
A-73
Interphase barriers
Sealable terminal shields
Electrical auxiliaries
A-80
Indication contact
Voltage release SDTAM module
SDx module
Protection and measurements
A-86
Micrologic 2 trip unit
Vigi module
Micrologic 5 / 6 trip unit
Current-transformer module TM-D, TM-G trip unit
Ammeter module
A-64
YHUVLRQ
(LQGG
Connection
A-70
One-piece spreader
Cable connectors
Rear connectors Terminal extensions
Cable connectors
Communication and display A-26
BSCM module NSX cord
Modbus interface FDM121
Control accessories
A-82
Direct rotary handle
Extended rotary handle
Motor mechanism
(LQGG
YHUVLRQ
A-65
Functions and characteristics
Accessories and auxiliaries Overview of Compact NSX100 to 630 plug-in and withdrawable versions
A-73
DB115888
Insulation accessories
Interphase barriers
Sealable long terminal shields for plug-in base
Electrical accessories
A-78
Automatic withdrawable auxiliary connector
Manual auxiliary connector
Mechanical accessories
A-69
Circuit-breaker side plate
Chassis side plate
A-66
version: 1.0
559E1820.indd
Connection
A-70 and A-72
Cable connectors
Rear connectors
Lugs Rear connectors
Adapter
Cable connectors Terminal extensions
Circuit breaker
Plug-in base
Power connection accessories
Power connections
Power connections for Vigicompact
559E1820.indd
version: 1.0
A-67
Functions and characteristics
Accessories and auxiliaries
Compact NSX circuit breakers may be LQVWDOOHGKRUL]RQWDOO\YHUWLFDOO\RUÀDWRQ their back, without derating performance levels. There are three installation versions: b¿[HG b plug-in (on a base) b withdrawable (on a chassis). For the last two, components must be DGGHG EDVHFKDVVLV WRWKH¿[HGYHUVLRQ Many connection components are shared by the three versions.
Fixed circuit breakers
Device installation
DB112202
DB112203
Mounting on rails.
Mounting on DIN rail (with adapter). DB112204
Mounting on a backplate.
DB112208
PB103354-32
DB112201
DB112200
Fixed circuit breakers are designed for standard connection using bars or cables with lugs. Bare-cable connectors are available for connection to bare copper or aluminium cables. For connection of large cables, a number of solutions with spreaders may be used for both cables with lugs or bare cables.
L3 L2 L1
8 Nm
L2 8 Nm
L3 8 Nm
L3 L2 L1
)L[HG&RPSDFW16;
Mounting on a Prisma mounting plate.
Installation positions.
Plug-in circuit breakers
DB112209
PB103598-32
3OXJLQ&RPSDFW16;
Mounting on busbars with an adapter.
The plug-in version makes it possible to: b extract and/or rapidly replace the circuit breaker without having to touch the connections on the base b allow for the addition of future circuits by installing bases that will be equipped with a circuit breaker at a later date b isolate the power circuits when the device is mounted on or through a panel. It acts as a barrier for the connections of the plug-in base. Insulation is made complete by the mandatory short terminal shields on the device. The degrees of protection are: v circuit breaker plugged in = IP4 v circuit breaker removed = IP2 v circuit breaker removed, base equipped with shutters = IP4. 3DUWVRIDSOXJLQFRQ¿JXUDWLRQ $SOXJLQFRQ¿JXUDWLRQLVPDGHE\DGGLQJDSOXJLQNLWWRD¿[HGGHYLFH To avoid connecting or disconnecting the power circuits under load conditions, a safety trip causes automatic tripping if the device is ON, before engaging or withdrawing it. The safety trip, supplied with the kit, must be installed on the device. If the device is disconnected, the safety trip does not operate. The device can be operated outside the switchboard.
Installation positions.
Accessories Optional insulation accessories are available. b Terminal shields to protect against direct contact. b Interphase barriers to reinforce insulation between phases and protect against direct contact.
Mounting on a backplate.
A-68
DB112207
DB112205
DB112206
Mounting
Mounting through a front panel.
version: 1.0
Mounting on rails.
559E1840.indd
PB103599-42
Withdrawable circuit breakers In addition to the advantages provided by the base, installation on a chassis facilitates handling. It offers three positions, with transfer from one to the other after mechanical unlocking: b connected: the power circuits are connected b disconnected: the power circuits are disconnected, the device can be operated to check auxiliary operation b removed: the device is free and can be removed from the chassis. 3DUWVRIDZLWKGUDZDEOHFRQ¿JXUDWLRQ $ZLWKGUDZDEOHFRQ¿JXUDWLRQUHTXLUHVWZRVLGHSODWHVLQVWDOOHGRQWKHEDVHDQGWZR sides plates mounted on the circuit breaker. Similar to the plug-in version, a safety trip causes automatic tripping if the device is ON, before engaging or withdrawing it, and enables device operation in the disconnected position. Accessories Accessories are the same as for the base, with in addition: b DX[LOLDU\FRQWDFWVIRULQVWDOODWLRQRQWKH¿[HGSDUWLQGLFDWLQJWKHFRQQHFWHGDQG GLVFRQQHFWHGSRVLWLRQV b locking by 1 to 3 padlocks (shackle diameter 5 to 8 mm), to: v prevent insertion for connection v lock the circuit breaker in connected or disconnected position b toggle collar for circuit breakers with a toggle mounted through a front panel, intended to maintain the degree of protection whatever the position of the circuit breaker (supplied with a toggle extension) b telescopic shaft for extended rotary handles. The door can then be closed with the device in the connected and disconnected positions.
DB112209
:LWKGUDZDEOH&RPSDFW16;
Connected.
Disconnected.
DB112219
DB112210
DB111369
Installation positions.
Removed. Protection collar for toggle and toggle H[WHQVLRQWRSURYLGH,3LQWKHFRQQHFWHGDQG disconnected positions.
Telescopic shaft.
Mounting on a backplate.
559E1840.indd
DB112312
DB112221
DB112220
Mounting
Mounting through a front panel.
version: 1.0
Mounting on rails.
A-69
Accessories and auxiliaries
)L[HGFLUFXLWEUHDNHUVDUHGHVLJQHGIRU standard front connection using bars or cables with lugs. Cable connectors are available for bare cables. Rear connection is also possible.
Front connection
&RQQHFWLRQRI¿[HGGHYLFHV
DB112169
DB112168
Functions and characteristics
Bars or cables with lugs Standard terminals Compact NSX100 to 630 come with terminals comprising snap-in nuts with screws: b Compact NSX100: M6 nuts and screws. Compact NSX160/250: M8 nuts and screws b Compact NSX400/630: M10 nuts and screws. These terminals may be used for: b direct connection of insulated bars or cables with lugs b terminal extensions offering a wide range of connection possibilities. Interphase barriers or terminal shields are recommended. They are mandatory for certain connection accessories (in which case the interphase barriers are provided). Bars :KHQWKHVZLWFKERDUGFRQ¿JXUDWLRQKDVQRWEHHQWHVWHGLQVXODWHGEDUVDUH mandatory.
DB112170
Insulated bar.
Maximum size of bars
Small lug for copper cables.
Compact NSX circuit breaker Without spreaders pitch (mm) maximum bar size (mm) With spreaders pitch (mm) maximum bar size (mm)
100/160/250 35 20 x 2 45 32 x 2
400/630 45 32 x 6 52.5 40 x 6
DB112171
Crimp lugs There are two models, for aluminium and copper cables. It is necessary to use narrow lugs, compatible with device connections. They must be used with interphase barriers or long terminal shields. The lugs are supplied with interphase barriers and may be used for the types of cables listed below. Cable sizes for connection using lugs
DB112177
Double-L terminal H[WHQVLRQV
Spreaders.
DB112180
DB112179
DB112181
Edgewise terminal H[WHQVLRQV
WHUPLQDO H[WHQVLRQV
Right-angle terminal H[WHQVLRQV DB112176
DB112175
Straight terminal H[WHQVLRQV
DB112174
DB112173
DB112172
Small lug for Al cables.
Mounting at the back of a switchboard.
A-70
Mounting behind the front panel with a raiser.
Compact NSX circuit breaker Copper cables size (mm²) crimping Aluminium cables size (mm²) crimping
100/160/250 400/630 120, 150, 180 240, 300 hexagonal barrels or punching 120, 150, 180 240, 300 hexagonal barrels
Terminal extensions Extensions with anti-rotation ribs can be attached to the standard terminals to provide numerous connection possibilities in little space: b straight terminal extensions b right-angle terminal extensions b edgewise terminal extensions b double-L extensions b 45° extensions. Spreaders Spreaders may be used to increase the pitch: b NSX100 to 250: the 35 mm pitch can be increased to 45 mm b NSX400/630: the 45 mm pitch can be increased to 52 or 70 mm. Bars, cable lugs or cable connectors can be attached to the ends. One-piece spreader for NSX100 to 250 Connection of large cables may require an increase in the distance between the device terminals. The one-piece spreader is the means to: b increase the 35 mm pitch of the NSX100 to 250 circuit-breaker terminals to the 45 mm pitch of a NSX400/630 device b use all the connection and insulation accessories available for the next largest frame size (lugs, connectors, spreaders, right-angle and edgewise terminal extensions, terminal shields and interphase barriers). It may also be used for Interpact INS switch-disconnectors. Equipped with a single-piece spreader, Compact NSX devices can be mounted: b at the back of a switchboard b behind the front panel with a raiser. The one-piece spreader is also the means to: b align devices with different frame sizes in the switchboard b use the same mounting plate, whatever the device. Pitch (mm) depending on the type of spreader Compact NSX circuit breaker Without spreaders With spreaders With one-piece spreader
NSX100 to 250 35 45 45
version: 1.0
NSX400 to 630 45 52.5 or 70 -
559E1840.indd
DB112314
DB112313
Bare cables For bare cables (without lugs), the prefabricated bare-cable connectors may be used for both copper and aluminium cables. 1-cable connectors for Compact NSX100 to 250 The connectors snap directly on to the device terminals or are secured by clips to right-angle and straight terminal extensions as well as spreaders. Bare cable.
1-cable connectors for Compact NSX400 to 630 The connectors are screwed directly to the device terminals. 2-cable connectors for Compact NSX100 to 250 and 400/630 The connectors are screwed to device terminals or right-angle terminal extensions.
Polybloc distribution block for Compact NSX100 to 630 Polybloc connects directly to device terminals. ,WLVXVHGWRFRQQHFWXSWRVL[RUQLQHÀH[LEOHRUULJLGFDEOHVZLWKFURVVVHFWLRQDO areas not exceeding 10 mm² or 16 mm², to each pole. Connection is made to spring terminals without screws.
DB111326
DB112317
DB112316
DB112315
Distribution connectors for Compact NSX100 to 250 These connectors are screwed directly to device terminals. Interphase barriers are supplied with distribution connectors, but may be replaced by long terminal shields. Each connector can receive six cables with cross-sectional areas ranging from 1.5 to 35 mm² each.
Maximum size of cables depending on the type of connector
Distribution connector for 16;WR
3RO\EORF$DQG$ distribution blocks.
Two lengths. DB111330
Four positions. DB111329
16; DB115225
DB111500
DB111327
1-cable FDEOH connector for connector for 16;WR 16; 16;WR
Compact NSX circuit breaker Steel connectors Aluminium connectors
Distribution connectors Polybloc distribution blocks
100/160 250 1.5 to 95 mm² 25 to 95 mm² 120 to 185 mm² 2 cables 50 to 120 mm² 2 cables 35 to 240 mm² 35 to 300 mm² 6 cables 35 mm² 6 or 9 cables 10/16 mm²
b b b b
b b
400
630
b b
b b
b b b
b b
Rear connection Device mounting on a backplate with suitable holes enables rear connection.
Bars or cables with lugs Rear connections for bars or cables with lugs are available in two lengths. Bars may EHSRVLWLRQHGÀDWRQHGJHRUDWDQJOHVGHSHQGLQJRQKRZWKHUHDUFRQQHFWLRQV are positioned. 7KHUHDUFRQQHFWLRQVDUHVLPSO\¿WWHGWRWKHGHYLFHFRQQHFWLRQWHUPLQDOV$OO combinations of rear connection lengths and positions are possible on a given device.
Bare cables For the connection of bare cables, the 1-cable connectors for Compact NSX100 to 250 may be secured to the rear connections using clips.
DB111332
Rear connection.
&RQQHFWLRQRIEDUHFDEOHVWR16;WR
559E1840.indd
version: 1.0
A-71
Functions and characteristics
Accessories and auxiliaries
Connection is identical for both withdrawable and plug-in versions. The VDPHDFFHVVRULHVDVIRU¿[HGGHYLFHVPD\ be used.
Bars or cables with lugs
Connection of withdrawable and plug-in devices
Front connection.
DB111339
DB111338
DB111346
DB111337
Two lengths. DB111345
Four positions.
The plug-in base is equipped with terminals which, depending on their orientation, serve for front and rear connection. For rear connection of a base mounted on a backplate, the terminals must be replaced by insulated, long right-angle terminal extensions. For Compact NSX630 devices, connection most often requires the 52.5 or 70 mm pitch spreaders.
Front connection with spreaders.
Rear connection of a base mounted on a backplate.
Connection accessories $OODFFHVVRULHVIRU¿[HGGHYLFHV EDUVOXJVWHUPLQDOH[WHQVLRQVDQGVSUHDGHUV PD\ be used with the plug-in base (see pages A-70, A-71).
Bare cables
DB111341
DB111340
$OOWHUPLQDOVPD\EHHTXLSSHGZLWKEDUHFDEOHFRQQHFWRUV6HHWKH&RQQHFWLRQRI ¿[HGGHYLFHVVHFWLRQ
:LWKDWR$EDVH
:LWKD$EDVH
DB111344
Adapter for plug-in base
DB111343
DB111342
The adapter is a plastic component for the 100 to 250 base and the 400/630 base WKDWHQDEOHVXVHRIDOOWKHFRQQHFWLRQDFFHVVRULHVRIWKH¿[HGGHYLFH It is required for interphase barriers and the long and short terminal shields.
$GDSWHUIRUWR$3 base. Connection with bars or cables with lugs.
A-72
$GDSWHUIRU$3EDVH Connection with spreaders and interphase barriers.
version: 1.0
559E1840.indd
Insulation of live parts
Short terminal shields.
DB111349
Long terminal shields.
Terminal shields Insulating accessories used for protection against direct contact with power circuits. They provide IP40 degree of protection and IK07 mechanical impact protection. Terminal-shield types Compact NSX100 to 250 and NSX400/630 3P or 4P can be equipped with: b short terminal shields b long terminal shields. All terminal shields have holes or knock-outs in front for voltage-presence indicators. Short terminal shields They are used with: b SOXJLQDQGZLWKGUDZDEOHYHUVLRQVLQDOOFRQQHFWLRQFRQ¿JXUDWLRQV b ¿[HGYHUVLRQVZLWKUHDUFRQQHFWLRQ
DB111348
DB111347
7HUPLQDOVKLHOGVDUHLGHQWLFDOIRU¿[HGDQG SOXJLQZLWKGUDZDEOHYHUVLRQVDQGFRYHUDOO DSSOLFDWLRQVXSWR9 7KH\H[LVWIRUWKHWR$DQG A ratings, in long and short versions.
1 2
1 Partially cut removable squares. 2 Grids with break marks.
Long terminal shields They are used for front connection with cables or insulated bars. They comprise two parts assembled with captive screws, forming an IP40 cover. b The top part is equipped with sliding grids with break marks for precise adaptation to cables or insulated bars. b The rear part completely blocks off the connection zone. Partially cut squares can be removed to adapt to all types of connection for cables with lugs or copper bars. Long terminal shields may be mounted upstream and downstream of: b ¿[HGGHYLFHV b the base of plug-in and withdrawable versions, thus completing the insulation provided by the mandatory short terminal shields on the device b the one-piece spreader for NSX100 to 250 b the 52.5 mm spreaders for NSX400/630. Terminal shields and pitch Combination possibilities are shown below.
DB111355
Circuit breaker Short terminal shields Pitch (mm) Long terminal shields Pitch (mm)
NSX100/160/250 NSX400/630 35
45
35
45
52.5
Assembled with captive screws.
DB111356
Interphase barriers Safety accessories for maximum insulation at the power-connection points: b they clip easily onto the circuit breaker b VLQJOHYHUVLRQIRU¿[HGGHYLFHVDQGDGDSWHUVRQSOXJLQEDVHV b not compatible with terminal shields b the adapter for the plug-in base is required for mounting on plug-in and withdrawable versions.
Interphase barriers.
Rear insulating screens
DB111357
Safety accessories providing insulation at the rear of the device. Their use is mandatory for devices with spreaders, installed on backplates, when terminal shields are not used. The available screen dimensions are shown below. Circuit breaker 3P W x H x thickness (mm) 4P W x H x thickness (mm)
NSX100/160/250 140 x 105 x 1 175 x 105 x 1
NSX400/630 203 x 175 x 1.5 275 x 175 x 1.5
Rear insulating screens.
559E1840.indd
version: 1.0
A-73
Functions and characteristics
Accessories and auxiliaries Selection of auxiliaries for Compact NSX100/160/250
Standard All Compact NSX100/160/250 circuit breakers and switch-disconnectors have slots for the electrical auxiliaries listed below. 5 indication contacts (see page A-80) b 2 ON/OFF (OF1 and OF2) b 1 trip indication (SD) b 1 fault-trip indication (SDE) b 1 earth-fault indication (SDV), when the device is equipped with a Vigi module. 1 remote-tripping release (see page A-83) b either 1 MN undervoltage release b or 1 MX shunt release.
Remote indications Circuit breakers equipped with Micrologic trip units may be equipped with a fault-trip indication to identify the type of fault by installing: 1 indication module with two outputs (see page A-81) b either an SDx module with Micrologic 2.2 / 5.2 A or E / 6.2 A or E b or an SDTAM module with Micrologic 2.2 M or 6-2 E-M (motor protection). This module occupies the slots of one OF contact and an MN/MX release.
All these auxiliaries may be installed with a motor mechanism or a rotary handle. The following table indicates auxiliary possibilities depending on the type of trip unit.
NA, TMD, TMG, MA DB111392
DB115583
Standard Motor mechanism / rotary handle
SD OF1 SD MN / MX
OF2 SDE
SDE OF2
OF1 MN / MX
SDV SDV
Micrologic 2 / 5 / 6 Remote indications via SDx or SDTAM DB115585
DB115584
Standard Motor mechanism / rotary handle
OF1 SD MN / MX
OF2 SDE
or
Motor mechanism / rotary handle
SDx / SDTAM
24 V DC supply terminal block
The SDx or SDTAM uses the OF1 and MN/MX slots. External connection is made via a terminal block in the OF1 slot. The 24 V DC supply provides for the Micrologic 5 / 6 display when the device is OFF or under low-load conditions.
A-74
version: 1.0
559E1860.indd
Communication &RPPXQLFDWLRQUHTXLUHVVSHFL¿FDX[LOLDULHV(see page A-26). Communication of status indications b 1 BSCM module. b 1 NSX cord (internal terminal block) for both communication and 24 V DC supply to the BSCM. Communication of status conditions is compatible with a standard motor mechanism and a rotary handle. Communication of status indications and controls This requires, in addition to the previous auxiliaries: b 1 communicating motor mechanism connected to the BSCM. Communication of measurements Available on Micrologic 5 / 6, the system consists of: b 1 NSX cord (internal terminal block) for both communication and 24 V DC supply to the Micrologic. Communication of measurements is compatible with a standard or communicating motor mechanism and a rotary handle. Communication of status indications, controls and measurements Available on Micrologic 5 / 6, the system consists of: b 1 BSCM module b 1 NSX cord (internal terminal block) for both communication and 24 V DC supply to the BSCM and the Micrologic b 1 communicating motor mechanism connected to the BSCM. Installation of SDx or SDTAM is compatible with communication. The following table indicates auxiliary possibilities depending on the type of trip unit.
NA, TMD, TMG, MA, Micrologic 2 Communication of status indications and controls DB115587
DB115586
Communication of status indications Motor mechanism / rotary handle
BSCM
Communicating motor mechanism
BSCM
NSX cord
or NSX cord
Micrologic 5 / 6
Motor mechanism / rotary handle
NSX cord
559E1860.indd
Communication of status indications, controls and measurements with or without FDM121 display DB115589
DB115588
Communication of measurements with or without FDM121 display
or
Communicating motor mechanism
BSCM
NSX cord
version: 1.0
A-75
Functions and characteristics
Accessories and auxiliaries Selection of auxiliaries for Compact NSX400/630
Standard All Compact NSX400/630 circuit breakers and switch-disconnectors have slots for the electrical auxiliaries listed below. 7 indication contacts (see page A-80) b 4 ON/OFF (OF1, OF2, OF3, OF4) b 1 trip indication (SD) b 1 fault-trip indication (SDE) b 1 earth-fault indication (SDV), when the device is equipped with a Vigi module. 1 remote-tripping release (see page A-83) b either 1 MN undervoltage release b or 1 MX shunt release.
Remote indications Circuit breakers equipped with Micrologic trip units may be equipped with a fault-trip indication to identify the type of fault by installing: 1 indication module with two outputs (see page A-81) b either an SDx module with Micrologic 2.2 / 5.2 A or E / 6.2 A or E b or an SDTAM module with Micrologic 2.2 M or 6-2 E-M (motor protection). This module occupies the slots of an MN/MX release. All these auxiliaries may be installed with a motor mechanism or a rotary handle. The following table indicates auxiliary possibilities depending on the type of trip unit.
NA, Micrologic 1.3 M DB115591
DB115590
Standard Motor mechanism / rotary handle
OF1 OF2 OF3 Reserved MN / MX
OF1, OF2, OF3
SD
SD SDE OF4
SDE OF4
Reserved MN / MX
SDV
SDV
Micrologic 2 / 5 / 6 DB115593
DB115592
Standard Motor mechanism / rotary handle
OF1 OF2 OF3 Reserved MN / MX
Motor mechanism / rotary handle
SD SDE OF4
or SDx / SDTAM
24 V DC supply terminal block
The SDx or SDTAM uses the reserved slot and the MN/MX slots. External connection is made via a terminal block in the reserved slot. The 24 V DC supply provides for the Micrologic 5 / 6 display when the device is OFF or under low-load conditions.
A-76
version: 1.0
559E1860.indd
Communication &RPPXQLFDWLRQUHTXLUHVVSHFL¿FDX[LOLDULHV(see page A-26). Communication of status indications b 1 BSCM module b 1 NSX cord (internal terminal block) for both communication and 24 V DC supply to the BSCM. Communication of status conditions is compatible with a standard motor mechanism and a rotary handle. Communication of status indications and controls This requires, in addition to the previous auxiliaries: b 1 communicating motor mechanism connected to the BSCM. Communication of measurements Available on Micrologic 5 / 6, the system consists of: b 1 NSX cord (internal terminal block) for both communication and 24 V DC supply to the Micrologic. Communication of measurements is compatible with a standard or communicating motor mechanism and a rotary handle. Communication of status indications, controls and measurements Available on Micrologic 5 / 6, the system consists of: b 1 BSCM module b 1 NSX cord (internal terminal block) for both communication and 24 V DC supply to the BSCM and the Micrologic b 1 communicating motor mechanism connected to the BSCM. Installation of SDx or SDTAM is compatible with communication. The following table indicates auxiliary possibilities depending on the type of trip unit.
NA, Micrologic 1.3 M, Micrologic 2 Communication of status indications and controls
Motor mechanism / rotary handle
DB115595
DB115594
Communication of status indications
NSX cord
Communicating motor mechanism
NSX cord
or BSCM
BSCM
Micrologic 5 / 6 Communication of status indications, controls and measurements with or without FDM121 display DB115597
DB115596
Communication of status indications Motor mechanism / rotary handle
Communicating motor mechanism
NSX cord
or NSX cord
559E1860.indd
BSCM
version: 1.0
A-77
Functions and characteristics
Accessories and auxiliaries Connection of electrical auxiliaries
DB112162
Fixed Compact NSX Auxiliary circuits exit the device through a knock-out in the front cover.
Fixed Compact NSX. DB112167
Withdrawable or plug-in Compact NSX Automatic auxiliary connectors Auxiliary circuits exit the circuit breaker via one to three automatic auxiliary connectors (nine wires each). These are made up of: b a moving part, connected to the circuit breaker via a support (one support per circuit breaker) b D¿[HGSDUWPRXQWHGRQWKHSOXJLQEDVHHTXLSSHGZLWKFRQQHFWRUVIRUEDUH cables up to 2.5 mm². Micrologic trip unit options are also wired via the automatic auxiliary connectors. Selection of automatic auxiliary connectors Depending on the functions installed, one to three automatic auxiliary connectors are required.
DB115610
DB115601
Plug-in/withdrawable Compact NSX.
Connector 1
Connector 1
Connector 2
Connector 2
DB111376
Connector 3
Compact NSX100/160/250.
Compact NSX400/630.
Automatic auxiliary connector: Fixed part
Moving part
A-78
version: 1.0
559E1860.indd
DB111379
Withdrawable Compact NSX Manual auxiliary connectors As an option to the automatic auxiliary connectors, withdrawable circuit breakers may be equipped with one to three plugs with nine wires each. In "disconnected" position, the auxiliaries remain connected. They can then be tested by operating the device.
DB115602
Nine-wire manual auxiliary connector.
Connector 1 Connector 2
Compact NSX100/160/250. DB115611
Connector 1 Connector 2 Connector 3
Each auxiliary is equipped with a terminal block with numbered terminals for connection of wires up to: b 1.5 mm² for auxiliary contacts and voltage releases b 2.5 mm² for the motor-mechanism module.
Circuit breaker
Connector 1
Connector 2
Connector 3
OF1 or MN/MX SD
OF2/SDV / ZSI (1) SDE NSX cord MT MTc 24 V DC
OF3 OF4 ZSI in ZSI out
NSX100/160/250
b
b
-
NSX400/630
b
b
b
SDx/ SDTAM
(1) Only for NSX100 to 250. MT: motor mechanism. MTc: communicating motor mechanism.
559E1860.indd
Compact NSX400/630.
version: 1.0
A-79
Accessories and auxiliaries
One contact model provides circuit-breaker status indications (OF - SD - SDE - SDV). An early-make or early-break contact, in conjunction with a rotary handle, can be used to anticipate device opening or closing. A CE / CD contact indicates that the chassis is connected / disconnected.
These common-point changeover contacts provide remote circuit-breaker status information. They can be used for indications, electrical locking, relaying, etc. They comply with the IEC 60947-5 international recommendation.
044314
Functions and characteristics
xxxxxx
Indication contacts.
Indication contacts
Functions Breaker-status indications, during normal operation or after a fault A single type of contact provides all the different indication functions: b OF (ON/OFF) indicates the position of the circuit breaker contacts b SD (trip indication) indicates that the circuit breaker has tripped due to: v an overload v a short-circuit v an earth fault (Vigi) or a ground fault (Micrologic 6) v operation of a voltage release v operation of the "push to trip" button v disconnection when the device is ON. The SD contact returns to de-energised state when the circuit breaker is reset. b SDE (fault-trip indication) indicates that the circuit breaker has tripped due to: v an overload v a short-circuit v an earth fault (Vigi) or a ground fault (Micrologic 6). The SD contact returns to de-energised state when the circuit breaker is reset. b SDV indicates that the circuit breaker has tripped due to an earth fault. It returns to de-energised state when the Vigi module is reset. All the above auxiliary contacts are also available in "low-level" versions capable of switching very low loads (e.g. for the control of PLCs or electronic circuits). Rotary-handle position contact for early-make or early-break functions b CAM (early-make or early-break function) contacts indicate the position of the rotary handle. They are used in particular for advanced opening of safety trip devices (early break) or to energise a control device prior to circuit-breaker closing (early make).
CE/CD carriage switches.
Chassis-position contacts b CE/CD (connected/disconnected) contacts are microswitch-type carriage switches for withdrawable circuit breakers.
Installation
b OF, SD, SDE and SDV functions: a single type of contact provides all these different indication functions, depending on where it is inserted in the device. The contacts clip into slots behind the front cover of the circuit breaker (or the Vigi module for the SDV function). The SDE function on a circuit breaker equipped with a thermal-magnetic trip unit requires the SDE actuator. b &$0IXQFWLRQ WKHFRQWDFW¿WVLQWRWKHURWDU\KDQGOHXQLW GLUHFWRUH[WHQGHG b &(&'IXQFWLRQ WKHFRQWDFWVFOLSLQWRWKH¿[HGSDUWRIWKHFKDVVLV
Electrical characteristics of auxiliary contacts Contacts Types of contacts
Low level OF, SD, SDE, SDV
Rated thermal current (A)
6
5
Minimum load
100 mA at 24 V DC
1 mA at 4 V DC
Utilisation cat. (IEC 60947-5-1) Operational 24 V current (A) 48 V 110 V
A-80
Standard All
AC12 AC15 DC12 DC14
AC12 AC15 DC12 DC14
AC/DC 6
6
6
1
5
3
5
1
AC/DC 6
6
2.5
0.2
5
3
2.5
0.2
AC/DC 6
5
0.6
0.05
5
2.5
0.6
0.05
220/240 V AC
6
4
-
-
5
2
-
-
250 V
DC
-
-
0.3
0.03
5
-
0.3
0.03
380/440 V AC
6
2
-
-
5
1.5
-
-
480 V
AC
6
1.5
-
-
5
1
-
-
660/690 V AC
6
0.1
-
-
-
-
-
-
version: 1.0
559E1860.indd
SDx and SDTAM modules for Micrologic
SDx and SDTAM are relay modules with two static outputs. They send different signals depending on the type of fault. They may not be used together.
SDx module
PB103377-20
The SDx module remotes the trip or alarm conditions of Compact NSX circuit breakers equipped with electronic protection. The SD2 output, available on all Micrologic trip units, corresponds to the overloadtrip indication. The SD4 output, available on Micrologic 5 / 6, is assigned to: b overload pre-alarm (Micrologic 5) b ground-fault trip indication (Micrologic 6). These two outputs automatically reset when the device is closed (turned ON). For Micrologic 5 / 6, the SD2 and SD4 outputs can be reprogrammed to be assigned to other types of tripping or alarm. Output characteristics It is possible to assign a function: b latching with a time delay. Return to the initial state occurs at the end of the time delay b permanent latching. In this case, return to the initial state takes place via the communication function. Static outputs: 24 to 415 V AC / V DC; 80 mA max.
SDTAM module 7KH6'7$0PRGXOHLVVSHFL¿FDOO\IRUWKHPRWRUSURWHFWLRQ0LFURORJLFWULSXQLWV 2.2 M, 2.3 M and 6.2 E-M, 6.3 E-M. The SDTAM module, linked to the contactor controller, opens the contactor when an overload or other motor fault occurs, thus avoiding opening of the circuit breaker.
PB103376-20
SDx relay module with its terminal block.
Micrologic 2 M The SD4 output opens the contactor 400 ms before normal circuit-breaker opening in the following cases: b overload (long-time protection for the trip class) b phase unbalance or phase loss. The SD2 output serves to memorise contactor opening by SDTAM. Micrologic 6 E-M The SD4 output opens the contactor 400 ms before normal circuit-breaker opening in the following cases: b overload (long-time protection for the trip class) b phase unbalance or phase loss b locked rotor b underload (undercurrent protection) b long start. The SD2 output serves to memorise contactor opening by SDTAM. SDTAM relay module with its terminal block.
Output characteristics Output reset can be: b manual by a pushbutton included in the wiring diagram b automatic after an adjustable time delay (1 to 15 minutes) to take into account the motor-cooling time. Static outputs: 24 to 415 V AC / V DC; 80 mA max.
SDT or output 1 SD3
PAL Ir or SDG or output 2 SD2
a (+) 24 to 415 V
DB115604
DB115603
a (+) 24 to 415 V
Manual reset SD3
SD4
Closing order
KAI
SDT SD2
KMI
SD4
SDTAM
SDx
Q
Q
SD1
KMI
4 2 1 OFF
Opening order
6 8
10 12 14 15
KAI
Auto reset (mn)
SD1 KMI
a (-) SDx wiring diagram.
559E1860.indd
a (-) SDTAM wiring diagram with contactor control.
version: 1.0
A-81
Functions and characteristics
Accessories and auxiliaries Motor mechanism
PB103372-30
When equipped with a motor-mechanism module, Compact NSX circuit breakers feature very high mechanical endurance as well as easy and sure operation: b all circuit-breaker indications and information remain visible and accessible, including trip-unit settings and indications b suitability for isolation is maintained and padlocking remains possible b double insulation of the front face. $VSHFL¿FPRWRUPHFKDQLVPLVUHTXLUHGIRURSHUDWLRQYLDWKHFRPPXQLFDWLRQ function. This communicating motor mechanism must be connected to the BSCM module to receive the opening and closing orders. Operation is identical to that of a standard motor mechanism.
Applications
b Local motor-driven operation, centralised operation, automatic distribution control. b Normal/standby source changeover or switching to a replacement source to ensure availability or optimise energy costs. b Load shedding and reconnection. b Synchrocoupling.
Compact NSX250 with motor mechanism.
Operation
DB111335
1
0OFF
2
The type of operation is selected using the manual/auto mode selection switch (7). A transparent, lead-seal cover controls access to the switch. Automatic When the switch is in the "auto" position, the ON/OFF (I/O) buttons and the charging lever on the mechanism are locked. b Circuit-breaker ON and OFF controlled by two impulse-type or maintained signals. b Automatic spring charging following voluntary tripping (by MN or MX), with standard wiring. b Mandatory manual reset following tripping due to an electrical fault. Manual When the switch is in the "manual" position, the ON/OFF (I/O) buttons may be used. A microswitch linked to the manual position can remote the information. b Circuit-breaker ON and OFF controlled by 2 pushbuttons I/O. b Recharging of stored-energy system by pumping the lever 8 times. b Padlocking in OFF position.
3
discharged
4
Installation and connections OFF
All installation ¿[HGSOXJLQZLWKGUDZDEOH DQGFRQQHFWLRQSRVVLELOLWLHVDUH maintained. Motor-mechanism module connections are made behind its front cover to integrated terminals, for cables up to 2.5 mm².
ON
Optional accessories 8 7
6
b Keylock for locking in OFF position. b Operations counter for the Compact NSX400/630, indicating the number of ON/ OFF cycles. Must be installed on the front of the motor-mechanism module.
5
1 Position indicator (positive contact indication) 2 Spring status indicator (charged, discharged) 3 Manual spring-charging lever 4 Keylock device (optional) Locking device (OFF position), using 1 to 3 padlocks, shackle diameter 5 to 8 mm, not supplied 5 I (ON) pushbutton 6 O (OFF) pushbutton 7 Manual/auto mode selection switch. The position of this switch can be indicated remotely. 8 Operation counter (Compact NSX400/630)
Characteristics Motor mechanism
MT100 to MT630
Response time (ms)
opening closing F\FOHVPLQXWHPD[ DC AC 50/60 Hz
Operating frequency Control voltage (V) Consumption (1)
DC (W)
opening closing AC (VA) opening closing (1) For NSX100 to NSX250, the inrush current is 2 In for 10 ms.
< 600 < 80 4 24/30 - 48/60 - 110/130 - 250 48 (50 Hz) - 110/130 220/240 - 380/440 y 500 y 500 y 500 y 500
DB115690
Electrical endurance 50 40 30
NS160
10
NS250
6
NS400
4
NS630
0.1
A-82
NS100
20 15
0.2
0.3
0.5
0.7
version: 1.0
1
Circuit breaker + motormechanism module, in thousands of operations (IEC 60947 2), at 440 V.
I/In
559E1880.indd
Remote tripping
044313
MX or MN voltage releases are used to trip the circuit breaker. They serve primarily for remote, emergency-off commands. ,WLVDGYLVHGWRWHVWWKHV\VWHPHYHU\VL[PRQWKV
MN undervoltage release The MN release opens the circuit breaker when its supply voltage drops to a value below 35% of its rated voltage Un. Undervoltage tripping, combined with an emergency-off button, provides fail-safe tripping. The MN release is continuously supplied, i.e. if supply is interrupted: b either voluntarily, by the emergency-off button, b or accidentally, through loss of power or faulty wiring, the release provokes opening of the circuit breaker.
DB115605
MX or MN voltage release. Failsafe opening Possible opening 0
0.35
0.7
1.1 Un
DB115606
Opening conditions of the MN release.
Failsafe closing 0
0.85
1.1 Un
Closing conditions of the MN release.
Opening conditions Circuit-breaker tripping by an MN release meets the requirements of standard IEC 60947-2. b Automatic opening of the circuit breaker is ensured when the continuous voltage supply to the release U y[8Q b If the supply voltage is between 0.35 and 0.7 Un, opening is possible, but not guaranteed. Above 0.7 Un, opening does not take place. Closing conditions If there is no supply to the MN release, it is impossible to close the circuit breaker, either manually or electrically. Closing is ensured when the voltage supply to the release U u[8Q%HORZWKLVWKUHVKROGFORVLQJLVQRWJXDUDQWHHG
PB103752-32
DB115607
Characteristics
10
V AC
Operating threshold
V DC Opening Closing
12
Time-delay unit 3
6
Instantaneous trip order
Operating range Consumption (VA or W) Response time (ms)
50/60 Hz: 24 - 48 - 100/130 - 200/240 50 Hz: 380/415 60 Hz: 208/277 12 - 24 - 30 - 48 - 60 - 125 -250 0.35 to 0.7 Un 0.85 Un 0.85 to 1.1 Un Pick-up: 30 - Hold: 5 50
Time-delay unit for an MN release A time delay unit for the MN release eliminates the risk of nuisance tripping due to a transient voltage dip lasting y 200 ms. For shorter micro-outages, a system of capacitors provides temporary supply to the MN at U > 0.7 to ensure non tripping. The correspondence between MN releases and time-delay units is shown below.
D2 MN D1 MN release with a time-delay unit.
Power supply Delayed trip order
Wiring diagram for emergency-off function with MN + time-delay unit.
Power supply 8QLWZLWK¿[HGGHOD\PV 48 V AC 220 / 240 V AC Unit with adjustable delay yPV 48 - 60 V AC/DC 100 - 130 V AC/DC 220 - 250 V AC/DC
Corresponding MN release 48 V DC 250 V DC 48 V DC 125 V DC 250 V DC
DB115608
MX shunt release Possible opening 0
The MX release opens the circuit breaker via an impulse-type (u 20 ms) or maintained order.
Failsafe opening 0.7
1.1
Un
Opening conditions of the MX release.
Opening conditions When the MX release is supplied, it automatically opens the circuit breaker. Opening is ensured for a voltage U u[8Q Characteristics Power supply
V AC V DC
Operating range Consumption (VA or W) Response time (ms)
50/60 Hz: 24 - 48 - 100/130 - 200/240 50 Hz: 380/415 60 Hz: 208/277 12 - 24 - 30 - 48 - 60 - 125 -250 0.7 to 1.1 Un Pick-up: 30 50
Circuit breaker control by MN or MX
Note: circuit breaker opening using an MN or MX release must be reserved for safety functions. This type of tripping increases wear on the opening mechanism. Repeated use reduces the mechanical endurance of the circuit breaker by 50 %.
559E1880.indd
When the circuit breaker has been tripped by an MN or MX release, it must be reset before it can be reclosed. MN or MX tripping takes priority over manual closing. In the presence of a standing trip order, closing of the contacts, even temporary, is not possible. b Connection using wires up to 1.5 mm² to integrated terminal blocks.
version: 1.0
A-83
Accessories and auxiliaries
There are two types of rotary handle: b direct rotary handle b extended rotary handle. There are two models: b standard with a black handle b red handle and yellow front for machinetool control.
Direct rotary handle
PB103585-40
Functions and characteristics
Rotary handles
Standard handle Degree of protection IP40, IK07. The direct rotary handle maintains: b visibility of and access to trip-unit settings b suitability for isolation b indication of the three positions O (OFF), I (ON) and tripped b access to the "push to trip" button. Device locking The rotary handle facilitates circuit-breaker locking. b Padlocking: v standard situation, in the OFF position, using 1 to 3 padlocks, shackle diameter 5 to 8 mm, not supplied v ZLWKDVLPSOHPRGL¿FDWLRQLQWKH21DQG2))SRVLWLRQV/RFNLQJLQWKH21 position does not prevent free circuit-breaker tripping if a fault occurs. In this case, the handle remains the ON position after the circuit breaker tripping. Unlocking is required to go to the tripped then the OFF position. b Keylock (and padlock) ,WLVSRVVLEOHWRLQVWDOOD5RQLVRU3URIDOX[NH\ORFN RSWLRQDO RQWKHEDVHRIWKH handle to obtain the same functions as with a padlock.
PB103607-50
Compact NSX with a rotary handle.
Early-make or early-break contacts (optional) Early-make and/or early-break contacts may be used with the rotary handle. It is thus possible to: b supply an MN undervoltage release before the circuit breaker closes b open the contactor control circuit before the circuit breaker opens.
MCC switchboard control Control of an MCC switchboard is achieved by adding a kit to the standard handle. In addition to the standard functions, the kit offers the characteristics listed below. Higher degree of protection IP Degree of protection IP43, IK07. The IP is increased by a built-in gasket.
PB103608-50
Compact NSX with an MCC rotary handle.
Door locking depending on device position b The door cannot be opened if the circuit breaker is ON or in the tripped position. )RUH[FHSWLRQDOVLWXDWLRQVGRRUORFNLQJFDQEHWHPSRUDULO\GLVDEOHGZLWKDWRROWR open the door when the circuit breaker is closed. This operation is not possible if the handle is locked by a padlock. b Circuit-breaker closing is disabled if the door is open. This function can be deactivated.
Machine-tool control in compliance with CNOMO Control of a machine-tool is achieved by adding a kit to the standard handle. In addition to the standard functions, the kit offers the characteristics listed below. Enhanced waterproofness and mechanical protection b Degree of protection IP54, IK08. b Compliance with CNOMO E03.81.501N.
Extended rotary handle
PB103586-50
Compact NSX with a CNOMO machine-tool rotary handle.
Degree of protection IP56, IK08. 7KHH[WHQGHGURWDU\KDQGOHPDNHVLWSRVVLEOHWRRSHUDWHFLUFXLWEUHDNHUVLQVWDOOHGDW the back of switchboards, from the switchboard front. It maintains: b visibility of and access to trip-unit settings b suitability for isolation b indication of the three positions O (OFF), I (ON) and tripped. Mechanical door locking when device closed $VWDQGDUGIHDWXUHRIWKHH[WHQGHGURWDU\KDQGOHLVDORFNLQJIXQFWLRQEXLOWLQWRWKH shaft, that disables door opening when the circuit breaker is in the ON or tripped positions. Door locking can be temporarily disabled with a tool to open the door without opening the circuit breaker. This operation is not possible if the handle is locked by a padlock. Voluntary disabling of mechanical door locking $PRGL¿FDWLRQWRWKHKDQGOHWKDWFDQEHFDUULHGRXWRQVLWHFRPSOHWHO\GLVDEOHVGRRU ORFNLQJLQFOXGLQJZKHQDSDGORFNLVLQVWDOOHGRQWKHKDQGOH7KHPRGL¿FDWLRQLV reversible. :KHQDQXPEHURIH[WHQGHGURWDU\KDQGOHVDUHLQVWDOOHGRQDGRRUWKLVGLVDEOLQJ function is the means to ensure door locking by a single device.
Compact NSX with an extended rotary handle installed at the back of a switchboard, with the keylock option and key.
A-84
version: 1.0
559E1880.indd
PB103618-56
Extended rotary handle (cont.) Device and door padlocking Padlocking locks the circuit-breaker handle and disables door opening: b standard situation, in the OFF position, using 1 to 3 padlocks, shackle diameter 5 to 8 mm, not supplied b ZLWKDVLPSOHPRGL¿FDWLRQLQWKH21DQG2))SRVLWLRQV/RFNLQJLQWKH21 position does not prevent free circuit-breaker tripping if a fault occurs. In this case, the handle remains in the ON position after the circuit breaker tripping. Unlocking is required to go to the tripped then the OFF position. ,IWKHGRRUFRQWUROVZHUHPRGL¿HGWRYROXQWDULO\GLVDEOHGRRUORFNLQJSDGORFNLQJ does not lock the door, but does disable handle operation of the device. Device locking using a keylock inside the switchboard ,WLVSRVVLEOHWRLQVWDOOD5RQLVRU3URIDOX[NH\ORFN RSWLRQDO RQWKHEDVHRIWKHURWDU\ handle to lock the device in the OFF position or in either the ON or OFF positions. Accessory for device operation with the door open :KHQWKHGHYLFHLVHTXLSSHGZLWKDQH[WHQGHGURWDU\KDQGOHDFRQWURODFFHVVRU\ mounted on the shaft makes it possible to operate the device with the door open. b The device can be padlocked in the OFF position. b The accessory complies with UL508. Early-make or early-break contacts (optional) 7KHH[WHQGHGURWDU\KDQGOHRIIHUVWKHVDPHSRVVLELOLWLHVZLWKHDUO\PDNHDQGRU early-break contacts as the standard rotary handle.
PB103588-68
Parts of the extended rotary handles b A unit that replaces the front cover of the circuit breaker (secured by screws). b An assembly (handle and front plate) on the door that is always secured in the same position, whether the circuit breaker is installed vertically or horizontally. b $QH[WHQVLRQVKDIWWKDWPXVWEHDGMXVWHGWRWKHGLVWDQFH7KHPLQPD[GLVWDQFH between the back of circuit breaker and door is: v 185…600 mm for Compact NSX100 to 250 v 209…600 mm for Compact NS400/630. )RUZLWKGUDZDEOHGHYLFHVWKHH[WHQGHGURWDU\KDQGOHLVDOVRDYDLODEOHZLWKD WHOHVFRSLFVKDIWWRFRPSHQVDWHIRUGHYLFHGLVFRQQHFWLRQ,QWKLVFDVHWKHPLQPD[ distances are: v 248…600 mm for Compact NSX100 to 250 v 272...600 mm for Compact NS400/630.
Manual source-changeover systems An additional accessory interlocks two devices with rotary handles to create a source-changeover system. Closing of one device is possible only if the second is open. 7KLVIXQFWLRQLVFRPSDWLEOHZLWKGLUHFWRUH[WHQGHGURWDU\KDQGOHV Up to three padlocks can be used to lock in the OFF or ON position.
559E1880.indd
version: 1.0
A-85
Functions and characteristics
Accessories and auxiliaries Additional measurement and indication modules
PB103795-36
Voltage-presence indicator
Voltage-presence indicator.
The indicator detects and indicates that circuit breaker terminals are supplied with power. Installation b Mounted in the long or short terminal shields, via the knockouts. b May be positioned upstream or downstream of the circuit breaker. b Degree of protection IP40, IK04. b Not compatible with the motor-mechanism module. Electrical characteristics Operates on all networks with voltages ranging from 220 to 550 V AC.
Current-transformer module
PB103600-32
This module enables direct connection of a measurement device such as an ammeter or a power meter. Installation b The module is installed directly on the downstream circuit-breaker terminals. b Degree of protection IP40, IK04. b Class II insulation between front and the power circuits. b Connection to 6 integrated connectors for cables up to 2.5 mm². Electrical characteristics b Current transformer with 5 A secondary winding. b Class 3 for the following output-power consumptions: Accuracy: v 100 A rating: 1.6 VA v 150 A rating: 3 VA v 250 A rating: 5 VA v 400/600 A rating: 8 VA.
Current-transformer module with voltage measurement outputs This module enables direct connection of a digital measurement device such as a Power Meter PM700, PM800, etc. (not supplied).
Compact NSX with current-transformer module.
Installation b The module is installed directly on the downstream circuit-breaker terminals. b Degree of protection IP40, IK04. b Class II insulation between front and the power circuits. b Built-in connectors for cables from 1.5 to 2.5 mm².
PB103601-32
Electrical characteristics b Rated operational voltage Ue: 530 V b Frequencies of measured values: 50...60 Hz b Three CTs with 5 A secondary windings for the rated primary current In : v class 0.5 to 1 for rated power consumption values at the output: - 125 A, 150 A and 250 A ratings: class 1 for 1.1 VA - 400/600 A rating: class 0.5 for 2 VA v Connection using a 2.5 mm2 cable up to 2.5 m long. b Four voltage measurement outputs including protection with automatic reset. v voltage measurement output impedance 3500 8PD[LPXPFXUUHQWP$ v The voltage measurement outputs are intended only for measurements (1 mA PD[ DQGPD\QRWEHXVHGWRVXSSO\WKHdisplay.
Ammeter and Imax ammeter modules Ammeter module Measures and displays (dial-type ammeter) the current of each phase (selection of phases by 3-position switch in front). Imax ammeter module 0HDVXUHVDQGGLVSOD\V GLDOW\SHDPPHWHU WKHPD[LPXPFXUUHQWÀRZLQJLQWKH PLGGOHSKDVH7KH,PD[YDOXHFDQEHUHVHWRQWKHIURQW Installation b Identical for both types of ammeter module. b The module is installed directly on the downstream circuit-breaker terminals. b The ammeter clips into the module in any of four 90° positions, i.e. it can be installed of devices mounted both vertically and horizontally. b Degree of protection IP40, IK04. b Class II insulation between front and the power circuits.
Compact NSX with ammeter module.
A-86
Electrical characteristics b Ammeter module: accuracy class 4.5 b ,PD[DPPHWHUPRGXOH DFFXUDF\ b 0D[LPXPFXUUHQWVDUHGLVSOD\HGRQO\LIWKH\ODVWu 15 minutes.
version: 1.0
559E1880.indd
PB103602-32
Insulation monitoring module This module detects and indicates an insulation drop on a load circuit (TN-S or TT systems). Operation is identical to that of a Vigi module, but without circuit-breaker tripping. Indication by a red LED in front. $QDX[LOLDU\FRQWDFWPD\EHLQVWDOOHGIRUUHPRWHLQVXODWLRQGURSLQGLFDWLRQV When insulation drops below a minimum, user-set threshold, the LED goes on and WKHDX[LOLDU\FRQWDFWVZLWFKHV7KHIDXOWLQGLFDWLRQFDQQRWEHFDQFHOOHGH[FHSWE\ pressing the manual reset button. Installation b The module is installed directly on the downstream circuit-breaker terminals. b Degree of protection IP40, IK04. b Double insulation of the front face. Electrical characteristics b Settings: 100 - 200 - 500 - 1000 mA b Accuracy: -50 +0 % b Time delay following insulation drop: 5 to 10 seconds b AC-system voltage: 200 to 440 V AC. Insulation monitoring module.
559E1880.indd
version: 1.0
A-87
Accessories and auxiliaries Locks
Locking in the OFF position guarantees isolation as per IEC 60947-2. Padlocking systems can receive up to three padlocks with shackle diameters ranging from 5 to 8 mm (padlocks not supplied). Certain locking systems require an additional accessory.
DB111365
DB111364
Functions and characteristics
Control device
Function
Toggle
Padlock Removable device
Lock in OFF or ON position
Padlock )L[HGGHYLFH
Padlock Standard Lock in b OFF position Keylock Locking device + keylock (1) b OFF or ON position
Direct rotary handle
DB111363
Toggle locking using padlocks and an accessory: Removable device Fixed device attached to the case.
Means Required accessories
Lock in OFF position
MCC
Padlock Lock in b OFF position (1) b OFF or ON position
CNOMO
Lock in Padlock b OFF position (1) b OFF or ON position
([WHQGHGURWDU\KDQGOH
Rotary-handle locking using a keylock.
Padlock Lock in b OFF position b OFF or ON position (1) with door opening prevented Lock in OFF position
Padlock UL508 control accessory
b OFF or ON position (1)
Keylock Locking device + keylock
inside the switchboard Motor mechanism
Lock in OFF position remote operation disabled
Withdrawable circuit breaker
Padlock Lock in b disconnected position Keylock Locking device + keylock b connected position
Padlock Keylock Locking device + keylock
Keylock Locking device + keylock
DB111359
DB111358
(1) )ROORZLQJDVLPSOHPRGL¿FDWLRQRIWKHPHFKDQLVP (2) Unless door locking has been voluntarily disabled.
DB111360
Rotary-handle locking using a padlock or a keylock.
Ø5...8
u man
auto
DB111361
DB111362
Motor-mechanism locking using a padlock or a keylock.
Chassis locking in the connected position.
A-88
version: 1.0
559E1880.indd
Sealing accessories
DB115224
2XWJRLQJFLUFXLWLGHQWL¿FDWLRQ Compact NSX100 to 630 can be equipped with label holders supplied in sets of ten (cat. no. LV429226). They are compatible with escutcheons.
Sealing accessories
Sealing accessories.
Sealing accessories are available. Each bag of accessories contains all the parts required for the types of sealing indicated below. A bag contains: b 6 sealing accessories b 6 lead seals b 0.5 m of wire b 2 screws.
DB115033
,GHQWL¿FDWLRQDFFHVVRULHV
DB112303 DB112307
DB112309
DB112308
DB112301 DB112306
DB112302
Motor mechanism
DB112305
Rotary handle
DB112304
Toggle control
DB112300
Types of seals and corresponding functions
Ø5...8
u man
Ø5...8
auto
u man
auto
Ø5...8
uto
)URQWFRYHU¿[LQJVFUHZ
Trip-unit transparent cover
Motor-mechanism transparent cover
7HUPLQDOVKLHOG¿[LQJ screw
Protected operations
b front removal b DFFHVVWRDX[LOLDULHV b trip-unit removal.
b PRGL¿FDWLRQRIVHWWLQJV b access to test connector.
b access to manual/auto mode selection switch: depending on its position, manual (1) or automatic operation is not possible. (1) In this case, local operation is not possible.
b access to power connections (protection against direct contact).
DB112310
Access to Vigi-module settings
DB112311
Types of seals
Types of seals
9LJLPRGXOH¿[LQJGHYLFH
Protected operations
b removal of the Vigi module.
559E1880.indd
Protection cover for settings b PRGL¿FDWLRQRIVHWWLQJV
version: 1.0
A-89
Functions and characteristics
Accessories and auxiliaries Individual enclosures
PB103593-40
Individual enclosures are available for Compact/Vigicompact NSX devices with two, three or four poles. $OO¿[HGIURQWFRQQHFWLRQVDUHSRVVLEOHH[FHSWULJKWDQJOHGRXEOH/DQG HGJHZLVHWHUPLQDOH[WHQVLRQV All spreaders may be installed in the enclosures intended for Compact/Vigicompact 16;WRGHYLFHVH[FHSWWKHPPVSUHDGHUVIRU16; Two models of enclosures b IP55 heavy-duty metal individual enclosure, with: v metal enclosure v door with keylock and cut-out for rotary handle v H[WHQGHGURWDU\KDQGOH,3,.EODFNRUUHG\HOORZ v device mounting plate v removable plate (without holes) for cable entry through bottom. b IP55 heavy-duty insulating individual enclosure, with: v polyester insulating enclosure v WUDQVSDUHQWFRYHUVFUHZHGOHDGVHDODEOHZLWKFXWRXWIRUH[WHQGHGURWDU\KDQGOH v H[WHQGHGURWDU\KDQGOH,3,.EODFNRUUHG\HOORZ v device mounting plate v 2 removable plates (without holes) for cable entry through bottom and/or top. IP55 heavy-duty metal enclosure.
[[ [[ [[ [[ [[ [[ [[ [[
DB115609
PB103592-40
Dimensions (H x W x D in mm) b Metal enclosures: v &RPSDFW16; v &RPSDFW16;DQG9LJLFRPSDFW16;WR v &RPSDFW16; v &RPSDFW16;DQG9LJLFRPSDFW16; b Insulating enclosures: v &RPSDFW16; v &RPSDFW16;DQG9LJLFRPSDFW16; v &RPSDFW16; v 9LJLFRPSDFW16;
H IP55 heavy-duty insulating enclosure.
D
A-90
W
version: 1.0
559E1880.indd
Escutcheons and protection collars
,3RU,3HVFXWFKHRQVIRU¿[HGGHYLFHV
Escutcheons are an optional feature mounted on the switchboard door. They increase the degree of protection to IP40, IK07. Protection collars maintain the degree of protection, whatever the position of the device (connected, disconnected).
IP30
PB103590-43
The three types are glued to the cut-out in the front door of the switchboard: b escutcheon for all control types (toggle, rotary handle or motor mechanism) v without access to the trip unit v with access to the trip unit b for Vigi modules, can be combined with the above.
IP40
DB112290
DB112291
The four types, with a gasket, are screwed to the door cut-out: b three escutcheons identical to the previous, but IP40 b a wide model for Vigi and ammeter modules that can be combined with the above.
DB112292
PB103606-50
DB112293
Escutcheon for toggle without and with access to the trip unit.
IP30 escutcheon.
160
A
120 80 40 0
Escutcheon for Vigi module.
Wide escutcheon for ammeter.
IP30 escutcheon with access to the trip unit.
559E1880.indd
version: 1.0
A-91
Functions and characteristics
Accessories and auxiliaries Escutcheons and protection collars
IP40 escutcheons for withdrawable devices IP40 for withdrawable devices
DB112296
DB112295
DB112294
PB101777-36
The two types, with a gasket, are screwed to the door cut-out: b for rotary handle or motor mechanism: standard IP40 escutcheon b IRUWRJJOHZLWKH[WHQVLRQ VWDQGDUGHVFXWFKHRQFROODUIRUZLWKGUDZDO
Ø5...8
...8 ...8 Ø5 Ø5
PB103780-36
Escutcheon with collar for toggle.
Standard escutcheon with rotary handle.
Standard escutcheon for motor mechanism.
Standard escutcheon with collar for withdrawal, for toggle.
IP40 for Vigi module on withdrawable devices The two types, with a gasket, are screwed to the door cut-out: b for rotary handle or motor mechanism: standard IP40 escutcheon b for toggle: standard escutcheon + collar for withdrawal. DB112299
DB112298
DB112297
Escutcheon for Vigi module.
Ø5...8
PB103775-40
Escutcheon for Vigi module, with escutcheons for the three types of control.
IP43 toggle cover
DB112218
Available only for devices with toggles. Fits over toggle and front cover of the device. b Mounted on the front of the circuit breaker. b Degree of protection IP43, IK07.
PB103820-35
Toggle cover.
Toggle cover.
5HWUR¿WIURQWFRYHUV
16UHWUR¿WIURQWFRYHU
A-92
7KHVHUHSODFHPHQWIURQWFRYHUVPDNHLWSRVVLEOHWRLQVWDOO16;GHYLFHVLQH[LVWLQJ VZLWFKERDUGVFRQWDLQLQJ16GHYLFHVE\LQVWDOOLQJWKH16W\SHUHWUR¿WFRYHUVRQWKH NSX devices. b NS100 to 250 cover. b NS400/630 cover.
version: 1.0
559E1880.indd
559E1880.indd
version: 1.0
A-93
Operating safety
Compact NSX
Installation recommendations Contents
Functions and characteristics
A-1
Operating conditions Operating conditions
B-2
Installation in switchboards Power supply and weights Safety clearances and minimum distances Installation example
B-3 B-4 B-5
Control wiring Control wiring
B-6
Temperature derating Compact NSX100 to 250 equipped with thermal-magnetic trip units Compact NSX equipped with electronic trip units
B-8 B-9
Power loss/ Resistance Compact NSX equipped with thermal-magnetic trip units Compact NSX equipped with electronic trip units Dimensions and connection Wiring diagrams Additional characteristics Catalogue numbers Glossary
559E2000.indd
B-10 B-11 C-1 D-1 E-1 F-1 G-1
version: 1.0
B-1
DB111389
Installation recommendations
(m) 2000
Operating conditions
Altitude derating $OWLWXGHGRHVQRWVLJQL¿FDQWO\DIIHFWWKHFKDUDFWHULVWLFVRI&RPSDFW16;FLUFXLW EUHDNHUVXSWRP$ERYHWKLVDOWLWXGHLWLVQHFHVVDU\WRWDNHLQWRDFFRXQWWKH GHFUHDVHLQWKHGLHOHFWULFVWUHQJWKDQGFRROLQJFDSDFLW\RIDLU 7KHIROORZLQJWDEOHJLYHVWKHFRUUHFWLRQVWREHDSSOLHGIRUDOWLWXGHVDERYH PHWUHV 7KHEUHDNLQJFDSDFLWLHVUHPDLQXQFKDQJHG Compact NSX100 to 630 Altitude (m)
DB111390
'LHOHFWULFZLWKVWDQGYROWDJH 9
2000
3000
4000
5000
3000
2500
2100
1800
,QVXODWLRQYROWDJH 9
Ui
800
700
600
500
0D[LPXPRSHUDWLRQDOYROWDJH 9
Ue
690
590
520
460
$YHUDJHWKHUPDOFXUUHQW $ DW&
,Q[
1
0.96
0.93
0.9
Vibrations &RPSDFW16;GHYLFHVUHVLVWHOHFWURPDJQHWLFRUPHFKDQLFDOYLEUDWLRQV 7HVWVDUHFDUULHGRXWLQFRPSOLDQFHZLWKVWDQGDUG,(&IRUWKHOHYHOV UHTXLUHGE\PHUFKDQWPDULQHLQVSHFWLRQRUJDQLVDWLRQV 9HULWDV/OR\G VHWF b WR+] DPSOLWXGHPP b WR+] FRQVWDQWDFFHOHUDWLRQJ ([FHVVLYHYLEUDWLRQPD\FDXVHWULSSLQJEUHDNVLQFRQQHFWLRQVRUGDPDJHWR PHFKDQLFDOSDUWV
DB111391
Degree of protection &RPSDFW16;FLUFXLWEUHDNHUVKDYHEHHQWHVWHGIRUGHJUHHRISURWHFWLRQ ,3 PHFKDQLFDOLPSDFWSURWHFWLRQ ,. 6HHSDJH$.
Electromagnetic disturbances &RPSDFW16;GHYLFHVDUHSURWHFWHGDJDLQVW b RYHUYROWDJHVFDXVHGE\FLUFXLWVZLWFKLQJ b RYHUYROWDJHVFDXVHGE\DQDWPRVSKHULFGLVWXUEDQFHVRUE\DGLVWULEXWLRQV\VWHP RXWDJH HJIDLOXUHRIDOLJKWLQJV\VWHP b GHYLFHVHPLWWLQJUDGLRZDYHV UDGLRVZDONLHWDONLHVUDGDUHWF b HOHFWURVWDWLFGLVFKDUJHVSURGXFHGGLUHFWO\E\XVHUV &RPSDFW16;GHYLFHVKDYHVXFFHVVIXOO\SDVVHGWKHHOHFWURPDJQHWLFFRPSDWLELOLW\ WHVWV (0& GH¿QHGE\WKHIROORZLQJLQWHUQDWLRQDOVWDQGDUGV6HHSDJH$. 7KHVHWHVWVHQVXUHWKDW b QRQXLVDQFHWULSSLQJRFFXUV b WULSSLQJWLPHVDUHUHVSHFWHG
%
version: 1.0
559E2100.indd
Installation in switchboards 3RZHUVXSSO\DQGZHLJKWV
DB111383
Power supply from the top or bottom &RPSDFW16;FLUFXLWEUHDNHUVFDQEHVXSSOLHGIURPHLWKHUWKHWRSRUWKHERWWRP HYHQZKHQHTXLSSHGZLWKD9LJLHDUWKOHDNDJHSURWHFWLRQPRGXOHZLWKRXWDQ\ UHGXFWLRQLQSHUIRUPDQFH7KLVFDSDELOLW\IDFLOLWDWHVFRQQHFWLRQZKHQLQVWDOOHGLQD VZLWFKERDUG $OOFRQQHFWLRQDQGLQVXODWLRQDFFHVVRULHVFDQEHXVHGRQFLUFXLWEUHDNHUVVXSSOLHG HLWKHUIURPWKHWRSRUERWWRP
Weight 7KHWDEOHEHORZSUHVHQWVWKHZHLJKWV LQNJ RIWKHFLUFXLWEUHDNHUVDQGWKHPDLQ DFFHVVRULHVZKLFKPXVWEHVXPPHGWRREWDLQWKHWRWDOZHLJKWRIFRPSOHWH FRQ¿JXUDWLRQV7KHYDOXHVDUHYDOLGIRUDOOSHUIRUPDQFHFDWHJRULHV Type of device 16;
16;
16;
16;
559E2100.indd
3'
Circuit breakers
Base
Chassis
Vigi module
Visu module
Motor mech.
1.79
0.8
2.2
0.87
2
1.2
3'
2.05
0.8
2.2
0.87
2
1.2
3'
2.4
1.05
2.2
1.13
2.2
1.2
3'
1.85
0.8
2.2
0.87
2
1.2
3'
2.2
0.8
2.2
0.87
2
1.2
3'
2.58
1.05
2.2
1.13
2.2
1.2
3'
1.94
0.8
2.2
0.87
2
1.2
3'
2.4
0.8
2.2
0.87
2
1.2
3'
2.78
1.05
2.2
1.13
2.2
1.2
3'
6.19
2.4
2.2
2.8
4.6
2.8
3'
8.13
2.8
2.2
3
4.9
2.8
version: 1.0
%
Installation recommendations
Installation in switchboards 6DIHW\FOHDUDQFHVDQGPLQLPXPGLVWDQFHV
General rules :KHQLQVWDOOLQJDFLUFXLWEUHDNHUPLQLPXPGLVWDQFHV VDIHW\FOHDUDQFHV PXVWEH PDLQWDLQHGEHWZHHQWKHGHYLFHDQGSDQHOVEDUVDQGRWKHUSURWHFWLRQGHYLFHV LQVWDOOHGQHDUE\7KHVHGLVWDQFHVZKLFKGHSHQGRQWKHXOWLPDWHEUHDNLQJFDSDFLW\ DUHGH¿QHGE\WHVWVFDUULHGRXWLQDFFRUGDQFHZLWKVWDQGDUG,(& ,ILQVWDOODWLRQFRQIRUPLW\LVQRWFKHFNHGE\W\SHWHVWVLWLVDOVRQHFHVVDU\WR b XVHLQVXODWHGEDUVIRUFLUFXLWEUHDNHUFRQQHFWLRQV b VHJUHJDWHWKHEXVEDUVXVLQJLQVXODWLQJVFUHHQV )RU&RPSDFW16;WRGHYLFHVWHUPLQDOVKLHOGVDQGLQWHUSKDVHEDUULHUVDUH UHFRPPHQGHGDQGPD\EHPDQGDWRU\GHSHQGLQJRQWKHRSHUDWLQJYROWDJHRIWKH GHYLFHDQGW\SHRILQVWDOODWLRQ ¿[HGZLWKGUDZDEOHHWF
Power connections 7KHWDEOHEHORZLQGLFDWHVWKHUXOHVWREHUHVSHFWHGIRU&RPSDFW16;WR GHYLFHVWRHQVXUHLQVXODWLRQRIOLYHSDUWVIRUWKHYDULRXVW\SHVRIFRQQHFWLRQ b ¿[HGGHYLFHVZLWKIURQWFRQQHFWLRQ )& RUUHDUFRQQHFWLRQ 5& b SOXJLQRUZLWKGUDZDEOHGHYLFHV &RQQHFWLRQDFFHVVRULHVVXFKDVFULPSOXJVEDUHFDEOHFRQQHFWRUVWHUPLQDO H[WHQVLRQV VWUDLJKWULJKWDQJOHGRXEOH/DQG DQGVSUHDGHUVDUHVXSSOLHGZLWK LQWHUSKDVHEDUULHUV /RQJWHUPLQDOVKLHOGVSURYLGHDGHJUHHRISURWHFWLRQRI,3 LQJUHVV DQG,. PHFKDQLFDOLPSDFW
Compact NSX100 to 630: rules to be respected to ensure insulation of live parts
operating voltage
DB115058
6KRUWWHUPLQDO VKLHOGV DB115061
6KRUWWHUPLQDO VKLHOGV DB115061
6KRUWWHUPLQDO VKLHOGV DB115061
7KURXJKSDQHO
type of conductor
%DUHFDEOHV FRQQHFWRUV
3RVVLEOH
3RVVLEOH
3RVVLEOH
5HFRPPHQGHG 5HFRPPHQGHG
0DQGDWRU\
1R
0DQGDWRU\ VXSSOLHG
3RVVLEOH LQVWHDGRISK 5HFRPPHQGHG 5HFRPPHQGHG EDUULHUV
0DQGDWRU\
3RVVLEOHIRU 3RVVLEOHIRU 3RVVLEOHIRU 16;WR 16;WR 16;WR 0DQGDWRU\ VXSSOLHG
5HFRPPHQGHG 5HFRPPHQGHG 3RVVLEOH LQVWHDGRISK EDUULHUV
0DQGDWRU\
1R
1R
1R
0DQGDWRU\
0DQGDWRU\
0DQGDWRU\
0DQGDWRU\
1R
1R
0DQGDWRU\
0DQGDWRU\
0DQGDWRU\
0DQGDWRU\
1R
1R
0DQGDWRU\
0DQGDWRU\
0DQGDWRU\
0DQGDWRU\
,QVXODWHGEDUV
([WHQVLRQWHUPLQDOV &DEOHVFULPSOXJV
%DUHFDEOHV FRQQHFWRUV
%
2QEDFNSODWH
,QVXODWHGEDUV
([WHQVLRQWHUPLQDOV &DEOHVFULPSOXJV
> 500 V
/RQJWHUPLQDO VKLHOGV DB115060
:LWK
y 500 V
,QWHUSKDVH EDUULHUV DB115059
Possible, recommended or mandatory accessories: 1RLQVXODWLQJ DFFHVVRU\
Plug-in or withdrawable
DB115057
Fixed, rear connection
DB115056
Fixed, front connection
DB115055
Type of connection
version: 1.0
559E2100.indd
,QVWDOODWLRQH[DPSOH
Safety clearance Minimum distance between circuit breaker and front or rear panels F
Front panel
DB115697
DB115046
Minimum distance between two adjacent circuit breakers
A1
B=0 Bare or painted sheetmetal
F
Note: if F < 8 mm: an insulating screen or long terminal shield is mandatory (see page A-73).
D1
D2
DB115050
DB115049
DB115048
Minimum distance between circuit breaker and top, bottom or side panels
D1
D1
C1
Devices without accessories.
Devices with interphase barriers or long terminal shields.
Minimum safety clearances for Compact NSX100 to 630 Operating voltage
DB115698
Spacing y 60 mm
Spacing > 60 mm Bars
F1
F1
U y 440 V IRUGHYLFHVHTXLSSHGZLWK bQRDFFHVVRULHV bLQWHUSKDVHEDUULHUV bORQJWHUPLQDOVKLHOGV 440 V < U y 600 V IRUGHYLFHVHTXLSSHGZLWK bLQWHUSKDVHEDUULHUV (1) bORQJWHUPLQDOVKLHOGV (2) U > 600 V IRUGHYLFHVHTXLSSHGZLWK bORQJWHUPLQDOVKLHOGV (1) Only for NSX100 to 250. (2) For all cases.
Clearance PP Between Between device and sheetmetal devices Painted sheet metal Bare sheet metal A1
C1
D1
D2
C1
D1
D2
0 0 0
0 0 0
30 0 0
30 0 0
5 5 0
40 0 0
40 0 0
0 0
0 0
0 0
0 0
20 10
10 10
10 10
0
10
50
50
20
100
100
Clearances with respect to live bare busbars Minimum clearances for Compact NSX100 to 630 Operating voltage Clearances with respect to live bare busbars spacing y 60 mm spacing > 60 mm F1 350
F2 350
F1 80
F2 80
U y9y9
350
350
120
120
8!9
SURKLELWHG LQVXODWLQJVFUHHQUHTXLUHGEHWZHHQGHYLFHDQGEXVEDUV
8 9 F2
F2 Bars
Live busbars.
559E2100.indd
7KHVHFOHDUDQFHVFDQEHUHGXFHGIRUVSHFLDOLQVWDOODWLRQVDVORQJDVWKHFRQ¿JXUDWLRQLVFKHFNHG by tests.
version: 1.0
%
Installation recommendations
DB115699
N L1 L2 L3
Control wiring
Remote tripping by MN or MX release
3P+N
Wire ready for connection I
Recommended maximum cable lengths (in metres)
U ENVT
3RZHUFRQVXPSWLRQLVDSSUR[LPDWHO\ b 9$IRUSLFNXSRIWKH01DQG0;UHOHDVHV b 9$WR9$IRUWKHPRWRUPHFKDQLVP 7KHWDEOHEHORZLQGLFDWHVWKHPD[LPXPSHUPLVVLEOHFDEOHOHQJWKIRUGLIIHUHQWVXSSO\ YROWDJHVDQGFDEOHFURVVVHFWLRQDODUHDV Power supply voltage (V DC) Cable cross-section (mm²)
External wire
01
8VRXUFH 8VRXUFH 0; 8VRXUFH 8VRXUFH 0RWRUPHFKDQLVP 8VRXUFH 8VRXUFH
External neutral voltage tap (ENVT).
12 V 1.5
2.5
24 V 1.5
2.5
48 V 1.5
2.5
15 7 60 30 – –
– – – – – –
160 40 240 120 10 2
– – – – 16 4
640 160 960 480 65 17
– – – – 110 28
Note: the indicated length is that of each of the two wires. DB115700
N L1 L2 L3 3P+N: supply from the top
External neutral voltage tap (ENVT) T2 T1
I U H2 T1 ENCT H1 T2
External neutral current transformer (ENCT)
DB115701
N L1 L2 L3 3P+N: supply from the bottom
T2 T1
I U H2 T1 ENCT H1 T2 External neutral current transformer (ENCT).
7KLVFRQQHFWLRQLVUHTXLUHGIRUDFFXUDWHSRZHUPHDVXUHPHQWVRQSROHFLUFXLW EUHDNHUVHTXLSSHGZLWK0LFURORJLF(WULSXQLWVLQLQVWDOODWLRQVZLWKDGLVWULEXWHG QHXWUDO,WFDQEHXVHGWRPHDVXUHSKDVHQHXWUDOYROWDJHVDQGFDOFXODWHSRZHUXVLQJ WKHZDWWPHWHUPHWKRG &RPSDFW16;SROHFLUFXLWEUHDNHUVFRPHZLWKDZLUHLQVWDOOHGRQWKHGHYLFHIRUWKH FRQQHFWLRQWRWKH(197 7KLVZLUHLVHTXLSSHGZLWKDFRQQHFWRUIRUFRQQHFWLRQWRDQH[WHUQDOZLUHZLWKWKH IROORZLQJFKDUDFWHULVWLFV b FURVVVHFWLRQDODUHDRIPPëWRPPë b PD[LPXPOHQJWKRIPHWUHV
7KLVFRQQHFWLRQLVUHTXLUHGWRSURWHFWWKHQHXWUDORQSROHFLUFXLWEUHDNHUVHTXLSSHG ZLWK0LFURORJLF$RU(WULSXQLWVLQLQVWDOODWLRQVZLWKDGLVWULEXWHGQHXWUDO)RU 0LFURORJLF$RU(LWLVUHTXLUHGIRUW\SH*JURXQGIDXOWSURWHFWLRQ 7KH(1&7LVFRQQHFWHGLQWKHVDPHZD\IRU¿[HGSOXJLQRUZLWKGUDZDEOHGHYLFHV b ¿[HGGHYLFHVDUHFRQQHFWHGYLDWHUPLQDOV7DQG7RIWKHLQWHUQDOWHUPLQDOEORFN b SOXJLQDQGZLWKGUDZDEOHGHYLFHVDUHQRWFRQQHFWHGYLDWKHDX[LOLDU\WHUPLQDOV 7KHZLUHVPXVWEHFRQQHFWHGGLVFRQQHFWHGLQVLGHWKHGHYLFHYLDWHUPLQDOV7DQG T2. 7KH(1&7PXVWEHFRQQHFWHGWRWKH0LFURORJLFWULSXQLWE\DVKLHOGHGWZLVWHGSDLU 7KHVKLHOGLQJVKRXOGEHFRQQHFWHGWRWKHVZLWFKERDUGHDUWKRQO\DWWKH&7HQGQR PRUHWKDQFPIURPWKH&7 b WKHSRZHUFRQQHFWLRQVRIWKH&7WRWKHQHXWUDO +DQG+ PXVWEHPDGHLQWKH VDPHZD\IRUSRZHUVXSSO\IURPWKHWRSRUWKHERWWRP VHH¿JXUH 0DNHVXUHWKH\ DUHQRWUHYHUVHGIRUGHYLFHVZLWKSRZHUVXSSO\IURPWKHERWWRP b FURVVVHFWLRQDODUHDRIPPëWRPPë b PD[LPXPOHQJWKRIPHWUHV
DB115702
Modbus
ULP connection system between Micrologic, FDM 121 switchboard display and Modbus interface
24 V DC
1 2
1 RJ45 2 Line terminator 3 ULP symbol
3 ULP wiring ULP connection system.
%
7KH8/3 8QLYHUVDO/RJLF3OXJ ZLULQJV\VWHPXVHGE\&RPSDFW16;IRU FRQQHFWLRQVWKURXJKWRWKH0RGEXVQHWZRUNUHTXLUHVQHLWKHUWRROVQRUVHWWLQJV 7KHSUHIDEULFDWHGFRUGVDUHVXHGIRUERWKGDWDWUDQVIHUDQGGLVWULEXWLRQRI9'& SRZHU&RQQHFWRUVRQHDFKFRPSRQHQWDUHLGHQWL¿HGE\8/3 8QLYHUVDO/RJLF3OXJ V\PEROVHQVXULQJWRWDOFRPSDWLELOLW\EHWZHHQHDFKFRPSRQHQW Available cords $OOFRQQHFWLRQVDUHPDGHZLWKSUHIDEULFDWHGFRUGV b 16;FRUGIRUFRQQHFWLRQRIWKHLQWHUQDOWHUPLQDOEORFNWRWKH0RGEXVLQWHUIDFHRU WKH)'0GLVSOD\YLDDQ5-FRQQHFWRU7KHFRUGLVDYDLODEOHLQWKUHHOHQJWKV PPDQGP b 8/3FRUGVZLWK5-FRQQHFWRUVDWHDFKHQGIRUWKHRWKHUFRQQHFWLRQVEHWZHHQ FRPSRQHQWV7KHFRUGLVDYDLODEOHLQVL[OHQJWKVPPPPPDQG P)RUJUHDWHUGLVWDQFHVWZRFRUGVFDQEHLQWHUFRQQHFWHGXVLQJWKH5-IHPDOH IHPDOHDFFHVVRU\ 0D[LPXPOHQJWKRIPEHWZHHQPRGXOHVDQGPLQDOO $OLQHWHUPLQDWRUPXVWEH¿WWHGWRDOOFRPSRQHQWVZLWKDQXQXVHG5-FRQQHFWRU
version: 1.0
559E2100.indd
DB115703
24 V DC power-supply module 24 V DC
24 V DC
Use $QH[WHUQDO9'&SRZHUVXSSO\LVUHTXLUHGIRULQVWDOODWLRQVZLWKFRPPXQLFDWLRQ ZKDWHYHUWKHW\SHRIWULSXQLW 2QLQVWDOODWLRQVZLWKRXWFRPPXQLFDWLRQLWLVDYDLODEOHDVDQRSWLRQIRU0LFURORJLF to: b PRGLI\VHWWLQJVZKHQWKHFLUFXLWEUHDNHULVRSHQ 2))SRVLWLRQ b GLVSOD\PHDVXUHPHQWVZKHQWKHFXUUHQWÀRZLQJWKURXJKWKHFLUFXLWEUHDNHULVORZ b PDLQWDLQWKHGLVSOD\RIWKHFDXVHRIWULSSLQJ
Battery
Characteristics Power supply, without the Communication function, via the WHUPLQDOEORFNZLWKDEDFNXSEDWWHU\
7KHH[WHUQDO9'&VXSSO\PD\EHXVHGIRUWKHHQWLUHVZLWFKERDUG 7KHUHTXLUHGFKDUDFWHULVWLFVDUHLQGLFDWHGLQWKHWDEOHEHORZ Characteristics 2XWSXWYROWDJH 5LSSOH 2YHUYROWDJHFDWHJRU\ 29&
DB115704
24 V DC Modbus
9'&WR 29&,9DVSHU,(&
Sizing 6L]LQJPXVWWDNHLQWRDFFRXQWDOOVXSSOLHGPRGXOHV Module
Downstream ULP wiring for 24 V DC supply
DB115705
Supply, with the Communication function, via the Modbus interface.
Modbus Network 24 V DC
24 V DC Battery Masterpact NW
Masterpact NT
4 Wires
0/IN
40 10 40 60 30 20
Wiring Micrologic 5 or 6 not using the Communication function 7KHH[WHUQDO9'&VXSSO\LVFRQQHFWHGYLDWKHFLUFXLWEUHDNHUWHUPLQDOEORFN 8VHRID9'&EDWWHU\SURYLGHVEDFNXSSRZHUIRU[[PLQXWHVLQWKHHYHQW RIDQLQWHUUXSWLRQLQWKHH[WHUQDOVXSSO\ Micrologic 5 or 6 using the Communication function 7KHH[WHUQDO9'&VXSSO\LVFRQQHFWHGYLDWKH0RGEXVLQWHUIDFHXVLQJD¿YHSLQ FRQQHFWRULQFOXGLQJWZRIRUWKHSRZHUVXSSO\6WDFNLQJDFFHVVRULHV VHHSDJH$ FDQEHXVHGWRVXSSO\DQXPEHURILQWHUIDFHVE\IDVWFOLSRQFRQQHFWLRQ 7KH9'&SRZHULVGLVWULEXWHGGRZQVWUHDPE\WKH8/3 8QLYHUVDO/RJLF3OXJ FRPPXQLFDWLRQFRUGVZLWK5-FRQQHFWRUV7KLVV\VWHPHQVXUHVERWKGDWDWUDQVIHU DQGSRZHUGLVWULEXWLRQWRWKHFRQQHFWHGPRGXOHV Recommendations for 24 V DC wiring b 'RQRWFRQQHFWWKHSRVLWLYHWHUPLQDOWRHDUWK b 'RQRWFRQQHFWWKHQHJDWLYHWHUPLQDOWRHDUWK b 7KHPD[LPXPOHQJWKIRUHDFKFRQGXFWRU LVWHQPHWUHV b )RUFRQQHFWLRQGLVWDQFHVJUHDWHUWKDQWHQPHWUHVWKHSOXVDQGPLQXVFRQGXFWRUV RIWKH9'&VXSSO\PXVWEHWZLVWHGWRLPSURYH(0& b 7KH9'&FRQGXFWRUVPXVWFURVVWKHSRZHUFDEOHVSHUSHQGLFXODUO\,IWKLVLV GLI¿FXOWRULPSRVVLEOHWKHSOXVDQGPLQXVFRQGXFWRUVPXVWEHWZLVWHG
Modbus junction block
2 Wires
1
2
3
4
Termination ON OFF
5/OUT
Consumption (mA)
0LFURORJLF %6&0PRGXOH FDM 121 0RGEXVFRPPXQLFDWLRQLQWHUIDFH 16;FRUG8!9$& 6'[6'7$0PRGXOH
Modbus
Modbus interface module FDM121
(DFK&RPSDFW16;FLUFXLWEUHDNHUHTXLSSHGZLWK0LFURORJLFDQGDQ)'0 GLVSOD\LVFRQQHFWHGWRWKH0RGEXVQHWZRUNYLDWKH0RGEXVLQWHUIDFHPRGXOH &RQQHFWLRQRIDOOWKHFLUFXLWEUHDNHUVDQGRWKHU0RGEXVGHYLFHVLQWKHVZLWFKERDUG WRD0RGEXVEXVLVPDGHPXFKHDVLHUE\XVLQJD0RGEXV5-MXQFWLRQEORFN LQVWDOOHGLQWKHVZLWFKERDUG Recommendations for Modbus wiring b 7KHVKLHOGLQJPD\EHHDUWKHG b 7KHFRQGXFWRUVPXVWEHWZLVWHGWRLPSURYHLPPXQLW\ (0& b 7KH0RGEXVFRQGXFWRUVPXVWFURVVWKHSRZHUFDEOHVSHUSHQGLFXODUO\
PM800
559E2100.indd
Compact NSX
version: 1.0
%
DB115053
Installation recommendations
Temperature derating
When thermal-magnetic trip units are used at ambient temperatures other than 40 °C, WKH,USLFNXSLVPRGL¿HG
7KHRYHUORDGSURWHFWLRQLVFDOLEUDWHGDW&LQWKHODE7KLVPHDQVWKDWZKHQWKH DPELHQWWHPSHUDWXUHLVOHVVRUJUHDWHUWKDQ&WKH,USURWHFWLRQSLFNXSLVVOLJKWO\ PRGL¿HG 7RREWDLQWKHWULSSLQJWLPHIRUDJLYHQWHPSHUDWXUH b VHHWKHWULSSLQJFXUYHVIRU& VHHSDJHV(DQG( b GHWHUPLQHWULSSLQJWLPHVFRUUHVSRQGLQJWRWKH,UYDOXH WKHUPDOVHWWLQJRQWKH GHYLFH FRUUHFWHGIRUWKHDPELHQWWHPSHUDWXUHDVLQGLFDWHGLQWKHWDEOHVEHORZ
&RPSDFW16;WRHTXLSSHGZLWK WKHUPDOPDJQHWLFWULSXQLWV
(A)
Settings of Compact NSX100 to 250 equipped with TM-D and TM-G trip units, as a function of the temperature
110
7KHWDEOHLQGLFDWHVWKHUHDO,U $ YDOXHIRUDJLYHQUDWLQJDQGWHPSHUDWXUH
100
90
80
10
20
30
40
50
60
70 (°C)
DB115706
Temperature derating curve for Compact NSX100.
30
35
40
45
50
55
60
65
70
16
17
16.6
16
15.6
15.2
14.8
14.5
14
13.8
18.4
2 000 1 000 500 200 100 50
18
18
25
28.8
28
27.5
27
26.3
25.6
25
24.5
24
23.5
23
22
21
32
36.8
36
35.2
34.4
33.6
32.8
32
31.3
30.5
30
29.5
29
28.5
40
46
45
44
43
42
41
40
39
38
37
36
35
34
50
57.5
56
55
54
52.5
51
50
49
48
47
46
45
44
63
72
71
69
68
66
65
63
61.5
60
58
57
55
54
80
92
90
88
86
84
82
80
78
76
74
72
70
68
100
115
113
110
108
105
103
100
97.5
95
92.5
90
87.5
85
125
144
141
138
134
131
128
125
122
119
116
113
109
106
160
184
180
176
172
168
164
160
156
152
148
144
140
136
200
230
225
220
215
210
205
200
195
190
185
180
175
170
250
288
281
277
269
263
256
250
244
238
231
225
219
213
Example 2.:KDWLVWKHVHWWLQJWRREWDLQDUHDO,URI$WDNLQJLQWRDFFRXQWWKH WHPSHUDWXUHIRUD&RPSDFW16;HTXLSSHGZLWKD70'WULSXQLW" 7KHQHFHVVDU\GLDOVHWWLQJLQDPSHUHVLVVKRZQEHORZ b $W&,U [$ $ b $W&,U [$ $ b $W&,U [$ $
20 10 5 2 1 .5
NSX80/100
.2 .1 .05 .02 .01
Reflex tripping: t < 10 ms
.005 .002 .001 .5 .7 1
2
3 4 5 7 10
20 30
50 70100 200300
I / Ir
Example 1. Fault I = 500 A I/Ir
4.5
5
5.5
T°C
&
&
&
t min.
8s
6s
5s
t max.
80 s
60 s
50 s
Thermal-protection curve with minimum and maximum
$GGLWLRQDOGHUDWLQJFRHI¿FLHQWIRUDQDGGRQPRGXOH 7KHYDOXHVLQGLFDWHGLQWKHSUHYLRXVWDEOHVDUHYDOLGIRU¿[HGFLUFXLWEUHDNHUV HTXLSSHGZLWKRQHRIWKHIROORZLQJPRGXOHV b 9LJLPRGXOH b LQVXODWLRQPRQLWRULQJPRGXOH b DPPHWHUPRGXOH b FXUUHQWWUDQVIRUPHUPRGXOH 7KH\DOVRDSSO\IRUplug-in or withdrawableFLUFXLWEUHDNHUVHTXLSSHGZLWK b DPPHWHUPRGXOH b FXUUHQWWUDQVIRUPHUPRGXOH +RZHYHUIRUplug-in or withdrawableFLUFXLWEUHDNHUVHTXLSSHGZLWKD9LJLPRGXOH RUDQLQVXODWLRQPRQLWRULQJPRGXOHWKHFRHI¿FLHQWPXVWEHDSSOLHG 7KHWDEOHEHORZVXPVXSWKHVLWXDWLRQIRUDGGRQPRGXOHV Type of device
)L[HG
values.
3OXJLQRU ZLWKGUDZDEOH
%
18.7
Example 1.:KDWLVWKHWULSSLQJWLPHRID&RPSDFW16;HTXLSSHGZLWKD 70'WULSXQLWVHWWR$IRUDQRYHUORDG, $" 7KHRYHUORDG,,ULVFDOFXODWHGDVDIXQFWLRQRIWKHWHPSHUDWXUH8VHWKHDERYHYDOXHV DQGWKHFXUYHRQSDJH( VKRZQRQWKHOHIW WRGHWHUPLQHWKHFRUUHVSRQGLQJWLPH b $W&,U $,,U DQGWKHWULSSLQJWLPHLVEHWZHHQDQGVHFRQGV b $W&,U $,,U DQGWKHWULSSLQJWLPHLVEHWZHHQDQGVHFRQGV b $W&,U $,,U DQGWKHWULSSLQJWLPHLVEHWZHHQDQGVHFRQGV
10 000 5 000
t(s)
Rat. Temperature (°C) (A) 10 15 20 25
Circuit breaker TM-D tripunit rating
16;WR 16;WR 16;WR 16; 16;WR 16;WR 16;WR 16;
16 to 100 125 160 200 to 250 16 to 100 125 160 250
version: 1.0
Vigi or insulation monitoring module
Ammeter or current transformer module
1 1
0.84
559E2100.indd
&RPSDFW16;HTXLSSHGZLWKHOHFWURQLFWULSXQLWV
Electronic trip units are not affected by variations in temperature. If the trip units are used in high-temperature environments, the 0LFURORJLFVHWWLQJPXVWQHYHUWKHOHVVWDNH into account the temperature limits of the FLUFXLWEUHDNHU
&KDQJHVLQWHPSHUDWXUHGRQRWDIIHFWPHDVXUHPHQWVE\HOHFWURQLFWULSXQLWV b 7KHEXLOWLQ&7VHQVRUVZLWK5RJRZVNLWRURLGVPHDVXUHWKHFXUUHQW b 7KHFRQWUROHOHFWURQLFVFRPSDUHWKHYDOXHRIWKHFXUUHQWWRWKHVHWWLQJVGH¿QHG IRU& %HFDXVHWHPSHUDWXUHKDVQRHIIHFWRQWKHWRURLGPHDVXUHPHQWVWKHWULSSLQJ WKUHVKROGVGRQRWQHHGWREHPRGL¿HG +RZHYHUWKHWHPSHUDWXUHULVHFDXVHGE\WKHÀRZRIFXUUHQWDQGWKHDPELHQW WHPSHUDWXUHLQFUHDVHWKHWHPSHUDWXUHRIWKHGHYLFH7RDYRLGUHDFKLQJWKHWKHUPDO ZLWKVWDQGOHYHORIWKHHTXLSPHQWLWLVQHFHVVDU\WROLPLWWKHFXUUHQWÀRZLQJWKURXJK WKHGHYLFHLHWKHPD[LPXP,UVHWWLQJDVDIXQFWLRQRIWKHWHPSHUDWXUH
Compact NSX100/160/250 7KHWDEOHEHORZLQGLFDWHVWKHPD[LPXPORQJWLPH /7 SURWHFWLRQVHWWLQJ,U $ GHSHQGLQJRQWKHDPELHQWWHPSHUDWXUH Type of device NSX100/160 )L[HGSOXJLQRU ZLWKGU NSX250 )L[HGSOXJLQRU ZLWKGUDZDEOH )L[HG 3OXJLQRUZLWKGU
Rating (A) Temperature (°C) 40 45 50 40 100
QRGHUDWLQJ QRGHUDWLQJ
100 160 250 250
QRGHUDWLQJ QRGHUDWLQJ 250 250 250 245
250 237
55
60
65
70
245 230
237 225
230 220
225 215
Compact NSX400 and 630 7KHWDEOHEHORZLQGLFDWHVWKHPD[LPXPORQJWLPH /7 SURWHFWLRQVHWWLQJ,U $ GHSHQGLQJRQWKHDPELHQWWHPSHUDWXUH Type of device NSX400 )L[HG 3OXJLQZLWKGU NSX630 )L[HG 3OXJLQZLWKGU
Rating (A) Temperature (°C) 40 45 50
55
60
65
70
400 400
400 400
400 390
400 380
390 370
380 360
370 350
360 340
630 630
630 570
615 550
600 535
585 520
570 505
550 490
535 475
([DPSOH$¿[HG&RPSDFW16;HTXLSSHGZLWKD0LFURORJLFFDQKDYHDPD[LPXP,UVHWWLQJ of: b 400 A up to 50 °C b 380 A up to 60 °C.
$GGLWLRQDOGHUDWLQJFRHI¿FLHQWIRUDQDGGRQPRGXOH For ¿[HG or plug-in / withdrawableFLUFXLWEUHDNHUVWKHDGGLWLRQRID b 9LJLPRGXOH b LQVXODWLRQPRQLWRULQJPRGXOH b DPPHWHUPRGXOH b FXUUHQWWUDQVIRUPHUPRGXOH FDQPRGLI\WKHGHUDWLQJYDOXHV$SSO\WKHFRHI¿FLHQWVVKRZQEHORZ Derating of a Compact NSX equipped with a Micrologic trip unit Type of device
)L[HG
3OXJLQRU ZLWKGUDZDEOH )L[HG 3OXJLQRU ZLWKGUDZDEOH
Circuit breaker
TM-D trip-unit Vigi / rating Insulation monitoring module
16;WR 16;WR 16; 16;WR 16;WR 16; 16; 16; 16; 16;
40 to 100 125 250 40 to 100 160 250 250 to 400 250 to 630 250 to 400 250 to 630
Ammeter module / External sensor (CT)
1
0.86 0.97 0.90 0.97 0.90
1
Note: WRSURYLGHWKH9LVXIXQFWLRQ&RPSDFW16;FLUFXLWEUHDNHUVZLWKRUZLWKRXWD9LJLPRGXOH are combined with INV switch-disconnectors. Tripping values for the selected combination are indicated in the Interpact catalogue.
559E2100.indd
version: 1.0
%
DB115052
Installation recommendations
Power loss/ Resistance
Compact NSX thermal power loss values are used to calculate total temperature rise in the switchboard in which the circuit EUHDNHUVDUHLQVWDOOHG
7KHYDOXHVLQGLFDWHGLQWKHWDEOHVEHORZDUHW\SLFDOYDOXHVIRUDGHYLFHDWIXOOUDWHG ORDGDQG+]
N
L1 L2 L3
&RPSDFW16;HTXLSSHGZLWKWKHUPDOPDJQHWLF WULSXQLWV
Power loss per pole (P/pole) in Watts (W) 7KHYDOXHLQGLFDWHGLVWKHSRZHUORVVDW,1+]IRUDWKUHHSROHRUIRXUSROH FLUFXLWEUHDNHU0HDVXUHPHQWDQGFDOFXODWLRQRISRZHUORVVDUHFDUULHGRXWLQ FRPSOLDQFHZLWKWKHUHFRPPHQGDWLRQVRI$QQH[*RIVWDQGDUG,(& Resistance per pole (R/pole) in milliohms (m8) 7KHYDOXHRIWKHUHVLVWDQFHSHUSROHLVSURYLGHGDVDJHQHUDOLQGLFDWLRQIRUDQHZ GHYLFH 7KHYDOXHRIWKHFRQWDFWUHVLVWDQFHPXVWEHGHWHUPLQHGRQWKHEDVLVRIWKH PHDVXUHGYROWDJHGURSLQDFFRUGDQFHZLWKWKHPDQXIDFWXUHU VWHVWSURFHGXUH $%7 LQVWUXFWLRQGRFXPHQWQR%(($ Note: WKLVPHDVXUHPHQWLVQRWVXI¿FLHQWWRGHWHUPLQHWKHTXDOLW\RIWKHFRQWDFWVLHWKHFDSDFLW\ RIWKHFLUFXLWEUHDNHUWRFDUU\LWVUDWHGFXUUHQW
:LWKD9LJLPRGXOHWKHGHYLDWLRQRIWKH1DQG/EDUVUHTXLUHG to pass through the toroid results in higher power losses compared to those of the L1 and L2 bars.
Additional power loss $GGLWLRQDOSRZHUORVVLVHTXDOWRWKHVXPRIWKHSRZHUGLVVLSDWHGE\WKHIROORZLQJ b 9LJLPRGXOH QRWHWKDWWKHGHYLDWLRQRIWKH1DQG/EDUVUHTXLUHGWRSDVVWKURXJK WKHWRURLGUHVXOWVLQKLJKHUSRZHUORVVHVFRPSDUHGWRWKRVHRIWKH/DQG/EDUV GLDJUDPRSSRVLWH :KHQFDOFXODWLQJWRWDOSRZHUORVVXVH///IRUD3GHYLFH DQG1///IRUD3GHYLFH b GLVFRQQHFWLQJFRQWDFWV SOXJLQDQGZLWKGUDZDEOHGHYLFHV b DPPHWHUPRGXOH b WUDQVIRUPHUPRGXOH Calculation of total power loss 7RWDOSRZHUORVVDWIXOOUDWHGORDGDQG+]LVHTXDOWRWKHVXPRIWKHGHYLFHDQG DGGLWLRQDOSRZHUORVVHVSHUSROHPXOWLSOLHGE\WKHQXPEHURISROHV RU ,ID9LJLPRGXOHLVLQVWDOOHGLWLVQHFHVVDU\WRGLIIHUHQWLDWHEHWZHHQ1DQG/RQRQH KDQGDQG/DQG/RQWKHRWKHU
Compact NSX100 to 250 equipped with TM-D and TM-G trip units Type of device Fixed device
Additional power / pole
3/4 poles Rat. R/pole P/pole Vigi Vigi Plug-in / Ammeter Transfo. (A) (N, L3) (L1, L2) withdr. module module 16;
16;
16;
16 25 32 40 50 63 80 100 80 100 125 160 125 160 200 250
11.42 6.42 3.94 3.42 1.64 2.17 1.37 0.88 1.26 0.77 0.69 0.55 0.61 0.46 0.39 0.3
2.92 4.01 4.03 5.47 4.11 8.61 8.77 8.8 8.06 7.7 10.78 13.95 9.45 11.78 15.4 18.75
0 0 0.06 0.10 0.15 0.3 0.4 0.7 0.4 0.7 1.1 1.8 1.1 1.8 2.8 4.4
0 0 0.03 0.05 0.08 0.15 0.2 0.35 0.2 0.35 0.55 0.9 0.55 0.9 1.4 2.2
0 0.1 0.15 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.6 1 0.6 1 1.6 2.6 1.6 2.6 4 6.3
0 0 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.2 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.5 0.3 0.5 0.8 1.3
0 0 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.2 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.5 0.3 0.5 0.8 1.3
Compact NSX100 to 630 equipped with MA/1.3-M trip units Type of device Fixed device Additional power / pole 3 poles Rat. R/pole P/pole Vigi Vigi Plug-in / Ammeter Transfo. (A) (N, L3) (L1, L2) withdr. module module 16;
16; 16; 16; 16;
%
2.5 6.3 12.5 25 50 100 150 220 320 500
148.42 99.02 4.05 1.66 0.67 0.52 0.38 0.3 0.12 0.1
0.93 3.93 0.63 1.04 1.66 5.2 8.55 14.52 12.29 25
0 0 0 0 0.2 0.7 1.35 2.9 3.2 13.99
version: 1.0
0 0 0 0 0.1 0.35 0.68 1.45 1.6 7
0 0 0 0.1 0.3 1 2.6 4.89 6.14 15
0 0 0 0 0.1 0.2 0.45 0.97 1.54 3.75
0 0 0 0 0.1 0.2 0.45 0.97 1.54 3.75
559E2100.indd
&RPSDFW16;HTXLSSHGZLWKHOHFWURQLFWULSXQLWV
7KHYDOXHVLQGLFDWHGLQWKHWDEOHEHORZDUHW\SLFDOYDOXHVIRUDGHYLFHDWIXOOUDWHG ORDGDQG+]7KHGH¿QLWLRQVDQGLQIRUPDWLRQDUHWKHVDPHDVWKDWIRUFLUFXLW EUHDNHUVHTXLSSHGZLWKWKHUPDOPDJQHWLFWULSXQLWV
Compact NSX100 to 630 equipped with Micrologic trip units Type of device Fixed device Additional power / pole 3/4 poles Rat. R/pole P/pole Vigi Vigi Plug-in / Ammeter Transfo. (A) (N, L3) (L1, L2) withdr. module module 16; 16;
16; 16; 16;
40 100 40 100 160 100 250 400 630 (1)
0.84 0.468 0.73 0.36 0.36 0.27 0.28 0.12 0.1
1.34 4.68 1.17 3.58 9.16 2.73 17.56 19.2 39.69
0.1 0.7 0.4 0.7 1.8 1.1 4.4 3.2 6.5
0.05 0.35 0.2 0.35 0.9 0.55 2.2 1.6 3.25
0.2 1 0.6 1 2.6 1.6 6.3 9.6 19.49
0.1 0.2 0.1 0.2 0.5 0.2 1.3 2.4 5.95
0.1 0.2 0.1 0.2 0.5 0.2 1.3 2.4 5.95
(1) 7KHSRZHUORVVYDOXHVIRUWKH9LJLPRGXOHVDQGZLWKGUDZDEOHFLUFXLWEUHDNHUVDUHJLYHQIRU 570 A.
559E2100.indd
version: 1.0
%
Easy installation
Compact NSX
Dimensions and connection &RQWHQWV
Functions and characteristics Installation recommendations
A-1 B-1
Dimensions and mounting &RPSDFW16;WR¿[HGYHUVLRQ 9LJLFRPSDFW16;WR¿[HGYHUVLRQ &RPSDFW16;WRSOXJLQYHUVLRQ &RPSDFW16;WRZLWKGUDZDEOHYHUVLRQ 9LJLFRPSDFW16;WRSOXJLQDQGZLWKGUDZDEOHYHUVLRQV 9LVXIXQFWLRQIRU&RPSDFW16;WR¿[HGYHUVLRQ 9LVXIXQFWLRQIRU&RPSDFW16;¿[HGYHUVLRQ 0RWRUPHFKDQLVPPRGXOHIRU&RPSDFW16;WR 'LUHFWURWDU\KDQGOHIRU&RPSDFWDQG9LJLFRPSDFW16;WR 0&&DQG&1202W\SHGLUHFWURWDU\KDQGOHV IRU&RPSDFW16;WR¿[HGYHUVLRQ ([WHQGHGURWDU\KDQGOHIRU&RPSDFW16;WR ,QGLFDWLRQDQGPHDVXUHPHQWPRGXOHV IRU&RPSDFW16;WR¿[HGYHUVLRQ 2QHSLHFHVSUHDGHUIRU&RPSDFW16;WR¿[HGYHUVLRQ )'0VZLWFKERDUGGLVSOD\
& & & & & & & & & & & & & &
Front-panel accessories &RPSDFW16;WR
&
Front-panel cutouts &RPSDFW16;WR¿[HGYHUVLRQ 9LJLFRPSDFW16;WR¿[HGYHUVLRQ &RPSDFW16;WRSOXJLQDQGZLWKGUDZDEOHYHUVLRQV 9LJLFRPSDFW16;WRSOXJLQDQGZLWKGUDZDEOHYHUVLRQV 9LVXIXQFWLRQIRU&RPSDFW16;WR¿[HGYHUVLRQ 0RWRUPHFKDQLVPPRGXOHIRU&RPSDFWDQG9LJLFRPSDFW16;WR 'LUHFWURWDU\KDQGOHIRU&RPSDFWDQG9LJLFRPSDFW16;WR 0&&DQG&1202W\SHGLUHFWURWDU\KDQGOHV IRU&RPSDFW16;WR¿[HGYHUVLRQ ([WHQGHGURWDU\KDQGOHIRU&RPSDFW16;WR ,QGLFDWLRQDQGPHDVXUHPHQWPRGXOHVIRU&RPSDFW16;WR )'0VZLWFKERDUGGLVSOD\
& & & & & & & & & & &
Power connections &RPSDFWDQG9LJLFRPSDFW16;WR¿[HGYHUVLRQ &RPSDFWDQG9LJLFRPSDFW16;WRSOXJLQDQGZLWKGUDZDEOHYHUVLRQV &RQQHFWLRQRILQVXODWHGEDUVRUFDEOHVZLWKOXJVWR&RPSDFW DQG9LJLFRPSDFW16;WR &RQQHFWLRQRIEDUHFDEOHVWR&RPSDFWDQG9LJLFRPSDFW16;WR Wiring diagrams Additional characteristics Catalogue numbers Glossary
(LQGG
& & & & D-1 E-1 F-1 G-1
YHUVLRQ
&
Dimensions and connection
Dimensions and mounting &RPSDFW16;WR¿[HGYHUVLRQ
4P DB112064
DB112063
DB112062
2/3P
DB112061
Dimensions
A4 A3 A2
A A1
X
A
X
X
A2 A3 A4
C1 C2 C3
B
B
B1
Z
B2 Y
Interphase barriers. Short terminal shields.
Y
Long terminal shields (also available for NSX400/630 spreaders with 52.5 mm pitch: B1 = 157.5 mm, B2 = 210 mm).
Mounting
NSX100 to 250
NSX400/630
NSX100 to 630
On backplate
2/3P
3P
4P
F2
F1
F1 F2
F1
F1
DB112067
F1
DB112066
DB112065
DB111411
F1
F1 F1 F2
F1
F3
E4 X
X
E2 E1
X
E3
2 Ø6
ØT(1)
Y
4 Ø6
Y
4 Ø6
Y
(1) The ØT holes are required for rear connection only. For two-pole circuit breakers, the middle holes are not required.
3P
DB112068
DB112069
F1 F2
4P F1
DB112070
2/3P DB111412
On rails
F2
F3 F2
U X
X
X
E2 E1
Y
Y
2 Ø6
4 Ø6
Y
4 Ø6
G4
DB112072
DB112071
On DIN rail with adapter plate (NSX100 to 250)
G5
G3
X
G2 G1 Z
C-2
YHUVLRQ
(LQGG
9LJLFRPSDFW16;WR¿[HGYHUVLRQ
3/4P
NSX100 to 250
NSX400/630
DB112076
3/4P DB112075
DB112074
DB112073
Dimensions
A4 A3 A2
A
X
A6 A5
X
X
A8 A7
A9
B
C1 C2 C3
B1 B2
B B1 B2 Y
Y
Z
Mounting
NSX100 to 250
NSX400/630
NSX100 to 630
On backplate
3P
3P
4P
E1
F1 F2
F3
X
X E6
F1 F1
DB112079
F1 F1 F2 F1
DB112078
DB112077
DB111420
F1 F1 F2 F1
X
E8
E5
E7
ØT(1)
6 Ø6
3 Ø6
6 Ø6
Y
Y
Y
(1) The ØT holes are required for rear connection only. For two-pole circuit breakers, the middle holes are not required.
3P
DB112080
4P
DB112081
F1 F2
DB112082
3P DB111421
On rails
F1 F2
F3 F2
U
E6
X
X
X E1
E5
Type
6 Ø6
Y
3 Ø6
Y
6 Ø6
Y
A
A1
A2
A3
A4
A5
A6
A7
A8
A9
B
B1
B2
C1
C2
C3
E1
NSX100/160/250
80.5
161
94
145
178.5
155.5
236
169
220
253.5
52.5
105
140
81
86
126
62.5
NSX400/630
127.5
255
142.5
200
237
227.5
355
242.5
300
337
70
140
185
95.5
110
168
100
E2
E3
E4
E5
E6
E7
E8
F1
F2
F3
G1
G2
G3
G4
G5
ØT
U
NSX100/160/250
125
70
140
137.5
200
145
215
35
17.5
70
95
75
13.5
23
17.5
24
y 32
NSX400/630
200
113.5
227
200
300
213.5
327
45
22.5
90
-
-
-
-
-
32
y 35
Type
(LQGG
YHUVLRQ
C-3
Dimensions and connection
Dimensions and mounting &RPSDFW16;WRSOXJLQYHUVLRQ
Dimensions
DB112642
DB112640
DB112641
M
4P
N
DB112643
2/3P
A11 A10
M
A2
A A1
N A
X
X
X
A2 A10 A11
B 27 45 D1
B
B1
B2
C3 Z
Y
Interphase barriers for base. Short terminal shields on circuit breaker.
Y
Long terminal shields (also available for NSX400/630 spreaders with 52.5 mm pitch: B1 = 157.5 mm, B2 = 210 mm). Adapter for base, required to mount long terminal shields or interphase barriers.
Mounting 3P
4P
NSX100 to 250
NSX400/630
NSX100 to 630
F2
E10
E12
X
F3 F2
Y X
X
F4 F5
F4 F5
Y
C-4
F2
E11
E9
2 Ø6
F1
DB112650
F1
DB115637
N
2/3P
DB112649
DB112648
Through front panel (N)
Y
YHUVLRQ
4 Ø6
F4
4 Ø6
F6 Y
(LQGG
On backplate (M)
2/3P
4P
Front connection DQLQVXODWLQJVFUHHQLVVXSSOLHGZLWKWKHEDVHDQGPXVWEH¿WWHGEHWZHHQWKHEDVHDQGWKHEDFNSODWH F2
E14
F3
DB112656
DB112654
DB112655
F1
F2
X
X
E13
2 Ø6
4 Ø6
Y
Y
Connection by exterior-mounted rear connectors DB112659
DB112657
DB112658
F1 F1 F1
F1 F1 F1 F2
F2
F3
E16 X
E14
X
E15
E13
ØT1(1)
2 Ø6
4 Ø6
Y
Y
(1) The ØT1 holes are required for rear connection only (for two-pole circuit breakers, the middle holes are not required).
Connection by interior-mounted rear connectors DB112662
DB112660
DB112661
F1 F1 F1
F1 F1 F1 F2
F2
F3
E14
E18 X
X
E17
E13
ØT1(1)
2 Ø6
4 Ø6
Y
(1) The ØT1 holes are required for rear connection only (for two-pole circuit breakers, the middle holes are not required).
2/3P
4P
DB112663
F8
DB112665
F7
DB112664
On rails
Y
F9
F9
U
2 Ø6
Type
X
X
E20 E19
4 Ø6
Y
Y
A
A1
A2
A10
A11
B
B1
B2
C3
D1
E9
E10
E11
E12
E13
E14
E15
NSX100/160/250
80.5
161
94
175
210
52.5
105
140
126
75
95
190
87
174
77.5
155
79
NSX400/630
127.5
255
142.5
244
281
70
140
185
168
100
150
300
137
274
125
250
126
E16
E17
E18
E19
E20
F1
F2
F3
F4
F5
F6
F7
F8
F9
ØT1
U
NSX100/160/250
158
61
122
37.5
75
35
17.5
70
54.5
109
144
70
105
35
24
y 32
NSX400/630
252
101
202
75
150
45
22.5
90
71.5
143
188
100
145
50
33
y 35
Type
(LQGG
YHUVLRQ
C-5
Dimensions and connection
Dimensions and mounting &RPSDFW16;WRZLWKGUDZDEOHYHUVLRQ
Dimensions
4P
M
DB112645
DB112644
2/3P
DB112647
DB112646
N
A10
M
A12
A11
N
X
X
A13
X
A11
A10
B3
D1
B3
B4 B5
27 45
B6 B7 Y
C3
Y
DB112681
Z
M N
X
C3
32
Z
Long terminal shields. Adapter for base, required to mount long terminal shields or interphase barriers.
Interphase barriers for base. Short terminal shields on circuit breaker.
Mounting
3
3P
4P
NSX400/630
NSX100 to 630
F2
E10
E12
F3 F2
X
X
F10
F10 F11
F11 Y
C-6
F2
X
E11
E9
2 Ø6
F1
DB112653
F1
DB115638
N
2/3P NSX100 to 250 DB112652
DB112651
Through front panel (N)
Y
YHUVLRQ
F10
4 Ø6
4 Ø6
F12 Y
(LQGG
On backplate (M)
2/3P
4P
Front connection DQLQVXODWLQJVFUHHQLVVXSSOLHGZLWKWKHEDVHDQGPXVWEH¿WWHGEHWZHHQWKHEDVHDQGWKHEDFNSODWH F2
E14
F3
DB112656
DB112682
DB112655
F1
F2
X
X
E13
2 Ø6
4 Ø6
Y
Y
Connection by exterior-mounted rear connectors F1 F1 F1
DB112659
DB112683
DB112658
F1 F1 F1 F2
F2 F3
E16 X
E14
X
E15
E13
ØT1(1)
2 Ø6
4 Ø6
Y
(1) The ØT1 holes are required for rear connection only (for two-pole circuit breakers, the middle holes are not required).
Y
Connection by interior-mounted rear connectors DB112662
DB112684
DB112661
F1 F1 F1
F1 F1 F1 F2
F2
F3
E14
E18 X
X
E17
E13
ØT1(1)
2 Ø6
4 Ø6
Y
Y
(1) The ØT1 holes are required for rear connection only (for two-pole circuit breakers, the middle holes are not required).
On rails
2/3P
4P F8
DB112665
DB112685
DB112664
F7 F9
F9
U
2 Ø6
Type
X
X
E20 E19
4 Ø6
Y
Y
A10
A11
A12
A13
B3
B4
B5
B6
B7
C3
D1
E9
E10
E11
E12
E13
E14
NSX100/160/250
175
210
106.5
103.5
92.5
185
216
220
251
126
75
95
190
87
174
77.5
155
NSX400/630
244
281
140
140
110
220
250
265
295
168
100
150
300
137
274
125
250
E15
E16
E17
E18
E19
E20
F1
F2
F3
F7
F8
F9
F10
F11
F12
ØT1
U
NSX100/160/250
79
158
61
122
37.5
75
35
17.5
70
70
105
35
74
148
183
24
y 32
NSX400/630
126
252
101
202
75
150
45
22.5
90
100
145
50
91.5
183
228
33
y 35
Type
(LQGG
YHUVLRQ
C-7
Dimensions and connection
Dimensions and mounting 9LJLFRPSDFW16;WRSOXJLQDQG ZLWKGUDZDEOHYHUVLRQV
NSX400/630 3/4P
DB112668
DB112666
DB112667
M N
NSX100 to 250 3/4P DB112669
Dimensions - plug-in version
A11 A10
M
A2
A
N
X
X
X
A6 A7
A5
A10 A11
B
27 45 D1
B1 B2
C3 Z
B B1 B2
Y
Y Interphase barriers for base. Short terminal shields on circuit breaker.
Long terminal shields (also available for NSX400/630 spreaders with 52.5 mm pitch: B1 = 157.5 mm, B2 = 210 mm). Adapter for base, required to mount long terminal shields or interphase barriers.
Dimensions - withdrawable version
NSX100 to 630
M N
DB112673
N
4P
DB112672
DB112670
M
DB112671
3P
X
X
27 45
B3 C3
D1
X
B3
B4 B5
32
B6 B7 Y
Z
Y
Mounting Through front panel (N) 6HH&RPSDFW16;WRSOXJLQYHUVLRQ SDJH&RUZLWKGUDZDEOHYHUVLRQ SDJH& On backplate (M) 6HH&RPSDFW16;WRSOXJLQYHUVLRQ SDJH&RUZLWKGUDZDEOHYHUVLRQ SDJH& On rails 6HH&RPSDFW16;WRSOXJLQYHUVLRQ SDJH&RUZLWKGUDZDEOHYHUVLRQ SDJH&
A
A2
A5
NSX100/160/250
Type
80.5
94
155.5 236
NSX400/630
127.5 142.5 227.5 355
C-8
A6
A7
A10
A11
B
B1
B2
B3
B4
B5
B6
B7
C3
D1
169
175
210
52.5
105
140
92.5
185
216
220
251
126
75
242.5 244
281
70
140
185
110
220
250
265
295
168
100
YHUVLRQ
(LQGG
9LVXIXQFWLRQIRU&RPSDFW16;WR¿[HG YHUVLRQ
Dimensions - combination with Interpact INV100 to 250
DB112677
4P
DB112676
138 131 96 86
DB112675
DB112674
3P
140 35 35 35
284.5
140 35 35 35
X
X
331.5
233.5
X
215 215
314
X 80.5
X
X
94 145 178.5
52.5 105
Z
52.5 140 Y
Y Interphase barriers. Short terminal shields. Long terminal shields.
Mounting
3P
4P
70
DB112680
DB112678
DB112679
On rails or backplate
35 17.5
7 Ø6
70 35 17.5
9 Ø6
U 100
U X
50
100
X
50
22.3
22.3 157.5
125
X
62.5
157.5
125
X
62.5
Y
Y
U y 32
(LQGG
YHUVLRQ
C-9
Dimensions and connection
Dimensions and mounting 9LVXIXQFWLRQIRU&RPSDFW16;¿[HG YHUVLRQ
DB112688
4P
45
185 45
DB112689
3P
162 160.4 130 120
DB112687
DB112686
Dimensions - combination with Interpact INV400 to 630
185 45
45
45
45
477.5 X
X
X
492.5 422.5
365
241
241
X
X
X
127.5 142.5 200 237
70
70 140 Y
Y
185 Y
Interphase barriers for base. Short terminal shields. Long terminal shields.
Mounting
3P
4P
90
DB112692
DB112691
DB112690
On rails or backplate
45 22.5
9 Ø6
90 45 22.5
9 Ø6
U
U X
150 75 33
X
150 75 33
241
200
241
X
100
200
X
100
Y
Y
U y 35
C-10
YHUVLRQ
(LQGG
0RWRUPHFKDQLVPPRGXOHIRU&RPSDFW16; to 630
Dimensions
3P
4P
DB112696
DB112695
DB112694
DB112693
Fixed circuit breaker
A17 A15 A14
X
X
X
A16
Ø5...8
B8
B8
C4 C5/C6
B9
B9
B
B B2
B1
Y
Y
Z C5: without keylock C6: with keylock
Plug-in circuit breaker
M
DB112698
DB112697
M N
N
X Ø5...8
27 45 D1
C5 Z
Withdrawable circuit breaker M
DB112700
DB112699
M N
N
X Ø5...8
27 45 D1
C5
32
Z
A14
A15
A16
A17
B
B1
B2
B8
B9
C4
C5
C6
D1
NSX100/160/250
Type
27.5
73
34.5
62.5
52.5
105
140
45.5
91
143
182
209.5
75
NSX400/630
40
123
52
100
70
140
185
61.5
123
215
256
258
100
(LQGG
YHUVLRQ
C-11
Dimensions and connection
Dimensions and mounting Direct rotary handle for Compact and Vigicompact NSX100 to 630
Dimensions
3P
4P
60° A15
DB112704
B10
DB112703
DB112702
DB112701
Fixed circuit breaker
I
X 60°
A14
X
X O
A18
B8
B8 B9
B9
C7
B
B
C8/C9
B2
B1
Z
Y
Y
C8: without keylock C9: with keylock
Plug-in circuit breaker M
DB112706
DB112705
M N
N
X
27 45 D1
C8 Z
Withdrawable circuit breaker M
DB112708
DB112707
M N
N
X
27 45 D1
C8
32
Z
A14
A15
A18
B
B1
B2
B8
B9
B10
C7
C8
C9
D1
NSX100/160/250
Type
27.5
73
9
52.5
105
140
45.5
91
9.25
121
155
164
75
NSX400/630
40
123
24.6
70
140
185
61.5
123
5
145
179
188
100
C-12
version: 1.0
559E3200.indd
MCC and CNOMO type direct rotary handles for &RPSDFW16;WR¿[HGYHUVLRQ
Dimensions DB112714
DB112713
DB112712
MCC type direct rotary handle
A18
A20
X
X A19
1...3 max. P1
B10 B11 B12
Z
Y
DB112717
DB112716
DB112 715
CNOMO type direct rotary handle
A18
A22
X
X A21
1...3 max. P2
B10 B13 B14
Z
Front-panel cutout
Y
NSX100 to 250
NSX400/630 DB111414
DB112712
DB111413
MCC type direct rotary handle
100
145 X
X
41
51
50
75
100 145 Y
Y
DB111416
DB111415
DB112 715
CNOMO type direct rotary handle
150 119 X
X 50.4
50.5
Type
A18
NSX100/160/250 9 NSX400/630 24.6 Type
B11
NSX100/160/250 69 NSX400/630 85
559E3200.indd
A19
A20
A21
A22
B10
60 83
120 160
65 82
130 164
9.25 5
B12
B13
B14
P1
P2
120 160
65 82
130 164
125 149
135 158
68.75 119
80 150
Y
Y
version: 1.0
C-13
Dimensions and connection
Dimensions and mounting ([WHQGHGURWDU\KDQGOHIRU&RPSDFW16; to 630
Dimensions Fixed and plug-in circuit breakers
M
DB112710
DB112709
M N
N
10 X
Cutout for shaft (mm) 27 45
Type
D1
R1
47
R1
NSX100/160/250
min. 171 PD[
NSX400/630
min. 195 PD[
Z
Withdrawable circuit breaker M
DB112711
DB111417
M N
N
X
27 45
Cutout for shaft (mm)
D1
R2
Type
47
Z
R2
NSX100/160/250
min. 248 PD[
NSX400/630
min. 272 PD[
DB111419
DB111418
Dimensions and front-panel cutout
60°
Ø50 A18
45°
A18 75 37.5
X
X
60°
2 Ø4.2 36 72 37.5
B10
B10 Y
75 Y
A18
B10
D1
NSX100/160/250
Type
9
9.25
75
NSX400/630
24.6
5
100
C-14
version: 1.0
559E3200.indd
Dimensions and mounting Indication and measurement modules for &RPSDFW16;WR¿[HGYHUVLRQ
Dimensions DB112721
DB112720
Circuit breaker with current-transformer module
DB112719
DB112718
Circuit breaker with ammeter module
A4
A4
A3 A2
A
A3 A2
A X
A6 A5
X
A6
A8 A7
A5
A9
A8 A7
A9
160
A
120 80 40 0
C1 C2 C11
Interphase barriers. Short terminal shields. Long terminal shields.
C1 C2
Z
Z
Mounting
NSX100 to 250
NSX400/630
NSX100 to 630
On backplate
2/3P
3P
4P
E1
F1 F2
F3
X E6
F1 F1
DB112079
F1 F1 F2 F1
DB112078
DB112722
DB111420
F1 F1 F2 F1
X
X
E8
E5
E7
ØT(1)
3 Ø6
6 Ø6
Y
6 Ø6
Y
Y
(1) The ØT holes are required for rear connection only. For two-pole circuit breakers, the middle holes are not required.
3P
DB112723
F1
DB112081
F1
4P
F2
F3
DB112082
2/3P DB111421
On rails
F2
F2
U X E6
X
X
E1
E5
3 Ø6
Y Type
Y
6 Ø6
6 Ø6
Y
A
A2
A3
A4
A5
A6
A7
A8
A9
C1
C2
C11
E1
E5
E6
E7
E8
NSX100/160/250
80.5
94
145
178.5
155.5
236
169
220
253.5
81
86
137
62.5
137.5
200
145
215
NSX400/630
127.5
142.5
200
237
227.5
355
242.5
300
337
95.5
110
162
100
200
300
213.5
327
F1
F2
F3
ØT
U
NSX100/160/250
35
17.5
70
24
y 32
NSX400/630
45
22.5
90
32
y 35
Type
559E3200.indd
version: 1.0
C-15
Dimensions and connection
Dimensions and mounting One-piece spreader for Compact NSX100 WR¿[HGYHUVLRQ
Dimensions Front alignment
99
185
DB111425
DB111424
DB111423
DB111422
Rear alignment
140
110
98
70.5
201 255.5
130 80.5 X
X
X
Y Z
24
Interphase barriers. Short terminal shields. Long terminal shields.
Z
Mounting 2/3P
4P
DB114985
90
DB114987
45
DB114986
Rear alignment
22.5
62.5
4 Ø6
6 Ø6
163 X 125
163 X 125
62.5
62.5
17.5
17.5
35
70
Y
2/3P
4P
DB114988
DB114990
45
DB114989
Front alignment
Y
22.5
90 62.5 8 Ø6
7 Ø6
25
163 50
25
X
163 50
X
62.5
62.5
17.5
17.5 35
70 70
70
Y
105 Y
C-16
version: 1.0
559E3200.indd
FDM121 switchboard display
DB114992
DB114991
Dimensions
96
X
96 Y
Mounting
DB114995
DB114994
DB114993
Through panel
+ 0,8
92 0
X
X
+ 0,8
92 0
10.6 30
23
Y
Z
DB115122
21!111 6!111
DB115121
DB115270
DB114996
On panel 2 Ø22.5
16.5
3!111 2!111 611
99.3
X
+0.5 -
19
311
X
32
211
15
37
20
2 Ø22.5
13
+0.3 -
+1.5 -
33 Z
17 99.3 Y Connector (optional).
559E3200.indd
version: 1.0
C-17
Dimensions and connection
Front-panel accessories Compact NSX100 to 630
IP30 front-panel escutcheons DB115000
DB114999
DB114998
DB114997
For toggle, rotary handle or motor mechanism module
A
X
X
B
4
Y
DB115004
DB115003
DB115002
DB115001
For toggle or rotary handle with access to trip unit
A1
X
X
B Y
4
DB115008
DB115007
DB115006
DB115005
For Vigicompact
64
X
X
4
65 Y
IP40 front-panel escutcheons DB115012
DB115011
DB115010
DB115064
For toggle, rotary handle or motor mechanism module and protection collar
A2
X
B1
A3
X
3.5
6.5
Y
DB115016
DB115015
DB115014
DB115013
For Vigicompact with protection collar or ammeter module
93.5 X
157
80.5
X
3.5
6.5
Y
C-18
version: 1.0
559E3200.indd
IP40 front-panel escutcheons (cont.) DB115020
DB115019
DB115018
DB115017
For Vigicompact
79 X
X
64
69 Y
3.5
6.5
Protection collars for IP40 front-panel escutcheons DB115024
DB115023
DB115022
DB115021
For toggle
A4
X
X
B2 Y
35
52.5
DB115028
DB115027
DB115025
DB115026
For Vigicompact
X
35
91 Y
DB115029
Circuit breaker with toggle or rotary handle.
X
63 Circuit breaker with motormechanism module.
DB115120
DB115032
DB115031
DB115030
IP43 toggle cover
X
A5
C
B3 Y
A
A1
A2
A3
A4
A5
B
B1
B2
B3
C
NSX100/160/250
Type
113
138
114
101
73
85
113
157
91
103
40
NSX400/630
163
215
164
151
122.5
138
163
189
122.5
138
60
559E3200.indd
version: 1.0
C-19
Dimensions and connection
Front-panel cutouts &RPSDFW16;WR¿[HGYHUVLRQ
Bare sheet metal
NSX100 to 250
NSX400/630 DB115039
DB115038
DB115037
DB115035
For toggle
127
77 X
X
X
29.5
P3
42
47.5
63.5
95 Y
Z
127 Y
DB115043
DB115042
DB115041
DB115040
For toggle with access to trip unit
X
102 54.5
X
179
X
94
47.5
P3
63.5
95 Y
Z
With IP30 front-panel escutcheon
127 Y
NSX100 to 250
NSX400/630 DB115039
DB115038
DB115045
DB115044
For toggle
X
127
77 X
X
29.5
P3
42
47.5
63.5
95 Y
Z
127 Y
DB115043
DB115042
DB115063
DB115062
For toggle with access to trip unit
X
102 54.5
X
179
X
94
P3 Z
C-20
47.5
63.5
95 Y
127 Y
YHUVLRQ
(LQGG
With IP40 front-panel escutcheon
NSX100 to 250
NSX400/630
DB115067
DB115066
DB115065
DB115064
For toggle
155
103 X 42.5
X
56.5
74
P4
90
148 Z
180 Y
Y
With IP43 toggle cover
X
NSX100 to 250
NSX400/630
DB115039
DB115038
DB115123
DB115068
For toggle
X
127
77 X
X
29.5
P4
47.5
63.5
95 Y
127 Y
DB115439
Z
42
Type
P3
Y
P4
NSX100/160/250
88
89
NSX400/630
112
113
(LQGG
∆
Note: door cutout dimensions are given for a device position in the enclosure where % u 100 + (h x 5) with respect to the door hinge.
YHUVLRQ
h
C-21
Dimensions and connection
Front-panel cutouts 9LJLFRPSDFW16;WR¿[HGYHUVLRQ
Bare sheet metal
NSX100 to 250
NSX400/630 DB115075
DB115074
DB115073
DB115072
For toggle
X
X
X
85.5 148 38 38 14.5
P3 29 Y
Z
29 32 Y
DB115079
DB115078
DB115077
DB115076
For toggle with access to trip unit
X
X
X
85.5 148 38 38 P3
14.5 29 Y
Z
29 32 Y
With IP30 front-panel escutcheon
NSX100 to 250
NSX400/630
DB115075
DB115074
DB115081
DB115080
For toggle
X
X
X
85.5 148 38 38 14.5
P3 Z
29 Y
29 32 Y
C-22
YHUVLRQ
(LQGG
With IP30 front-panel escutcheon (cont.)
NSX100 to 250
NSX400/630
DB115079
DB115078
DB115083
DB115082
For toggle with access to trip unit
X
X
X
85.5 148 38 38 14.5
P3 29 Y
Z
29 32 Y
With IP40 front-panel escutcheon
NSX100 to 250
NSX400/630
DB115087
DB115086
DB115085
DB115084
For toggle
X
X
X 71
132 68 68 29 58 P4 Z
47 Y
58
DB115439
Y
Type
P3
Y
P4
NSX100/160/250
88
89
NSX400/630
112
113
(LQGG
∆
Note: door cutout dimensions are given for a device position in the enclosure where % u 100 + (h x 5) with respect to the door hinge.
YHUVLRQ
h
C-23
Dimensions and connection
Front-panel cutouts &RPSDFW16;WRSOXJLQDQG ZLWKGUDZDEOHYHUVLRQV
Plug-in version M
DB115089
DB115088
M N
N
X
27 45 D1
P3 Z
Bare sheet metal 6HH&RPSDFW16;WR¿[HGYHUVLRQ SDJH& With IP30 front-panel escutcheon 6HH&RPSDFW16;WR¿[HGYHUVLRQ SDJH& With IP40 front-panel escutcheon 6HH&RPSDFW16;WR¿[HGYHUVLRQ SDJH& With toggle cover 6HH&RPSDFW16;WR¿[HGYHUVLRQ SDJH&
Withdrawable version
NSX100 to 250
NSX400/630
DB115066
N
M
DB115091
DB115090
M
DB115067
With protection collar and IP40 front-panel escutcheon
N
X
155
103 X 42.5
56.5
74
90
148 27
X
180 Y
Y
45 D1
P5 Z
C-24
YHUVLRQ
(LQGG
9LJLFRPSDFW16;WRSOXJLQDQG ZLWKGUDZDEOHYHUVLRQV
Plug-in version M
DB115094
DB115092
M N
N
X
27 45 D1
P3 Z
Bare sheet metal 6HH&RPSDFW16;WR¿[HGYHUVLRQ SDJH& With IP30 front-panel escutcheon 6HH&RPSDFW16;WR¿[HGYHUVLRQ SDJH& With IP40 front-panel escutcheon 6HH&RPSDFW16;WR¿[HGYHUVLRQ SDJH&
Withdrawable version
NSX100 to 250
NSX400/630
M N
DB115098
N
DB115097
DB115095
M
DB115096
With protection collar and IP40 front-panel escutcheon
X
X
X
55 122.5 82.5 82.5 74 148 90
Y
27
148
45
Y
P5
D1
DB115439
Z
D1
P3
P5
NSX100/160/250
Type
75
88
123
NSX400/630
100
112
147
(LQGG
Note: door cutout dimensions are given for a device position in the enclosure where % u 100 + (h x 5) with respect to the door hinge.
YHUVLRQ
∆
Y
h
C-25
Dimensions and connection
Front-panel cutouts 9LVXIXQFWLRQIRU&RPSDFW16;WR¿[HG YHUVLRQ
Compact NSX100 to 250 with Interpact INV100 to 250 Visu function 132
DB115101
DB115100
DB115099
Bare sheet metal 66
82
17.5
X
115.5 X
88
Y
Z
162
DB115440
DB115103
DB115102
With IP40 front-panel escutcheon
81
103
17.5
X
105 X 89 Z
Y
Compact NSX400/630 with Interpact INV400 to 630 Visu function 172
DB115106
DB115105
DB115104
Bare sheet metal 86
127
22.5 177.5
X
X
112
Y
Y
202
DB115441
DB115108
DB115107
With IP40 front-panel escutcheon 101
153
22.5 164.5
X
X
113 Y
Y
C-26
YHUVLRQ
(LQGG
Motor mechanism module for Compact and Vigicompact NSX100 to 630
Bare sheet metal
NSX100 to 250
NSX400/630
DB115038
M N
DB115110
DB115109
M N
DB115069
Fixed, plug-in or withdrawable circuit breaker
127
77 X
X
X
29.5
42
Ø5...8
47.5 45 D1
63.5
95 Y
27 P6 P7
127 Y
Z
With IP30 front-panel escutcheon
NSX100 to 250
NSX400/630
DB115038
N
M N
DB115112
DB115111
M
DB115069
Fixed, plug-in or withdrawable circuit breaker
127
77 X
X
X
29.5
42
Ø5...8
47.5 45 D1
63.5
95 Y
27 P6 P7
127 Y
Z
With IP40 front-panel escutcheon
NSX100 to 250
NSX400/630
DB115066
M N
DB115114
DB115113
M N
DB115067
Fixed, plug-in or withdrawable circuit breaker without access to Vigi module
X
155
103 X 42.5
X
56.5
Ø5...8
74 45 D1
90
148
27 P8 P9
180 Y
Y
Z
M N
DB115118
N
DB115117
DB115115
M
DB115116
Fixed or plug-in circuit breaker with access to Vigi module 148 74
103
X
42.5 Ø5...8
180 90
155
X 55
X
56.5 122.5
27 45 D1 Z
559E3400.indd
Y P8
Y
D1
P6 (1)
P7 (2)
P8 (1)
P9 (2)
NSX100/160/250
75
145
177
146
178
(1) Plug-in version.
NSX400/630
100
217
249
218
250
(2) Withdrawable version.
Type
version: 1.0
C-27
Dimensions and connection
Front-panel cutouts Direct rotary handle for Compact and Vigicompact NSX100 to 630
Fixed or plug-in circuit breakers
NSX100 to 250
NSX400/630
Bare sheet metal DB115146
DB115145
N
M N
DB115144
DB115119
M
127 X
77
X
X
29.5
42 85.5 148
47.5
27 45 P10
D1
95
Z
63.5 127 Y
Y
DB115126
M N
DB115124
DB115147
M N
DB115125
Bare sheet metal with access to the trip unit
102
X
54.5
179
X
85.5
X
94 148
47.5
27 45 P10
D1
95 63.5
Z
Y
127 Y
With IP30 front-panel escutcheon DB115146
DB115145
M N
DB115128
DB115127
M N
127 77
X
X
X
29.5
42 85.5 148
27 45 P10
D1 Z
C-28
47.5 95
63.5 127 Y
Y
version: 1.0
559E3400.indd
Fixed or plug-in circuit breakers (cont.)
NSX100 to 250
NSX400/630
DB115126
M N
DB115130
DB115129
M N
DB115125
With IP30 front-panel escutcheon with access to the trip unit
102
X
54.5
179
X
85.5
X
94 148
47.5
27 45 P10
D1
95 63.5
Z
Y
127 Y
DB115133
21!111 6!111
DB115132
DB115131
M N
DB115271
With IP40 front-panel escutcheon
3!111 2!111 103
611
155
X
42.5
311
56.5
85.5
211
X
148
61 31 21
74
6 u)t*
148
3
90 180 Y
Y
2
Fixed or withdrawable circuit breakers
NSX100 to 250
NSX400/630
N
M N
DB115118
DB115135
DB115134
M
DB115117
With IP40 front-panel escutcheon 148 74
103
X
42.5
180 90
155
X 55
X
56.5 122.5
Y 27
Y
45 D1
P12 Z
D1
P10
P11
P12
NSX100/160/250
Type
75
89
90
123
NSX400/630
100
112
113
147
559E3400.indd
version: 1.0
C-29
Dimensions and connection
Front-panel cutouts Indication and measurement modules for Compact NSX100 to 630
Fixed or plug-in circuit breakers with ammeter module and voltage-presence indicator Bare sheet metal
21!111 6!111
DB115273
N
21!111 6!111
DB115272
DB115136
M
Rotary handle
3!111
3!111
2!111
2!111
611
611
311
311
211
211
61
61
31
31
21
21
Ø31
J1 X J2
56.5
6
6 u)t*
DB115139
With toggle
u)t*
3
3 K1
2
2 UN271E 9!y!Jo
/6
93
/6
/3
/3
/2
/2
Y
With IP40 front-panel escutcheon
M
DB115142
N
M
DB115141
DB115140
M
Rotary handle
N
DB115143
With toggle
N
Ø31
J1 X
X
X J3
82.5
27 45 D1
148
45
P4
D1
Z
Type
K2
27 P11
D1
J1
J2
J3
K1
K2
P3
P4
P10
P11
NSX100/160/250
75
78.5
67.5
55
46.5
74
88
89
89
90
NSX400/630
100
122
129
122.5
64.5
90
112
113
112
113
C-30
Y
Z
version: 1.0
559E3400.indd
559E3400.indd
version: 1.0
C-31
Dimensions and connection
Power connections &RPSDFWDQG9LJLFRPSDFW16;WR¿[HG YHUVLRQ
Connection locations B1
DB115443
DB115442
C1
B1
B1
A1 X
X A2 A3
Y
C2 Z A1
A2
B1
C1
C2
A1
A3
B1
C1
C2
NSX100/160
Type
70
140
35
19.5
19.5
NSX100/160 + Vigi
Type
70
215
35
19.5
21.5
NSX250
70
140
35
21.5
19.5
NSX250 + Vigi
70
215
35
21.5
21.5
NSX400/630
113.5
227
45
26
26
NSX400/630 + Vigi
113.5
327
45
26
26
Front connection without accessories NSX400/630 DB115446
DB115445
DB115444
NSX100 to 250 Z
Z
10.5
14
70
113.5 X
X Cables with lugs/bars
Bars/cables with lugs
Connection with accessories Long and short rear connectors DB116107
DB115447
NSX100 to 250 Z
43 for short RC 88 for long RC 10
8.6
13 18 70 6
20
X
DB116108
NSX400/630 50 for short RC 115 for long RC 15
13
Z
23.2
14 30 113.5 8 X
C-32
YHUVLRQ
559E3500.indd
Connection with accessories (cont.) NSX100 to 250
DB115452
DB115451
DB115450
Bare-cable connectors
Z
Z
63
22
70
70
DB115453
X
X DB115455
DB115454
NSX400/630 Z
Z 46.5
14
113.5
113.5 X
X
Distribution connectors IRU16;WRRQO\ DB115456
DB115457
X
70
41
(a) Vigi module or NSX250.
64.5 66.5 (a) Z
Right-angle terminal extensions XSVWUHDPRQO\
Z
NSX400/630
37.5 39.5 (b)
DB115460
DB115459
DB115458
NSX100 to 250
4
61
8
34
20.5
70 (b) NSX250.
Z
113.5 X
X
DB115461
DB115462
Straight terminal extensions IRU16;WRRQO\ 4 Z
30
41
70 X
559E3500.indd
YHUVLRQ
C-33
Dimensions and connection
Power connections &RPSDFWDQG9LJLFRPSDFW16;WR¿[HG YHUVLRQ
Connection with accessories (cont.) NSX400/630 DB115465
NSX100 to 250 DB115464
DB115463
Edgewise terminal extensions
Z
Z 30
23.5
58 53 42
8
70 4
113.5 X
X
NSX400/630 DB115468
NSX100 to 250 DB115467
DB115466
45° terminal extensions
42
Z
Z 10
13.5
61.5
40 4
8
31
70
113.5 X
X
NSX100 to 250 DB115470
DB115469
Double-L terminal extensions
48
Z 45
4 46 35
70 X
C-34
YHUVLRQ
559E3500.indd
Connection with accessories (cont.) Spreaders
3P
4P
F2
E2
E3 E2
E2
DB115474
E1 E2
DB115473
DB115472
DB115471
NSX100 to 250
E2
C3
F1
X
X
X Z
NSX400/630 Y
Y
Type
C3
C4
E1
E2
E3
F1
F2
NSX100/160
23.5
-
114
45
159
100
11
NSX250
25.5
-
114
45
159
100
11
NSX400/630
-
44
135 170
52.5 70
187.5 240
152.5 166
15 15
C4
X Z
DB115477
DB115476
DB115475
One-piece spreader IRU16;WRRQO\
180.5
45
45
98 26
140 45
130 113.5
X
X
Y Z
559E3500.indd
YHUVLRQ
C-35
Dimensions and connection
Power connections Compact and Vigicompact NSX100 to 630 SOXJLQDQGZLWKGUDZDEOHYHUVLRQV
Connection locations DB115479
DB115478
M N
B1 B1 B1
A4
V X
X
A5
Y 27 45 D1 Z Type
A4
A5
B1
D1
NSX100 to 250
100
200
35
75
NSX400/630
156.5
313
45
100
Note: b for mounting on a backplate, the insulating screen supplied with the plug-in base must be installed. b for withdrawable versions, terminal shields are recommended.
Connection without accessories Front connection: mounting on backplate (M) or rails (V) NSX400/630
19
26
DB115482
DB115480
DB115481
NSX100 to 250 4
Z
6
Z
171 156.5
108.5 100
X
X
Rear connection: mounting through front panel (N) or on rails (V) NSX400/630 DB115485
DB115484
DB115483
NSX100 to 250 75.5 67 4
80.5 63.5
114.5 100.5 6
Z
Z
129
49 57.5
104
DB115489
DB115488
X
75.5 67 Z
Ø8.5
70
49 57.5
X
114.5 100.5
Z
Ø11
113.5 X
C-36
82.5 96.5
YHUVLRQ
82.5 96.5
X
559E3500.indd
Connection with accessories NSX100 to 250
70
DB115492
DB115490
DB115491
Bare-cable connectors: mounting on backplate (M) or rails (V)
48.5
163
Z
Z
110 100
100
X
X
30
30
68
94
DB115495
DB115493
DB115494
NSX400/630
Z 171 156.5
Z
203
156.5 X 55
X 55
NSX100 to 250
DB115498
DB115496
DB115497
Bare-cable connectors: mounting through front panel (N) or on rails (V) 74
54
163
Z
Z 110
100
100
X
X
18
18
DB115501
DB115499
DB115500
NSX400/630
84
111
Z
Z
171 156.5
156.5
X
X 18
18
559E3500.indd
203
YHUVLRQ
C-37
Dimensions and connection
Power connections Compact and Vigicompact NSX100 to 630 SOXJLQDQGZLWKGUDZDEOHYHUVLRQV
Connection with accessories (cont.) 45° extensions: mounting through front panel (N) or on rails (V) NSX400/630 57
DB115508
DB115507
DB115506
NSX100 to 250 33
8 4 218 140 Z
131
204.5
Z
156.5
100
X 18
X 18
Double-L extensions: mounting on backplate (M) or rails (V)
DB115510
DB115509
NSX100 to 250 47
4 146 Z
135 100
X 30
Double-L extensions: mounting through front panel (N) or on rails (V)
DB115505
NSX100 to 250 51
4 146 Z
135 100
X 18
C-38
YHUVLRQ
559E3500.indd
Connection with accessories (cont.) Spreaders: mounting on backplate (M) or rails (V)
E1 E2
E2
F2
NSX100 to 250 DB115514
4P DB115513
DB115512
DB115511
3P
E3 E2
E2
E2
27
F1
X
X
X Z
NSX400/630
Type
50
Y
Y
E1
E2
E3
F1
F2
NSX100 to 250
114
45
159
130
11
NSX400/630
135 170
52.5 70
187.5 240
195.5 209
15 15
X Z
Long insulated rear connectors: mounting on backplate (M) or rails (V) NSX400/630 DB115517
NSX100 to 250 DB115516
DB115515
Exterior-mounted rear connectors
75.5 67
108.5 94.5 Z
Z
129
80.5 30
X
NSX400/630 DB115520
NSX100 to 250 DB115519
DB115518
Interior-mounted rear connectors
55
X
75.5 67
108.5 94.5 Z
Z
63.5
104 30
55
X
X
Long, insulated connectors are mandatory.
559E3500.indd
YHUVLRQ
C-39
Power connections &RQQHFWLRQRILQVXODWHGEDUVRUFDEOHVZLWKOXJV to Compact and Vigicompact NSX100 to 630
DB115653
DB112168
Dimensions and connection
Direct connection to NSX100 to 630 Dimensions Ø
400
NSX100
NSX160/250
NSX400/630
/ PP
y 25
y 25
y 32
, PP
d + 10
d + 10
d + 15
G PP
y 10
y 10
y 15
H PP
y6
y6
3 yHy 10
PP
6.5
8.5
10.5
/ PP
y 25
y 25
y 32
PP
6.5
8.5
10.5
Torque 1P (1)
10
15
50
Torque 1P (2)
5/5
5/5
20/11
Torque 1P (3)
8
8
20
Bars
d
I L e
DB115654
Bar.
Lugs
Ø
(1) Tightening torque on the circuit breaker for lugs or bars. (2)7LJKWHQLQJWRUTXHRQ¿[HGGHYLFHVIRUUHDUFRQQHFWRUVWLJKWHQLQJWRUTXHRQSOXJLQRU withdrawable devices for power connectors. (3)7LJKWHQLQJWRUTXHRQWKHSOXJLQEDVHIRUWHUPLQDOH[WHQVLRQV
L Lug.
Connection with accessories to NSX100 to 250 (IEC 228)
Accessories for NSX100 to 250 Double-L terminal extensions
Pole pitch :LWKRXWVSUHDGHUV
DB112176
Tinned copper
With spreaders or terminal extensions NSX160/250
y 25
y 25
O PP
20 y I y 25
20 y I y 25
G PP
y 10
y 10
H PP
y6
y6
PP
6.5
8.5
/ PP
y 25
y 25
PP
6.5
8.5
Torque 1P (1)
10
15
Torque 1P (2)
5
5
Ø d
I
L
L e
Tinned copper
)RU8!9WKHPDQGDWRU\LQVXODWLRQNLWLVQRW FRPSDWLEOHZLWKVSUHDGHUVPDGHXSRIVHSDUDWHSDUWV 7KHRQHSLHFHVSUHDGHUPXVWEHXVHG
NSX100 / PP
Bars
400
one-piece spreader DB115655
DB112177
45 mm
Dimensions Tinned copper
Spreaders: separate parts
35 mm
:LWKVSUHDGHUV
DB115655
DB112172
Straight terminal extensions
Lugs
(1)7LJKWHQLQJWRUTXHRQWKHFLUFXLWEUHDNHUIRUVSUHDGHUVRUWHUPLQDOH[WHQVLRQV (2)7LJKWHQLQJWRUTXHRQWKHSOXJLQEDVHIRUVSUHDGHUVRUWHUPLQDOH[WHQVLRQV
6SUHDGHUVDQGVWUDLJKWULJKWDQJOHGRXEOH/DQGHGJHZLVHWHUPLQDOH[WHQVLRQV DUHVXSSOLHGZLWKÀH[LEOHLQWHUSKDVHEDUULHUV
Accessories for NSX400 and 630
Connection with accessories to NSX400 and 630 (IEC 228)
Spreaders made up of separate parts for 52.5 and 70 mm pitch
Pole pitch
DB115657
:LWKRXWVSUHDGHUV
45 mm
:LWKVSUHDGHUV
RUPP
DB115655
Dimensions Tinned copper
)RU8!9XVHRIWKHPPSLWFKVSUHDGHUV UHTXLUHVDVSHFL¿FLQVXODWLRQNLW 7KHPPSLWFKVSUHDGHUVPD\QRWEHXVHG
L e
DB112175
O PP
d + 15
30 y I y 34
G PP
y 20
y 15
H PP
3 yHy 10
3 yHy 10
PP
12.5
10.5
/ PP
y 40
y 32
PP
12.5
10.5
Torque 1P (1)
50
50
Torque 1P (2)
20
20
Lugs
(1)7LJKWHQLQJWRUTXHRQWKHFLUFXLWEUHDNHUIRUVSUHDGHUVRUWHUPLQDOH[WHQVLRQV (2)7LJKWHQLQJWRUTXHRQWKHSOXJLQEDVHIRUVSUHDGHUVRUWHUPLQDOH[WHQVLRQV
Tinned copper
6SUHDGHUVDQGULJKWDQJOHDQGHGJHZLVHWHUPLQDOH[WHQVLRQVDUHVXSSOLHGZLWK ÀH[LEOHLQWHUSKDVHEDUULHUV DB115658
DB112173
Tinned copper To be mounted on upstream side.
y 32
d L
Edgewise terminal extensions
y 40
Ø
I
Right-angle terminal extensions
With terminal extensions
/ PP
Bars
400
Accessories for NSX100 to 630
With spreaders
DB112174
45° terminal extensions
Tinned copper
C-40
Mounting detail: 2 cables with lugs.
YHUVLRQ
559E3500.indd
DB115663
1-cable connector
L
2-cable connector
Distribution connector
DB115662
DB115661
DB111327
DB112317
Connection for NSX100 to 250 DB112315
DB1125659
DB115660
&RQQHFWLRQRIEDUHFDEOHVWR&RPSDFWDQG Vigicompact NSX100 to 630
Polybloc distribution block
1-cable connector
Steel y 160 A
Aluminium y 250 A
/ PP
25
25
6 PPë &X$O
1.5 to 95 (1)
25 to 50
70 to 95
120 to 185 PD[ÀH[
7RUTXH 1P
12
20
26
26
2-cable connector
S
/ PP
RU
6 PPë &X$O
[WR[
7RUTXH 1P
22
6-cable distribution connector (copper or aluminium) / PP
RU
6 PPë &X$O
1.5 to 6 (1)
8 to 35
7RUTXH 1P
4
6
Polybloc distribution block (6 or 9 cables) / PP
12
16
6 PPë &X$O
[WR
[WR
(1) )RUÀH[LEOHFDEOHVIURPWRmm², connection with crimped or self-crimping ferrules.
DB112316
DB111326
Connection to NSX400 and 630
DB115663
1-cable connector
L
2-cable connector 1-cable connector
2-cable connector
/ PP
30
RU
6 PPë &X$O
WRULJLG PD[ÀH[
[WR[ULJLG PD[ÀH[
7RUTXH 1P
31
31
S
Conductor materials and electrodynamic stresses &RPSDFW16;FLUFXLWEUHDNHUVFDQEHFRQQHFWHGLQGLIIHUHQWO\ZLWKEDUHFRSSHU WLQQHGFRSSHUDQGWLQQHGDOXPLQLXPFRQGXFWRUV ÀH[LEOHRUULJLGEDUVFDEOHV ,QWKHHYHQWRIDVKRUWFLUFXLWWKHUPDODQGHOHFWURG\QDPLFVWUHVVHVZLOOEHH[HUWHGRQ WKHFRQGXFWRUV7KH\PXVWWKHUHIRUHEHFRUUHFWO\VL]HGDQGKHOGLQSODFHE\ VXSSRUWV (OHFWULFDOFRQQHFWLRQSRLQWVRQVZLWFKJHDUGHYLFHV VZLWFKGLVFRQQHFWRUV FRQWDFWRUVFLUFXLWEUHDNHUVHWF VKRXOGQRWEHXVHGIRUPHFKDQLFDOVXSSRUW $Q\SDUWLWLRQEHWZHHQXSVWUHDPDQGGRZQVWUHDPFRQQHFWLRQVRIWKHGHYLFHPXVWEH PDGHRIQRQPDJQHWLFPDWHULDO
559E3500.indd
YHUVLRQ
C-41
Accumulated experience
Compact NSX
Wiring diagrams Contents
Functions and characteristics Installation recommendations Dimensions and connection
A-1 B-1 C-1
Compact NSX100 to 630
559E4000.indd
Fixed circuit breakers Plug-in / withdrawable circuit breakers Motor mechanism SDx module with Micrologic SDTAM module with Micrologic M
D-2 D-4 D-6 D-8 D-9
Additional characteristics Catalogue numbers Glossary
E-1 F-1 G-1
version: 1.0
D-1
Wiring diagrams
Compact NSX100 to 630 Fixed circuit breakers
Power
Micrologic
Remote operation a (+)
DB115707
N
a (+)
Z5
Z3
Z4
Z2
3P or 4P
Z1
Upstream CB NSX cord
L1 L2 L3 BPO
SDE
81
82
84
BPF
Q
auto manu
ou
Z5
Z4
Z3
B2
B4
MX
T2 I
A2
A4
C2
Z2
Z1
D2
HL
+ MN
T1
0
I
A1
L1
C1
D1
U a (-)
manu
SDE a (-)
Motor mechanism (MT) NSX cord
Z5
Z4
Z1
L1 L2 L3
Z2
N
Z3
3P + N
a (220/240 V) + -
BSCM
I
Q
U
Z2
Z1
B4
HL
Downstream CB
T1
Z5
auto manu
0
I
A1
ENVT
Z4
Z3
T2
ENCT H2 T1
a
H1 T2
Communicating motor mechanism (MTc)
Micrologic A or E A/E Communication H(WH), L(BL): data - (BK), + (RD): 24 V DC power supply A/E ZSI (Zone Selective Interlocking) Z1: ZSI OUT SOURCE Z2: ZSI OUT Z3: ZSI IN SOURCE Z4: ZSI IN ST (short time) Z5: ZSI IN GF (ground fault) Note: Z3, Z4, Z5 for NSX400/630 only.
A/E
E
D-2
ENCT: external neutral current transformer: - shielded cable with 1 twisted pair (T1, T2) - shielding earthed at one end only (CT end). Connection L = 30 cm max. - maximum length of 10 metres - cable size 0.4 to 1.5 mm2 - recommended cable: Belden 8441 or equivalent. ENVT: external neutral voltage tap for connection to the neutral via a 3P circuit breaker.
Remote operation MN: undervoltage release or MX:
shunt release
Motor mechanism (MT)
A4: A2: B4, A1: L1: B2:
opening order closing order power supply to motor mechanism manual position (manu) SDE interlocking (mandatory for correct operation)
BPO: BPF:
opening pushbutton closing pushbutton
Communicating motor mechanism (MTc)
B4, A1: BSCM:
motor mechanism power supply breaker status and control module
version: 1.0
559E4100.indd
DB115708
Indication contacts
72
74
102
104 VT
124 WH
Fault
RD
WH
GY
121
101
SDV
131
91
Terminals shown in red O must be connected by the customer.
YE
134
CAO1
CAF2 CAF1
The diagram is shown with circuits deenergised, all devices open, connected and charged and relays in normal position.
Open
71
SD
SDE
Closed
RD
94
92
Fault
84
82
12
Fault
81
21
OF1
11
22
24
32
34
OF2
31
42
44
OF3
41
OF4
14
Closed
Open
Indication contacts OF2 / OF1: device ON/OFF indication contacts OF4 / OF3: device ON/OFF indication contacts (NSX400/630) SDE: fault-trip indication contact (short-circuit, overload, ground fault, earth leakage) SD: trip-indication contact CAF2/CAF1: early-make contact (rotary handle only) CAO1: early-break contact (rotary handle only) SDV: earth leakage fault trip indication contact (add-on Vigi module)
Colour code for auxiliary wiring RD: red VT: WH: white GY: YE: yellow OR: BK: black BL: GN: green 559E4100.indd
violet grey orange blue
version: 1.0
D-3
Wiring diagrams
Compact NSX100 to 630 Plug-in / withdrawable circuit breakers
Power
Micrologic
Remote operation
DB115709
a (+)
a (+)
Z5
Z3
Z4
Z2
Z1
Upstream CB
SDE NSX cord
BPO
3P or 4P
BPF
L1 L2 L3
RD
84
B4
A2
B2
B4
BL A1
I
BK A1
L1
D1/C1
WH
GN
C1
D1 44
GN Z4 42
a (-)
0
L1
auto manu
or
RD Z5
BK Z3 41
U
A2 WH
MX
T2 I
A4
C2 OR
MN
T1 Q
A4 OR
D2 BL
22/32 Z2 YE
D2
24/34
L H
Z1 VT
84 A1 B4 A2
C2
82 84 RD BK BL WH
+
N
81
manu
a (-)
SDE
Motor mechanism (MT) NSX cord
Z5
HL
Z4
a (220/240 V)
+ -
Z1
L1 L2 L3
Z2
N
Z3
3P + N
BSCM
Z2 Z2 YE
B4 GN
Z1 Z1 VT
B4
Downstream
Q
I
U
T1
RD Z5 Z5
I
OR A1
GN Z4 Z4
0
A4
BK Z3 ENCT H2 T1
auto manu
T2
Z3
ENVT
a
H1 T2
Communicating motor mechanism (MTc)
The diagram is shown with circuits deenergised, all devices open, connected and charged and relays in normal position.
D-4
version: 1.0
559E4100.indd
Indication contacts
Carriage switches
559E4100.indd
352
354 VT
312
GY
314
GY YE
YE 351
CD
311
GY 71
CE
Disconnected
71
GY
VT
72
74
72 YE
VT
74 VT
102
104
YE
124 WH
101
BK 91 91
Terminals shown in red v / O must be connected by the customer.
WH
BK 81 81
violet grey orange blue
121
GY 11 11
Colour code for auxiliary wiring RD: red VT: WH: white GY: YE: yellow OR: BK: black BL: GN: green
RD GY 21 21
ENCT: external neutral current transformer: - shielded cable with 1 twisted pair (T1, T2) - shielding earthed at one end only (CT end). Connection L = 30 cm max. - maximum length of 10 metres - cable size 0.4 to 1.5 mm2 - recommended cable: Belden 8441 or equivalent. ENVT: external neutral voltage tap for connection to the neutral via a 3P circuit breaker.
Connected
Fault
SDV
131
GY 31
Note: Z3, Z4, Z5 for NSX400/630 only.
E
CAO1
CAF2 CAF1
Micrologic A or E A/E Communication H(WH), L(BL): data - (BK), + (RD): 24 V DC power supply A/E ZSI (Zone Selective Interlocking) Z1: ZSI OUT SOURCE Z2: ZSI OUT Z3: ZSI IN SOURCE Z4: ZSI IN ST (short time) Z5: ZSI IN GF (ground fault) A/E
Open
134
94
SD
SDE
Closed
RD
92
94 RD
84 84 RD
92 GN
82 82 GN
12
14
12 YE
14 VT
22
24
22 YE
32
34
32 YE
24 VT
OF1
Fault
31
OF2
Fault
BK 41
OF3
Closed
41
OF4
34 VT
42
44
42 GN
44 RD
DB115710
Open
Remote operation MN: undervoltage release or MX:
shunt release
Motor mechanism (MT)
A4: A2: B4, A1: L1: B2: BPO: BPF:
opening order closing order motor mechanism power supply manual position (manu) SDE interlocking (mandatory for automatic or remote recharging) opening pushbutton closing pushbutton
Communicating motor mechanism (MTc)
B4, A1: BSCM:
motor mechanism power supply breaker status and control module
Indication contacts OF2 / OF1: device ON/OFF indication contacts OF4 / OF3: device ON/OFF indication contacts (NSX400/630) SDE: fault-trip indication contact (short-circuit, overload, ground fault, earth leakage) SD: trip-indication contact CAF2/CAF1: early-make contact (rotary handle only) CAO1: early-break contact (rotary handle only) SDV: earth leakage fault trip indication contact (add-on Vigi module)
version: 1.0
D-5
Wiring diagrams
Compact NSX100 to 630 Motor mechanism
Motor mechanism (MT) with automatic reset DB114666
a (+) SDE
81
82
84
BPF
B2
A4
B4
BPO
After tripping initiated by the "Push to trip" button or by the undervoltage (MN) release or the shunt (MX) release, device reset can be automatic, remote or manual.
A2
The diagram is shown with circuits deenergised, all devices open, connected and charged and relays in normal position.
Following tripping due to an electrical fault (with an SDE contact), reset must be carried out manually. Q 0
I
L1
A1
auto manu
manu
SDE a (-)
DB114667
Motor mechanism (MT) with remote reset a (+) SDE
81
82
84
B4
A2
B2
Reset
A4
BPO BPF
Q I
A1
0
L1
auto manu
manu
SDE a (-)
a (+)
D-6
81
82
84
B2
Q auto manu
0
I
A1
circuit breaker opening order closing order motor mechanism power supply manual position (manu) SDE interlocking (mandatory for correct operation) opening pushbutton closing pushbutton fault-trip indication contact (short-circuit, overload, ground fault, earth leakage)
L1
BPO: BPF: SDE:
A4
Symbols
Q: A4 : A2: B4, A1: L1: B2:
SDE BPF
B4
BPO
A2
DB114668
Motor mechanism (MT) with manual reset
manu
SDE a (-)
version: 1.0
559E4100.indd
DB114669
Communicating motor mechanism (MTc) NSX cord
B4
HL
+ -
a (220/240 V) BSCM
Q 0
I
A1
auto manu
a
DB115436
Schematic representation of the communicating motor mechanism (MT).
DB114670
RSU screen for the communicating motor mechanism (MTc)
B4
Auto
SD
SD
Manu
RSU utility setup screen for the communicating motor mechanism. SDE 220 VAC
Open command OF
Open motor
Close command OF
Enable automatic reset
Close motor
Enable reset even if SDE
Reset command
Reset motor
A1
Single-line diagram of communicating motor mechanism Opening, closing and reset orders are transmitted via the communication network. The "Enable automatic reset" and "Enable reset even if SDE" parameters must be set using the RSU software via the screen by clicking the blue text. "Auto/manu" is a switch on the front of the motor mechanism. Symbols
Q: B4, A1: BSCM:
circuit breaker motor mechanism power supply breaker status and control module
Terminals shown in red O must be connected by the customer.
559E4100.indd
version: 1.0
D-7
Wiring diagrams
Compact NSX100 to 630 SDx module with Micrologic
Connection DB115711
The diagram is shown with circuits deenergised, all devices open, connected and charged and relays in normal position.
a (+) 24 à 415 V
STD or output 1
Micrologic 2 Micrologic 5 Micrologic 6
SD2
SD4
SDT SDT or output 1 SDT or output 1
PAL Ir or output 2 SDG or output 2
SD4
SD2
SD3
Symbols SD1, SD3: SDx-module power supply SD2: output 1 (80 mA max.) SD4: output 2 (80 mA max.)
PAL Ir or SDG or output 2
SDx
Q
SD1
Terminals shown in red O must be connected by the customer. a (-)
DB115712
Operation tr at 6 Ir > 105 % Ir > 90 % Ir I
PAL Ir SDG
SDT Q
Circuit breaker trip order
I:
Circuit breaker reset
charge current
PAL Ir: thermal overload pre-alarm
D-8
SDG:
ground-fault signal
SDT:
thermal-fault signal
Q:
circuit breaker
version: 1.0
559E4100.indd
SDTAM module with Micrologic M
Connection DB115713
The diagram is shown with circuits deenergised, all devices open, connected and charged and relays in normal position.
a (+) 24 to 415 V
Manual reset
Symbols SD1, SD3: SDTAM-module power supply SD2: thermal-fault signal output (80 mA max.) SD4: contactor-control output (80 mA max.) Micrologic 2-M Micrologic 6 E-M
SD2
SD4
SDT SDT
KA1 KA1
KM1
SD4
SD2
SD3
Closing order
KA1
SDT
SDTAM
Opening order
6 8 4 10 2 12 1 14 OFF 15 Auto reset (minutes)
Q
KA1 SD1
KM1
KM1
Terminals shown in red O must be connected by the customer.
a (-)
DB115714
Operation Class (tr) at 7.2 Ir > 95 % T° 400 ms < 95 % T° I
SDT KA1
KM1
Q
400 ms before circuit-breaker tripping order
%T°
%T°
559E4100.indd
I:
charge current
SDT:
thermal-fault signal
KA1:
auxiliary relay (e.g. Merlin Gerin RDN or RTBT relay)
KM1:
motor contactor
Q:
circuit breaker
version: 1.0
Contactor closing order Manual or automatic reset
D-9
Reinforced discrimination
Compact NSX
Additional characteristics Contents
Functions and characteristics Installation recommendations Dimensions and connection Wiring diagrams
A-1 B-1 C-1 D-1
Tripping curves Compact NSX100 to 250 protection of distribution systems Compact NSX100 to 250 motor protection Compact NSX400 to 630 protection of distribution systems Compact NSX400 to 630 motor protection Compact NSX100 to 630 rHÀH[WULSSLQJ
E-2 E-6 E-8 E-10 (2
Current and energy limiting curves Catalogue numbers Glossary
559E5000.indd
F-1 G-1
version: 1.0
E-1
Additional characteristics
Tripping curves Compact NSX100 to 250 Protection of distribution systems
TM magnetic trip units TM25D / TM25G DB114760
DB114759
TM16D / TM16G 10 000 5 000
10 000 5 000
2 000
2 000
1 000
1 000
500
500
200
200
100
100
50
50
20
20
10
10
5
5
t(s)
t(s) 2
2
TM16D : Im = 12 x In
1
TM25D : Im = 12 x In
1
.5
.5
.2
.2 TM16G : Im = 4 x In
.1 .05 .02 .01
.1 .05 .02 .01
t < 10 ms
TM25G : Im = 3.2 x In
.005
.005
.002 .001 .5 .7 1
.002 .001 .5 .7 1
2
3 4 5 7 10
20 30
50 70 100
200 300
2
t < 10 ms
3 4 5 7 10
I / Ir
20 30
50 70 100
200 300
I / Ir
5HÀH[WULSSLQJ
TM50D / TM63D / TM63G DB114762
DB114761
TM32D / TM40D / TM40G 10 000 5 000
10 000 5 000
2 000
2 000
1 000
1 000
500
500
200
200
100
100
50
50
20
20
10
10 5
5 t(s)
t(s) 2
TM40D : Im = 12 x In
1
2
TM63D : Im = 8 x In
1 .5
.5 TM32D : Im = 12.5 x In
.2 TM40G : Im = 2 x In
.1 .05
TM50D : Im = 10 x In .2 TM63G : Im = 2 x In
.1 .05
.02 .01
.02 .01
t < 10 ms
t < 10 ms
.005
.005
.002 .001 .5 .7 1
.002 .001 .5 .7 1
2
3 4 5 7 10
20 30
50 70 100
200 300
2
3 4 5 7 10
20 30
50 70 100
200 300
I / Ir
I / Ir 5HÀH[WULSSLQJ
E-2
version: 1.0
559E5100.indd
TM magnetic trip units (cont.) TM125D / TM160D DB114764
DB114763
TM80D / TM100D 10 000 5 000
10 000 5 000
2 000
2 000
1 000
1 000
500
500
200
200
100
100
50
50
20
20
10
10
5
5
t(s)
TM125D : Im = 10 x In
t(s) 2
2
1
1
.5
.5 TM80D/TM100D : Im = 8 x In
.2
TM160D : Im = 8 x In
.2
.1 .05
.1 .05
.02 .01
.02 .01
t < 10 ms
t < 10 ms
.005
.005
.002 .001 .5 .7 1
.002 .001 .5 .7 1
2
3 4 5 7 10
20 30
50 70 100
200 300
2
3 4 5 7 10
I / Ir
20 30
50 70 100
200 300
I / Ir
5HÀH[WULSSLQJ
DB114765
TM200D / TM250D 10 000 5 000 2 000 1 000 500 200 100 50 20 10 5 t(s) 2
TM200D/TM250D : Im = 5 ... 10 x In
1 .5 .2 .1 .05 .02 .01
t < 10 ms
.005 .002 .001 .5 .7 1
2
3 4 5 7 10
20 30
50 70 100
200 300
I / Ir 5HÀH[WULSSLQJ
559E5100.indd
version: 1.0
E-3
Additional characteristics
Tripping curves Compact NSX100 to 250 Protection of distribution systems (cont.)
Micrologic 2.2 and 2.2 G electronic trip units
10 000 5 000 2 000
Micrologic 2.2 - 250 A DB114767
DB114766
Micrologic 2.2 - 40... 160 A 40 A : Ir = 16 ...40 A 100 A : Ir = 36 ...100 A 160 A : Ir = 57 ...160 A
10 000 5 000
250 A : Ir = 90 ...250 A
2 000
1 000
1 000
500
500
200
200
100
100
50
50
20
20
10
10
5
5
t(s)
t(s) 2
2
Isd = 1.5 ...10 x Ir
1 .5
.5
.2
.2
.1 .05
.1 .05
.02 .01
.02 .01
t < 10 ms
.005 .002 .001 .5 .7 1
Isd = 1.5 ...10 x Ir
1
t < 10 ms
.005 .002 .001 .5 .7 1
Ii = 15 x In
2
3 4 5 7 10
20 30
50 70 100
200 300
Ii = 12 x In
2
3 4 5 7 10
I / Ir
20 30
50 70 100
200 300
I / Ir
5HÀH[WULSSLQJ
10 000 5 000 2 000
Micrologic 2.2 G - 250 A DB114769
DB114768
Micrologic 2.2 G - 40... 160 A 40 A : Ir = 16 ...40 A 100 A : Ir = 36 ...100 A 160 A : Ir = 57 ...160 A
10 000 5 000
250 A : Ir = 90 ...250 A
2 000
1 000
1 000
500
500
200
200
100
100
50
50
20
20
10
10
5
5
t(s)
t(s) 2
2
Isd = 1.5 ...9 x Ir
1 .5
.5
.2
.2
.1 .05
.1 .05
.02 .01
.02 .01
t < 10 ms
.005 .002 .001 .5 .7 1
Isd = 1.5 ...9 x Ir
1
t < 10 ms
.005 Ii = 15 x In
2
3 4 5 7 10
20 30
50 70 100
200 300
.002 .001 .5 .7 1
Ii = 12 x In
2
3 4 5 7 10
I / Ir
20 30
50 70 100
200 300
I / Ir
5HÀH[WULSSLQJ
E-4
version: 1.0
559E5100.indd
Micrologic 5.2 and 6.2 A or E electronic trip units
10 000 5 000
Micrologic 5.2 and 6.2 A or E - 250 A DB114771
DB114770
Micrologic 5.2 and 6.2 A or E - 40... 160 A 40 A : Ir = 16 ...40 A 100 A : Ir = 36 ...100 A 160 A : Ir = 56 ...160 A
2 000
10 000 5 000
1 000
1 000
500
500
200
200
100
100
tr = 0.5 ...16 s
50
20
10
10 5
Isd = 1.5 ...10 x Ir
t(s)
tr = 0.5 ...16 s
50
20 5
250 A : Ir = 90 ...250 A
2 000
Isd = 1.5 ...10 x Ir
t(s)
2
2
1
1
I²t ON
.5 .2 I²t OFF
.1 .05
I²t ON
.5
0.4 0.3 0.2 0.1
0.4 0.3 0.2 0.1
.2 I²t OFF
.1 .05
0
.02 .01
0
.02 .01
.005
.005
t < 10 ms
.002 .001 .5 .7 1
Ii = 1.5 ...15 In
2
3 4 5 7 10
20 5 7 10
I / Ir
20
30
50
I / In
t < 10 ms
.002 .001 .5 .7 1
Ii = 1.5 ...12 In
2
3 4 5 7 10
I / Ir
20 5 7 10
20 30
50
I / In
5HÀH[WULSSLQJ
DB114772
Micrologic 6.2 A or E (ground-fault protection) 10 000 5 000 2 000
40 A : Ig = 0.4 ...1 x In > 40 A : Ig = 0.2 ...1 x In
1 000 500 200 100 50 20 10 5 t(s) 2
I²t ON
1 .5 .2 .1 .05
0.4 0.3 0.2 0.1
I²t OFF
0
.02 .01 .005 .002 .001 .05 .07 .1
.2 .3 .4 .5 .7 1
2
3 4 5
7 10
20 30
I / In 7KHWULSSLQJFXUYHLVLGHQWLFDOWRWKDWRI0LFURORJLF *URXQGIDXOWSURWHFWLRQLVVKRZQVHSDUDWHO\
559E5100.indd
version: 1.0
E-5
Additional characteristics
Tripping curves Compact NSX100 to 250 Motor protection
MA magnetic trip units MA150 and MA220 DB115716
DB115715
MA2.5... MA100 10 000 5 000
10 000 5 000
2 000
2 000
1 000
1 000
500
500
200
200
100
Thermal withstand MA220 MA150
100
Thermal withstand
50
50
20
20
10
10 5
5 t(s)
t(s) 2
2
Im = 6 ... 14 x In
1
Im = 9 ... 14 x In
1
.5
.5
.2
.2
.1 .05
.1 .05
.02 .01
.02 .01
t < 10 ms
t < 10 ms
.005
.005
.002 .001 .5 .7 1
.002 .001 .5 .7 1
2
3 4 5 7 10
20 30
50 70 100
200 300
2
3 4 5 7 10
20 30
50 70 100
200 300
I / Ir
I / Ir 5HÀH[WULSSLQJ
Micrologic 2.2 M electronic trip units
10 000 5 000
Micrologic 2.2 M - 50... 220 A DB114776
DB114775
Micrologic 2.2 M - 25 A
25 A : Ir = 12 ...25 A
10 000 5 000
2 000
2 000
1 000
1 000
500
500
class 20 class 10 class 5
200 100
50 A : Ir = 25 ...50 A 100 A : Ir = 50 ...100 A 150 A : Ir = 70 ...150 A 220 A : Ir = 100 ...220 A class 20 class 10 class 5
200 100
50
50
20
20
10
10
5
5
t(s)
t(s) 2
2
Isd = 5 ...13 x Ir
1 .5
.5
.2
.2
.1 .05
.1 .05
.02 .01
.02 .01
t < 10 ms
.005 .002 .001 .5 .7 1
Isd = 5 ...13 x Ir
1
t < 10 ms
.005 Ii = 17 x In
2
3 4 5 7 10
20 30
50 70 100
200 300
.002 .001 .5 .7 1
Ii = 15 x In
2
3 4 5 7 10
I / Ir
20 30
50 70 100
200 300
I / Ir
5HÀH[WULSSLQJ
E-6
version: 1.0
559E5100.indd
Micrologic 6.2 E-M and 6 E-M electronic trip units
10 000 5 000
Micrologic 6.2 E-M - 50... 220 A DB114778
DB114777
Micrologic 6.2 E-M - 25 A
25 A : Ir = 12 ...25 A
10 000 5 000
2 000
50 A : Ir = 25 ...50 A 80 A : Ir = 35 ...80 A 150 A : Ir = 70 ...150 A 220 A : Ir = 100 ...220 A
2 000 class 30 class 20 class 10 class 5
1 000 500 200
1 000
class 30 class 20 class 10 class 5
500 200
100
100
50
50
20
20
10
10
5
5
t(s)
t(s) 2
2
Isd = 5 ...13 x Ir
1 .5
.5
.2
.2
.1 .05
.1 .05
.02 .01
.02 .01
t < 10 ms
.005 .002 .001 .5 .7 1
Isd = 5 ...13 x Ir
1
t < 10 ms
.005 Ii = 17 x In
2
3 4 5 7 10
20 30
50 70 100
200 300
.002 .001 .5 .7 1
Ii = 15 x In
2
3 4 5 7 10
I / Ir
20 30
50 70 100
200 300
I / Ir
5HÀH[WULSSLQJ
DB114791
Micrologic 6 E-M (ground-fault protection) 10 000 5 000 25 A : Ig = 0.6 ...1 x In 50 A : Ig = 0.3 ...1 x In > 50 A : Ig = 0.2 ...1 x In
2 000 1 000 500 200 100 50 20 10 5 t(s) 2 1 .5 .2 .1 .05
0.4 0.3 0.2 0.1
0.4 0.3 0.2 0.1
0
0
.02 .01 .005 .002 .001 .05 .07 .1
.2 .3 .4 .5 .7 1
2
3 4 5
7 10
20 30
I / In 7KHWULSSLQJFXUYHLVLGHQWLFDOWRWKDWRI0LFURORJLF *URXQGIDXOWSURWHFWLRQLVVKRZQVHSDUDWHO\
559E5100.indd
version: 1.0
E-7
Additional characteristics
Tripping curves Compact NSX400 to 630 Protection of distribution systems
Micrologic 2.3, 5.3 and 6.3 A or E electronic trip units
10 000 5 000
Micrologic 2.3 - 630 A DB114781
DB114780
Micrologic 2.3 - 250... 400 A
250 A : Ir = 63 ...250 A 400 A : Ir = 144 ...400 A
10 000 5 000
2 000
2 000
1 000
1 000
500
500
200
200
100
100
50
50
20
20
10
10
5
630 A : Ir = 225 ...630 A
5
t(s)
t(s) 2
2
Isd = 1.5 ...10 x Ir
1 .5
.5
.2
.2
.1 .05
.1 .05
.02 .01
.02 .01
t < 10 ms
.005 .002 .001 .5 .7 1
Isd = 1.5 ...10 x Ir
1
t < 10 ms
.005 .002 .001 .5 .7 1
Ii = 12 x In
2
3 4 5 7 10
20 30
50 70 100
200 300
Ii = 11 x In
2
3 4 5 7 10
I / Ir
20 30
50 70 100
200 300
I / Ir
5HÀH[WULSSLQJ
10 000 5 000
Micrologic 5.3 and 6.3 A or E - 630 A DB114783
DB114782
Micrologic 5.3 and 6.3 A or E - 400 A
400 A : Ir = 100 ...400 A
10 000 5 000
2 000
2 000
1 000
1 000
500
500
200
200
100
100
tr = 0.5 ...16 s
50
20
10
10 5
Isd = 1.5 ...10 x Ir
t(s)
Isd = 1.5 ...10 x Ir
t(s)
2
2
1
1
I²t ON
.5
I²t OFF
.1 .05
I²t ON
.5
0.4 0.3 0.2 0.1
.2
0.4 0.3 0.2 0.1
.2 I²t OFF
.1 .05
0
.02 .01
0
.02 .01
.005 .002 .001 .5 .7 1
tr = 0.5 ...16 s
50
20 5
630 A : Ir = 225 ...630 A
.005
t < 10 ms Ii = 1.5 ...12 In
2 I / Ir
3 4 5 7 10
20 5 7 10
20 30 I / In
50
t < 10 ms
.002 .001 .5 .7 1
Ii = 1.5 ...11 In
2
3 4 5 7 10
I / Ir
20 5 7 10
20 30
50
I / In
5HÀH[WULSSLQJ
E-8
version: 1.0
559E5100.indd
Micrologic 6.3 A or E electronic trip units (cont.)
DB114772
Micrologic 6.3 A or E (ground-fault protection) 10 000 5 000 2 000
40 A : Ig = 0.4 ...1 x In > 40 A : Ig = 0.2 ...1 x In
1 000 500 200 100 50 20 10 5 t(s) 2
I²t ON
1 .5 .2 .1 .05
0.4 0.3 0.2 0.1
I²t OFF
0
.02 .01 .005 .002 .001 .05 .07 .1
.2 .3 .4 .5 .7 1
2
3 4 5
7 10
20 30
I / In 7KHWULSSLQJFXUYHLVLGHQWLFDOWRWKDWRI0LFURORJLF *URXQGIDXOWSURWHFWLRQLVVKRZQVHSDUDWHO\
559E5100.indd
version: 1.0
E-9
Additional characteristics
Tripping curves Compact NSX400 to 630 Motor protection
Micrologic 1.3 M and 2.3 M electronic trip units Micrologic 1.3 M - 500 A DB115718
DB115717
Micrologic 1.3 M - 320 A 10 000 5 000
10 000 5 000
2 000
2 000
1 000
1 000
500
500
200
200
100
100
Thermal withstand
50
50
20
20
10
10
5
Thermal withstand
5
t(s)
t(s) 2
2
1
1
.5
.5
.2
.2
Isd = 5 ...13 x In
.1 .05
.1 .05
.02 .01
.02 .01
t < 10 ms
.005 .002 .001 .5 .7 1
Isd = 5 ...13 x In
t < 10 ms
.005 .002 .001 .5 .7 1
Ii = 15 x In
2
3 4 5 7 10
20 30
50 70 100
200 300
Ii = 13 x In
2
3 4 5 7 10
I / In
20 30
50 70 100
200 300
I / In
5HÀH[WULSSLQJ
10 000 5 000
Micrologic 2.3 M - 500 A DB114788
DB114787
Micrologic 2.3 M - 320 A
320 A : Ir = 160 ...320 A
10 000 5 000
2 000
500 A : Ir = 250 ...500 A
2 000
1 000
1 000
500
500
class 20 class 10 class 5
200 100
class 20 class 10 class 5
200 100
50
50
20
20
10
10
5
5
t(s)
t(s) 2
2
Isd = 5 ...13 x Ir
1 .5
.5
.2
.2
.1 .05
.1 .05
.02 .01
.02 .01
t < 10 ms
.005 .002 .001 .5 .7 1
Isd = 5 ...13 x Ir
1
t < 10 ms
.005 Ii = 15 x In
2
3 4 5 7 10
20 30
50 70 100
200 300
.002 .001 .5 .7 1
Ii = 13 x In
2
3 4 5 7 10
I / Ir
20 30
50 70 100
200 300
I / Ir
5HÀH[WULSSLQJ
E-10
version: 1.0
559E5100.indd
Micrologic 6.3 E-M and 6 E-M electronic trip units
10 000 5 000
Micrologic 6.3 E-M - 500 A DB114790
DB114789
Micrologic 6.3 E-M - 320 A
320 A : Ir = 160 ...320 A
10 000 5 000
2 000
500 A : Ir = 250 ...500 A
2 000 class 30 class 20 class 10 class 5
1 000 500 200
class 30 class 20 class 10 class 5
1 000 500 200
100
100
50
50
20
20
10
10
5
5
t(s)
t(s) 2
2
Isd = 5 ...13 x Ir
1 .5
.5
.2
.2
.1 .05
.1 .05
.02 .01
.02 .01
t < 10 ms
.005 .002 .001 .5 .7 1
Isd = 5 ...13 x Ir
1
t < 10 ms
.005 Ii = 15 x In
2
3 4 5 7 10
20 30
50 70 100
200 300
.002 .001 .5 .7 1
Ii = 13 x In
2
3 4 5 7 10
I / Ir
20 30
50 70 100
200 300
I / Ir
5HÀH[WULSSLQJ
DB115634
Micrologic 6 E-M (motor protection) 10 000 5 000 2 000
Ig = 0.2 ...1 x In
1 000 500 200 100 50 20 10 5 t(s) 2 1 .5 .2 .1 .05
0.4 0.3 0.2 0.1
0.4 0.3 0.2 0.1
0
0
.02 .01 .005 .002 .001 .05 .07 .1
.2 .3 .4 .5 .7 1
2
3 4 5
7 10
20 30
I / In 7KHWULSSLQJFXUYHLVLGHQWLFDOWRWKDWRI0LFURORJLF *URXQGIDXOWSURWHFWLRQLVVKRZQVHSDUDWHO\
559E5100.indd
version: 1.0
E-11
Additional characteristics
Tripping curves Compact NSX100 to 630
&RPSDFW16;WRGHYLFHV LQFRUSRUDWHWKHH[FOXVLYHUHÀH[WULSSLQJ V\VWHP 7KLVV\VWHPEUHDNVYHU\KLJKIDXOWFXUUHQWV 7KHGHYLFHLVPHFKDQLFDOO\WULSSHGYLDD SLVWRQDFWXDWHGGLUHFWO\E\WKHSUHVVXUH SURGXFHGLQWKHEUHDNLQJXQLWVE\WKHVKRUW FLUFXLW )RUKLJKVKRUWFLUFXLWVWKLVV\VWHPSURYLGHV DIDVWHUEUHDNWKHUHE\HQVXULQJ GLVFULPLQDWLRQ 5HÀH[WULSSLQJFXUYHVDUHH[FOXVLYHO\D IXQFWLRQRIWKHFLUFXLWEUHDNHUUDWLQJ
DB115721
5HÀH[WULSSLQJ
20
NSX630
NSX400
10 t 8 (ms) 7 6 NSX250 5 4 NSX100 NSX160 3 2
3
4
6
10
20
30
40
60
100
200
kA rms
E-12
version: 1.0
559E5100.indd
Current and energy limiting curves
DB115719
7KHOLPLWLQJFDSDFLW\RIDFLUFXLWEUHDNHULV LWVDSWLWXGHWROHWWKURXJKDFXUUHQWGXULQJD VKRUWFLUFXLWWKDWLVOHVVWKDQWKH SURVSHFWLYHVKRUWFLUFXLWFXUUHQW (Isc) Prospective Isc peak Prospective current Prospective Isc
Ics = 100 % Icu 7KHH[FHSWLRQDOOLPLWLQJFDSDFLW\RIWKH&RPSDFW16;UDQJHJUHDWO\UHGXFHVWKH IRUFHVFUHDWHGE\IDXOWFXUUHQWVLQGHYLFHV 7KHUHVXOWLVDPDMRULQFUHDVHLQEUHDNLQJSHUIRUPDQFH ,QSDUWLFXODUWKHVHUYLFHEUHDNLQJFDSDFLW\,FVLVHTXDOWRRI,FX 7KH,FVYDOXHGH¿QHGE\,(&VWDQGDUG LVJXDUDQWHHGE\WHVWVFRPSULVLQJ WKHIROORZLQJVWHSV b EUHDNWKUHHWLPHVFRQVHFXWLYHO\DIDXOWFXUUHQWHTXDOWRRI,FX b FKHFNWKDWWKHGHYLFHFRQWLQXHVWRIXQFWLRQQRUPDOO\WKDWLV v LWFRQGXFWVWKHUDWHGFXUUHQWZLWKRXWDEQRUPDOWHPSHUDWXUHULVH v SURWHFWLRQIXQFWLRQVSHUIRUPZLWKLQWKHOLPLWVVSHFL¿HGE\WKHVWDQGDUG v VXLWDELOLW\IRULVRODWLRQLVQRWLPSDLUHG
Longer service life of electrical installations &XUUHQWOLPLWLQJFLUFXLWEUHDNHUVJUHDWO\UHGXFHWKHQHJDWLYHHIIHFWVRIVKRUWFLUFXLWV RQLQVWDOODWLRQV
Limited Isc peak Actual current Limited Isc
Thermal effects /HVVWHPSHUDWXUHULVHLQFRQGXFWRUVWKHUHIRUHORQJHUVHUYLFHOLIHIRUFDEOHV (t)
7KHH[FHSWLRQDOOLPLWLQJFDSDFLW\RIWKH&RPSDFW16;UDQJHLV GXHWRWKHURWDWLQJGRXEOHEUHDNWHFKQLTXH YHU\UDSLGQDWXUDO UHSXOVLRQRIFRQWDFWVDQGWKHDSSHDUDQFHRIWZRDUFYROWDJHV LQVHULHVZLWKDYHU\VWHHSZDYHIURQW
Mechanical effects 5HGXFHGHOHFWURG\QDPLFIRUFHVWKHUHIRUHOHVVULVNRIHOHFWULFDOFRQWDFWVRUEXVEDUV EHLQJGHIRUPHGRUEURNHQ Electromagnetic effects )HZHUGLVWXUEDQFHVIRUPHDVXULQJGHYLFHVORFDWHGQHDUHOHFWULFDOFLUFXLWV
Economy by means of cascading &DVFDGLQJLVDWHFKQLTXHGLUHFWO\GHULYHGIURPFXUUHQWOLPLWLQJ&LUFXLWEUHDNHUVZLWK EUHDNLQJFDSDFLWLHVOHVVWKDQWKHSURVSHFWLYHVKRUWFLUFXLWFXUUHQWPD\EHLQVWDOOHG GRZQVWUHDPRIDOLPLWLQJFLUFXLWEUHDNHU7KHEUHDNLQJFDSDFLW\LVUHLQIRUFHGE\WKH OLPLWLQJFDSDFLW\RIWKHXSVWUHDPGHYLFH,WIROORZVWKDWVXEVWDQWLDOVDYLQJVFDQEH PDGHRQGRZQVWUHDPHTXLSPHQWDQGHQFORVXUHV
Current and energy limiting curves 7KHOLPLWLQJFDSDFLW\RIDFLUFXLWEUHDNHULVH[SUHVVHGE\WZRFXUYHVZKLFKDUHD IXQFWLRQRIWKHSURVSHFWLYHVKRUWFLUFXLWFXUUHQW WKHFXUUHQWZKLFKZRXOGÀRZLIQR SURWHFWLRQGHYLFHVZHUHLQVWDOOHG b WKHDFWXDOSHDNFXUUHQW OLPLWHGFXUUHQW b WKHUPDOVWUHVV $2V LHWKHHQHUJ\GLVVLSDWHGE\WKHVKRUWFLUFXLWLQDFRQGXFWRU ZLWKDUHVLVWDQFHRI Example :KDWLVWKHUHDOYDOXHRIDN$UPVSURVSHFWLYHVKRUWFLUFXLW LHN$SHDN OLPLWHGE\DQ16;/XSVWUHDP" 7KHDQVZHULVN$SHDN FXUYHSDJe E-14).
Maximum permissible cable stresses 7KHWDEOHEHORZLQGLFDWHVWKHPD[LPXPSHUPLVVLEOHWKHUPDOVWUHVVHVIRUFDEOHV GHSHQGLQJRQWKHLULQVXODWLRQFRQGXFWRU &XRU$O DQGWKHLUFURVVVHFWLRQDODUHD &6$ &6$YDOXHVDUHJLYHQLQPPëDQGWKHUPDOVWUHVVHVLQ$2s. CSA PVC
Cu
PRC
Cu
1.5 mm² [4
2.5 mm² [4
4 mm² [5
6 mm² [5
10 mm² [6
[4
[5
[5
[5
[6
[5
Al
[5
Al CSA
16 mm²
25 mm²
35 mm²
50 mm²
[6
[6
[7
[7
Al
[6
[6
[6
[7
Cu
[6
[7
[7
[7
[6
[6
[6
[7
PVC
Cu
PRC
Al
Example ,VD&X39&FDEOHZLWKD&6$RIPPëDGHTXDWHO\SURWHFWHGE\DQ16;)" 7KHWDEOHDERYHLQGLFDWHVWKDWWKHSHUPLVVLEOHVWUHVVLV[6$2s. $OOVKRUWFLUFXLWFXUUHQWVDWWKHSRLQWZKHUHDQ16;) ,FX N$ LVLQVWDOOHGDUH OLPLWHGZLWKDWKHUPDOVWUHVVOHVVWKDQ[5$2s (curve SDJe E-14). &DEOHSURWHFWLRQLVWKHUHIRUHHQVXUHGXSWRWKHOLPLWRIWKHEUHDNLQJFDSDFLW\RIWKH FLUFXLWEUHDNHU
559E5100.indd
version: 1.0
E-13
Additional characteristics
Current and energy limiting curves
Current-limiting curves Voltage 400/440 V AC
Voltage 660/690 V AC Limited short-circuit current (k peak) DB116370
DB116369
Limited short-circuit current (k peak) 300
300
200
200
146
146
100 80 70 60 50
100 80 70 60 50
kÂ
40
N
F
30 N
F
20
H H
S
L NSX630
S
L NSX250
NSX400
kÂ
40 30
NSX100 NSX160
20
B
F, N
S
L
L NSX630
S
H
NSX400
NSX250 NSX100 NSX160
10 8 7 6 5 4 2
3
4
6
10
20
30 40 50 70 100
10 8 7 6 5 4 2
200 300
F
3
4
6
N, H
10
20
30 40
kA rms
kA rms
60 65
100
200 300
Energy-limiting curves Voltage 400/440 V AC
Voltage 660/690 V AC
10
Limited energy DB116372
DB116371
Limited energy 9
10
9
5
5
3 2 1.41 8 10
3 2 1.41 8 10
5
5
3 2
3 2
10 2
7
10
5
As
F
3 2 10
N
H
S
L
2
NSX630 NSX400
6
F
B
N
H
S
L
NSX250 NSX100 NSX160
5
5
H
3 2 10
5
NSX630 NSX400
F, N
6
F
5
10
N, H
S
L
NSX250 NSX100 NSX160
5
5
5
3 2
3 2 2
3
4
6
10
20
30 40 50 70 100 150 200 300
2
3
4
6
kA rms
E-14
L
S
3 2
3 2 10
As
7
10
20
30 40 50 70 100 150 200 300
kA rms
version: 1.0
559E5100.indd
559E5100.indd
version: 1.0
E-15
Catalogue numbers
Compact NSX
Catalogue numbers Contents
Functions and characteristics Installation recommendations Dimensions and connection Wiring diagrams Additional characteristics
A-1 B-1 C-1 D-1 E-1
NSX100 to 250
F-3
NSX400 to 630
F-29 G-1
Glossary
559E6000.indd
version: 1.0
F-1
F-2
version: 1.0
559E6000.indd
Compact NSX
Compact NSX100 to 250 Contents
16;) FRPSOHWH¿[HG)&GHYLFH Compact NSX100/160/250F (36 kA 380/415 V)
16;1 FRPSOHWH¿[HG)&GHYLFH Compact NSX100/160/250N (50 kA 380/415 V)
16;+ FRPSOHWH¿[HG)&GHYLFH Compact NSX100/160/250H (70 kA 380/415 V)
16;1$ FRPSOHWH¿[HG)&GHYLFH Compact NSX100/160/250NA
16;)1+6/ ¿[HG)&GHYLFHEDVHG RQVHSDUDWHFRPSRQHQWV Compact and Vigicompact
7ULSXQLWDFFHVVRULHV Compact and Vigicompact NSX100/160/250
,QVWDOODWLRQDQGFRQQHFWLRQ Compact and Vigicompact NSX100/160/250
$FFHVVRULHV Compact and Vigicompact NSX100/160/250
0RQLWRULQJDQGFRQWUROWHVWWRROV Compact and Vigicompact NSX100/160/250
559E6100TDM.indd
version: 2.0
F-4 F-4 F-5 F-5 F-6 F-6 F-7 F-7
F-8 F-8 F-10 F-10 F-11 F-11 F-12 F-12 F-21 F-21
F-3
Catalogue numbers
NSX100/160/250F: FRPSOHWH¿[HG)&GHYLFH Compact NSX100/160/250F (36 kA 380/415 V)
&RPSDFW16;) :LWKWKHUPDOPDJQHWLFWULSXQLW70' DB112222
&RPSDFW16;) N$DW9 Rating 3 2d TM16D /9 TM25D /9 TM32D /9 TM40D /9 TM50D /9 TM63D /9 TM80D /9 TM100D /9 &RPSDFW16;) N$DW9 Rating 3 2d TM80D /9 TM100D /9 TM125D /9 TM160D /9 &RPSDFW16;) N$DW9 Rating 3 3d TM125D /9 TM160D /9 TM200D /9 TM250D /9
3 3d /9 /9 /9 /9 /9 /9 /9 /9
3 3d /9 /9 /9 /9 /9 /9 /9 /9
3 4d /9 /9 /9 /9 /9 /9 /9 /9
3 3d /9 /9 /9 /9
3 3d /9 /9 /9 /9
3 4d /9 /9 /9 /9
3 3d /9 /9 /9 /9
3 3d /9 /9 /9 /9
3 4d /9 /9 /9 /9
3 3d /9 /9
3 3d, 4d, 3d + N/2 /9 /9
3 3d /9 /9
3 3d, 4d, 3d + N/2 /9 /9
3 3d /9 /9 /9
3 3d, 4d, 3d + N/2 /9 /9 /9
:LWKHOHFWURQLFWULSXQLW0LFURORJLF /6O,SURWHFWLRQ DB112223
&RPSDFW16;) N$DW9 Rating 40 100 &RPSDFW16;) N$DW9 Rating 100 160 &RPSDFW16;) N$DW9 Rating 100 160 250
:LWKHOHFWURQLFWULSXQLW0LFURORJLF$ /6,SURWHFWLRQDPPHWHU DB112224
&RPSDFW16;) N$DW9 Rating 40 100 &RPSDFW16;) N$DW9 Rating 100 160 &RPSDFW16;) N$DW9 Rating 100 160 250
3 3d /9 /9
3 3d, 4d, 3d + N/2, 3d + OSN /9 /9
3 3d /9 /9
3 3d, 4d, 3d + N/2, 3d + OSN /9 /9
3 3d /9 /9 /9
3 3d, 4d, 3d + N/2, 3d + OSN /9 /9 /9
:LWKHOHFWURQLFWULSXQLW0LFURORJLF( /6,SURWHFWLRQHQHUJ\PHWHU To be ordered with 2 catalogue numbers: 1 basic frame + 1 trip unit
:LWKHOHFWURQLFWULSXQLW0LFURORJLF$ /6,*SURWHFWLRQDPPHWHU To be ordered with 2 catalogue numbers: 1 basic frame + 1 trip unit
:LWKHOHFWURQLFWULSXQLW0LFURORJLF( /6,*SURWHFWLRQHQHUJ\PHWHU To be ordered with 2 catalogue numbers: 1 basic frame + 1 trip unit
:LWKHOHFWURQLFWULSXQLW0LFURORJLF(0 /6,*PRWRUSURWHFWLRQHQHUJ\PHWHU To be ordered with 2 catalogue numbers: 1 basic frame + 1 trip unit
F-4
version: 2.0
559E6100.indd
Catalogue numbers
NSX100/160/250N: FRPSOHWH¿[HG)&GHYLFH Compact NSX100/160/250N (50 kA 380/415 V)
&RPSDFW16;1 :LWKWKHUPDOPDJQHWLFWULSXQLW70' DB112222
&RPSDFW16;1 N$DW9 Rating 3 3d TM16D /9 TM25D /9 TM32D /9 TM40D /9 TM50D /9 TM63D /9 TM80D /9 TM100D /9 &RPSDFW16;1 N$DW9 Rating 3 3d TM80D /9 TM100D /9 TM125D /9 TM160D /9 &RPSDFW16;1 N$DW9 Rating 3 3d TM125D /9 TM160D /9 TM200D /9 TM250D /9
3 3d /9 /9 /9 /9 /9 /9 /9 /9
3 4d /9 /9 /9 /9 /9 /9 /9 /9
3 3d /9 /9 /9 /9
3 4d /9 /9 /9 /9
3 3d /9 /9 /9 /9
3 4d /9 /9 /9 /9
3 3d /9 /9
3 3d, 4d, 3d + N/2 /9 /9
3 3d /9 /9
3 3d, 4d, 3d + N/2 /9 /9
3 3d /9 /9 /9
3 3d, 4d, 3d + N/2 /9 /9 /9
3 3d /9 /9
3 3d, 4d, 3d + N/2, OSN /9 /9
3 3d /9 /9
3 3d, 4d, 3d + N/2, OSN /9 /9
3 3d /9 /9 /9
3 3d, 4d, 3d + N/2, OSN /9 /9 /9
:LWKHOHFWURQLFWULSXQLW0LFURORJLF /6O,SURWHFWLRQ DB112223
&RPSDFW16;1 N$DW9 Rating 40 100 &RPSDFW16;1 N$DW9 Rating 100 160 &RPSDFW16;1 N$DW9 Rating 100 160 250
:LWKHOHFWURQLFWULSXQLW0LFURORJLF$ /6,SURWHFWLRQDPPHWHU DB112224
&RPSDFW16;1 N$DW9 Rating 40 100 &RPSDFW16;1 N$DW9 Rating 100 160 &RPSDFW16;1 N$DW9 Rating 100 160 250
:LWKHOHFWURQLFWULSXQLW0LFURORJLF( /6,SURWHFWLRQHQHUJ\PHWHU To be ordered with 2 catalogue numbers: 1 basic frame + 1 trip unit
:LWKHOHFWURQLFWULSXQLW0LFURORJLF$ /6,*SURWHFWLRQDPPHWHU To be ordered with 2 catalogue numbers: 1 basic frame + 1 trip unit
:LWKHOHFWURQLFWULSXQLW0LFURORJLF( /6,*SURWHFWLRQHQHUJ\PHWHU To be ordered with 2 catalogue numbers: 1 basic frame + 1 trip unit
:LWKHOHFWURQLFWULSXQLW0LFURORJLF(0 /6,*PRWRUSURWHFWLRQHQHUJ\PHWHU To be ordered with 2 catalogue numbers: 1 basic frame + 1 trip unit
559E6100.indd
version: 2.0
F-5
Catalogue numbers
NSX100/160/250H: FRPSOHWH¿[HG)&GHYLFH Compact NSX100/160/250H (70 kA 380/415 V)
&RPSDFW16;+ :LWKWKHUPDOPDJQHWLFWULSXQLW70' DB112222
&RPSDFW16;+ N$DW9 Rating 3 3d TM16D /9 TM25D /9 TM32D /9 TM40D /9 TM50D /9 TM63D /9 TM80D /9 TM100D /9 &RPSDFW16;+ N$DW9 Rating 3 3d TM80D /9 TM100D /9 TM125D /9 TM160D /9 &RPSDFW16;+ N$DW9 Rating 3 3d TM125D /9 TM160D /9 TM200D /9 TM250D /9
3 3d /9 /9 /9 /9 /9 /9 /9 /9
3 4d /9 /9 /9 /9 /9 /9 /9 /9
3 3d /9 /9 /9 /9
3 4d /9 /9 /9 /9
3 3d /9 /9 /9 /9
3 4d /9 /9 /9 /9
:LWKHOHFWURQLFWULSXQLW0LFURORJLF /6O,SURWHFWLRQ DB112223
&RPSDFW16;+ N$DW9 Rating 3 3d 40 /9 100 /9 &RPSDFW16;+ N$DW9 Rating 3 3d 100 /9 160 /9 &RPSDFW16;+ N$DW9 Rating 3 3d 100 /9 160 /9 250 /9
3 3d, 4d, 3d + N/2 /9 /9 3 3d, 4d, 3d + N/2 /9 /9 3 3d, 4d, 3d + N/2 /9 /9 /9
:LWKHOHFWURQLFWULSXQLW0LFURORJLF$ /6,SURWHFWLRQDPPHWHU DB112224
&RPSDFW16;+ N$DW9 Rating 3 3d 40 /9 100 /9 &RPSDFW16;+ N$DW9 Rating 3 3d 100 /9 160 /9 &RPSDFW16;+ N$DW9 Rating 3 3d 100 /9 160 /9 250 /9
3 3d, 4d, 3d + N/2, OSN /9 /9 3 3d, 4d, 3d + N/2, OSN /9 /9 3 3d, 4d, 3d + N/2, OSN /9 /9 /9
:LWKHOHFWURQLFWULSXQLW0LFURORJLF( /6,SURWHFWLRQHQHUJ\PHWHU To be ordered with 2 catalogue numbers: 1 basic frame + 1 trip unit
:LWKHOHFWURQLFWULSXQLW0LFURORJLF$ /6,*SURWHFWLRQDPPHWHU To be ordered with 2 catalogue numbers: 1 basic frame + 1 trip unit
:LWKHOHFWURQLFWULSXQLW0LFURORJLF( /6,*SURWHFWLRQHQHUJ\PHWHU To be ordered with 2 catalogue numbers: 1 basic frame + 1 trip unit
:LWKHOHFWURQLFWULSXQLW0LFURORJLF(0 /6,*PRWRUSURWHFWLRQHQHUJ\PHWHU To be ordered with 2 catalogue numbers: 1 basic frame + 1 trip unit
F-6
version: 2.0
559E6100.indd
Catalogue numbers
16;1$ FRPSOHWH¿[HG)&GHYLFH Compact NSX100/160/250NA
&RPSDFW16;1$VZLWFKGLVFRQQHFWRU :LWK1$VZLWFKGLVFRQQHFWRUXQLW DB112244
&RPSDFW16;1$ Rating 100 &RPSDFW16;1$ Rating 160 &RPSDFW16;1$ Rating 250
559E6100.indd
3 /9
3 /9
3 /9
3 /9
3 /9
3 /9
version: 2.0
F-7
Catalogue numbers
NSX100/160/250F/N/H/S/L: ¿[HG)&GHYLFHEDVHGRQVHSDUDWH FRPSRQHQWV Compact and Vigicompact
%DVLFIUDPH DB112245
&RPSDFW16; NSX100F (36 kA 380/415 V) NSX100N (50 kA 380/415 V) NSX100H (70 kA 380/415 V) NSX100S (100 kA 380/415 V) NSX100L (150 kA 380/415 V) &RPSDFW16; NSX160F (36 kA 380/415 V) NSX160N (50 kA 380/415 V) NSX160H (70 kA 380/415 V) NSX160S (100 kA 380/415 V) NSX160L (150 kA 380/415 V) &RPSDFW16; NSX250F (36 kA 380/415 V) NSX250N (50 kA 380/415 V) NSX250H (70 kA 380/415 V) NSX250S (100 kA 380/415 V) NSX250L (150 kA 380/415 V)
3 /9 /9 /9 /9 /9
3 /9 /9 /9 /9 /9
3 /9 /9 /9 /9 /9
3 /9 /9 /9 /9 /9
3 /9 /9 /9 /9 /9
3 /9 /9 /9 /9 /9
7ULSXQLW 'LVWULEXWLRQSURWHFWLRQ
DB112248
DB112247
DB112246
7KHUPDOPDJQHWLF70' Rating 3 3d TM16D /9 TM25D /9 TM32D /9 TM40D /9 TM50D /9 TM63D /9 TM80D /9 TM100D /9 TM125D /9 TM160D /9 TM200D /9 TM250D /9 0LFURORJLF /6O,SURWHFWLRQ Rating 3 3d Micrologic 2.2 40 A /9 Micrologic 2.2 100 A /9 Micrologic 2.2 160 A /9 Micrologic 2.2 250 A /9 0LFURORJLF$ /6,SURWHFWLRQDPPHWHU Rating 3P 3d Micrologic 5.2 A 40 A /9 Micrologic 5.2 A 100 A /9 Micrologic 5.2 A 160 A /9 Micrologic 5.2 A 250 A /9 0LFURORJLF( /6,SURWHFWLRQHQHUJ\PHWHU Rating 3 3d Micrologic 5.2 E 40 A /9 Micrologic 5.2 E 100 A /9 Micrologic 5.2 E 160 A /9 Micrologic 5.2 E 250 A /9 0LFURORJLF$ /6,*SURWHFWLRQDPPHWHU Rating 3 3d Micrologic 6.2 A 40 A /9 Micrologic 6.2 A 100 A /9 Micrologic 6.2 A 160 A /9 Micrologic 6.2 A 250 A /9 0LFURORJLF( /6,*SURWHFWLRQHQHUJ\PHWHU Rating 3 3d Micrologic 6.2 E 40 A /9 Micrologic 6.2 E 100 A /9 Micrologic 6.2 E 160 A /9 Micrologic 6.2 E 250 A /9
F-8
3 3d /9 /9 /9 /9 /9 /9 /9 /9 /9 /9 /9 /9
3 4d /9 /9 /9 /9 /9 /9 /9 /9 /9 /9 /9 /9
3 3d, 4d, 3d + N/2 /9 /9 /9 /9 3 3d, 4d, 3d + N/2, 3d + OSN /9 /9 /9 /9 3 3d, 4d, 3d + N/2, 3d + OSN /9 /9 /9 /9 3 3d, 4d, 3d + N/2, 3d + OSN /9 /9 /9 /9 3 3d, 4d, 3d + N/2, 3d + OSN /9 /9 /9 /9
version: 2.0
559E6100.indd
Catalogue numbers
NSX100/160/250F/N/H/S/L: ¿[HG)&GHYLFHEDVHGRQVHSDUDWH FRPSRQHQWV FRQW Compact and Vigicompact (cont.)
7ULSXQLW FRQW 0RWRUSURWHFWLRQ
DB112248
DB112247
DB115666
0DJQHWLF0$ ,SURWHFWLRQ Rating 3 3d MA2.5 /9 MA6.3 /9 MA12.5 /9 MA25 /9 MA50 /9 MA100 /9 MA150 /9 MA220 /9 0LFURORJLF0 /6O,SURWHFWLRQ Rating 3 3d Micrologic 2.2-M 25 A /9 Micrologic 2.2-M 50 A /9 Micrologic 2.2-M 100 A /9 Micrologic 2.2-M 150 A /9 Micrologic 2.2-M 220 A /9 0LFURORJLF(0 /6,*SURWHFWLRQHQHUJ\PHWHU Rating 3 3d Micrologic 6.2 E-M 25 A /9 Micrologic 6.2 E-M 50 A /9 Micrologic 6.2 E-M 80 A /9 Micrologic 6.2 E-M 150 A /9 Micrologic 6.2 E-M 220 A /9
3 3d
/9 /9 /9
*HQHUDWRUSURWHFWLRQ
DB112247
DB112246
7KHUPDOPDJQHWLF70* Rating TM16G TM25G TM40G TM63G 0LFURORJLF* /6O,SURWHFWLRQ Rating Micrologic 2.2-G 40 A Micrologic 2.2-G 100 A Micrologic 2.2-G 160 A Micrologic 2.2-G 250 A
3 3d /9 /9 /9 /9
3 4d /9 /9 /9 /9
3 3d /9 /9 /9 /9
3 3d, 4d, 3d + N/2 /9 /9 /9 /9
9LJLPRGXOHRULQVXODWLRQPRQLWRULQJPRGXOH DB112249
9LJLPRGXOH 3 /9 /9 /9 /9 /9
3 /9 /9 /9 /9 /9 /9
3 200 to 440 V AC /9 Connection for a 4P insulation monitoring module on a 3P breaker
3 /9 /9
ME type for NSX100/160 (200 to 440 V) MH type for NSX100/160 (200 to 440 V) MH type for NSX250 (200 to 440 V) MH type for NSX100/160 (440 to 550 V) MH type for NSX250 (440 to 550 V) Connection for a 4P Vigi on a 3P breaker
DB112249
,QVXODWLRQPRQLWRULQJPRGXOH
559E6100.indd
version: 2.0
F-9
Catalogue numbers
7ULSXQLWDFFHVVRULHV Compact and Vigicompact NSX100/160/250
7ULSXQLWDFFHVVRULHV DB112733
([WHUQDOQHXWUDO&7IRUSROHEUHDNHUZLWK0LFURORJLF 25-100 A 150-250 A
/9 /9
DB112730
9'&ZLULQJDFFHVVRU\IRU0LFURORJLF 24 V DC power supply connector
/9
DB115665
=6,ZLULQJDFFHVVRU\IRU16E1:ZLWK16; ZSI module
/9
DB112736
([WHUQDOSRZHUVXSSO\PRGXOH 9'&$ FODVV 24-30 V DC 48-60 V DC 100-125 V DC 110-130 V AC 200-240 V AC 380-415 V AC
24 V DC battery module
DB112729
%DWWHU\PRGXOH
L4 L3
AD 220A
F-10
t Inpu 24VDC Output 24VDC G2
G1
version: 2.0
559E6100.indd
,QVWDOODWLRQDQGFRQQHFWLRQ
Catalogue numbers
Compact and Vigicompact NSX100/160/250
)L[HG5&GHYLFH ¿[HG)&GHYLFHUHDUFRQQHFWLRQNLW DB112251
6KRUW5&NLW Kit 3P Kit 4P 0L[HG5&NLW Kit 3P Kit 4P
3 x /9 4 x /9 Short RCs Long RCs Short RCs Long RCs
2x 1x 2x 2x
/9 /9 /9 /9
3OXJLQYHUVLRQ ¿[HG)&GHYLFHSOXJLQNLW DB112252
.LWIRU&RPSDFW 3OXJLQNLW Comprising: Base Power connections Short terminal shields Safety trip interlock
3 3 /9
3 /9
3 /9
= 1 x LV429265 + 2 x LV429268 + 2 x LV429515 + 1 x LV429270
= 1 x LV429266 + 3 x LV429268 + 2 x LV429515 + 1 x LV429270
= 1 x LV429267 + 4 x LV429268 + 2 x LV429516 + 1 x LV429270
3 /9
3 /9
= 1 x LV429266 + 3 x LV429269 + 2 x LV429515 + 1 x LV429270
= 1 x LV429267 + 4 x LV429269 + 2 x LV429516 + 1 x LV429270
DB112253
.LWIRU9LJLFRPSDFW 9LJLFRPSDFWSOXJLQNLW Comprising: Base Power connections Short terminal shields Safety trip interlock
:LWKGUDZDEOHYHUVLRQ ¿[HG)&GHYLFHZLWKGUDZDEOHNLW DB112731
.LWIRU&RPSDFW
Plug-in kit Chassis side plates for base Chassis side plates for breaker
3 3 .LWIRU&RPSDFW
3 .LWIRU&RPSDFW
3 .LWIRU&RPSDFW
1 x /9 + 1 x /9 + 1 x /9
1 x /9 + 1 x /9 + 1 x /9
1 x /9 + 1 x /9 + 1 x /9
3 .LWIRU9LJLFRPSDFW
3 .LWIRU9LJLFRPSDFW
1 x /9 + 1 x /9 + 1 x /9
1 x /9 + 1 x /9 + 1 x /9
DB112732
.LWIRU9LJLFRPSDFW
Plug-in kit Chassis side plates for base Chassis side plates for breaker
559E6100.indd
version: 2.0
F-11
Catalogue numbers
$FFHVVRULHV Compact and Vigicompact NSX100/160/250
&RQQHFWLRQDFFHVVRULHV &XRU$O DB112225
5HDUFRQQHFWLRQV /9 /9
2 short 2 long
DB112226 DB112225 DB112726
Clips for connectors
DB112227
Aluminium connectors for 2 cables
2 x (50 to 120 mm²) ; y 250 A
Set of 3 Set of 4
/9 /9
DB112228
/9 /9 /9 /9 /9
Aluminium connectors for 6 cables
6 x (1.5 to 35 mm²) ; y 250 A
Set of 3 Set of 4
/9 /9
Set of 10
/9
160 A (40 °C) 6 cables S y 10 mm² 250 A (40 °C) 9 cables S y 10 mm²
1P 3P 4P
45° terminal extension
Set of 3 Set of 4
/9 /9
DB112231
Set of 3 Set of 4 Set of 3 Set of 4 Set of 10
Edgewise terminal extensions
Set of 3 Set of 4
/9 /9
DB112232
1 x (25 to 95 mm²) ; y 250 A
Aluminium connectors
Right-angle terminal extensions
Set of 3 Set of 4
/9 /9
DB112233
/9 /9
Straight terminal extensions
Set of 3 Set of 4
/9 /9
DB112234
Set of 3 Set of 4
Double-L terminal extensions
Set of 3 Set of 4
/9 /9
DB112235
1 x (1.5 to 95 mm²) ; y 160 A
Steel connectors
Spreaders from 35 to 45 mm pitch
3P 4P
/9 /9
DB112236
%DUHFDEOHFRQQHFWRUV
One-piece spreader from 35 to 45 mm pitch
3P 4P 3P/4P
/9 /9 /9
DB112724
1 x (120 to 185 mm²) ; y 250 A
6.35 mm voltage tap for steel or aluminium connectors
DB115613
3RO\EORFGLVWULEXWLRQEORFN IRUEDUHFDEOH
DB112230
7HUPLQDOH[WHQVLRQV
Front alignment base (for one-piece spreader)
(1) Supplied with 2 or 3 interphase barriers.
F-12
version: 2.0
559E6100.indd
Catalogue numbers
$FFHVVRULHV FRQW Compact and Vigicompact NSX100/160/250 (cont.)
/9 /9 /9 /9 /9 /9
Set of 3 Set of 4 Set of 3 Set of 4
/9 /9 /9 /9
DB112239
1 short terminal shield for breaker or plug-in base
3P 4P
/9 /9
DB112240
1 long terminal shield for breaker or plug-in base
3P 4P
/9 /9
DB112241
Interphase barriers for breaker or plug-in base
Set of 6
/9
DB112734
Connection adapter for plug-in base
3P 4P
/9 /9
2 insulating screens for breaker (45 mm pitch)
3P 4P
/9 /9
DB112237
Set of 3 Set of 4 Set of 3 Set of 4 Set of 3 Set of 4
DB112242
&ULPSOXJVIRUFRSSHUFDEOH For cable 120 mm² For cable 150 mm² For cable 185 mm²
DB112238
&ULPSOXJVIRUDOXPLQLXPFDEOH For cable 150 mm² For cable 185 mm²
,QVXODWLRQDFFHVVRULHV
(1) Supplied with 2 or 3 interphase barriers.
559E6100.indd
version: 2.0
F-13
Catalogue numbers
$FFHVVRULHV FRQW Compact and Vigicompact NSX100/160/250 (cont.)
(OHFWULFDODX[LOLDULHV DB112254
$X[LOLDU\FRQWDFWV FKDQJHRYHU /9
OF or SD or SDE or SDV OF or SD or SDE or SDV low level SDE adapter, mandatory for trip unit TM, MA or Micrologic 2
DB112275
6'[RXWSXWPRGXOHIRU0LFURORJLF /9
SDx module 24/415 V AC/DC
DB112276
6'7$0FRQWDFWRUWULSSLQJPRGXOH HDUO\EUHDNWKHUPDOIDXOWVLJQDO IRU0LFURORJLF0(0 /9
SDTAM 24/415 V AC/DC overload fault indication
DB111454
9ROWDJHUHOHDVHV Voltage 24 V 50/60 Hz 48 V 50/60 Hz 110-130 V 50/60 Hz 220-240 V 50/60 Hz and 208-277 V 60 Hz 380-415 V 50 Hz and 440-480 V 60 Hz 525 V 50 Hz and 600 V 60 Hz DC 12 V 24 V 30 V 48 V 60 V 125 V 250 V 019+]ZLWK¿[HGWLPHGHOD\ Composed of: MN 48 V DC Delay unit 48 V 50/60 Hz 019+]ZLWK¿[HGWLPHGHOD\ Composed of: MN 250 V DC Delay unit 220-240 V 50/60 Hz 019'&$&+]ZLWKDGMXVWDEOHWLPHGHOD\ Composed of: MN 48 V DC Delay unit 48 V 50/60 Hz 019'&$&+]ZLWKDGMXVWDEOHWLPHGHOD\ Composed of: MN 125 V DC Delay unit 110-130 V 50/60 Hz 019+]ZLWKDGMXVWDEOHWLPHGHOD\ Composed of: MN 250 V DC Delay unit 220-250 V 50/60 Hz
DB115631
AC
F-14
0; /9 /9 /9 /9 /9 /9 /9 /9 /9 /9 /9 /9 /9
01 /9 /9 /9 /9 /9 /9 /9 /9 /9 /9 /9 /9 /9 /9 /9 /9 /9 /9 /9 /9
version: 2.0
559E6100.indd
$FFHVVRULHV FRQW
Catalogue numbers
Compact and Vigicompact NSX100/160/250 (cont.)
0RWRUPHFKDQLVP DB112265
0RWRUPHFKDQLVPPRGXOHVXSSOLHGZLWK6'(DGDSWHU AC
DC
9ROWDJH 48-60 V 50/60 Hz 110-130 V 50/60 Hz 220-240 V 50/60 Hz and 208-277 V 60 Hz 380-415 V 50/60 Hz and 440-480 V 60 Hz 24-30 V 48-60 V 110-130 V 250 V
07 /9 /9 /9
07 /9 /9 /9
/9
/9
/9 /9 /9 /9
/9 /9 /9 /9
DB112265
&RPPXQLFDWLQJPRWRUPHFKDQLVPPRGXOHVXSSOLHGZLWK6'(DGDSWHU Motor mechanism module
MTc NSX100/160 MTc NSX250
220-240 V 50/60 Hz 220-240 V 50/60 Hz
/9 /9
+ Breaker and Status Communication Module
BSCM
/9
Wire length L = 0.35 m Wire length L = 1.3 m Wire length L = 3 m U > 480 V AC wire length L = 0.35 m
/9 /9 /9 /9
+ NSX cord
559E6100.indd
version: 2.0
F-15
Catalogue numbers
$FFHVVRULHV FRQW Compact and Vigicompact NSX100/160/250 (cont.)
,QGLFDWLRQDQGPHDVXUHPHQWPRGXOHV DB112256
$PPHWHUPRGXOH Rating (A) 3P 4P
100 /9 /9
160 /9 /9
250 /9 /9
100 /9
160 /9
250 /9
125 /9 /9
150 /9 /9
250 /9 /9
125 /9 /9
150 /9 /9
250 /9 /9
DB112256
,PD[DPPHWHUPRGXOH Rating (A) 3P
DB112257
&XUUHQWWUDQVIRUPHUPRGXOH Rating (A) 3P 4P
DB112257
&XUUHQWWUDQVIRUPHUPRGXOHDQGYROWDJHRXWSXW Rating (A) 3P 4P
DB112258
9ROWDJHSUHVHQFHLQGLFDWRU 3P/4P
/9
With black handle With red handle on yellow front MCC conversion accessory CNOMO conversion accessory
/9 /9 /9 /9
5RWDU\KDQGOHV DB112259
'LUHFWURWDU\KDQGOH
DB112260
([WHQGHGURWDU\KDQGOH /9 /9 /9
With black handle With red handle on yellow front With telescopic handle for withdrawable device
$FFHVVRULHVIRUGLUHFWRUH[WHQGHGURWDU\KDQGOH Indication auxiliary
F-16
/9 /9
1 early-break contact 2 early-make contacts
version: 2.0
559E6100.indd
Catalogue numbers
$FFHVVRULHV FRQW Compact and Vigicompact NSX100/160/250 (cont.)
/RFNV DB112261
By removable device
DB112262
7RJJOHORFNLQJGHYLFHIRUWRSDGORFNV
%\¿[HGGHYLFH
/9
DB112263
/RFNLQJRIURWDU\KDQGOH Keylock adapter (keylock not included) Keylock (keylock adapter not included)
Ronis 1351B.500 Profalux KS5 B24 D4Z
/9
DB112264
/RFNLQJRIPRWRUPHFKDQLVPPRGXOH /9
Keylock adapter + Ronis keylock (special)
559E6100.indd
version: 2.0
F-17
Catalogue numbers
$FFHVVRULHV FRQW Compact and Vigicompact NSX100/160/250 (cont.)
,QWHUORFNLQJ DB111486
With toggles
/9
DB111487
0HFKDQLFDOLQWHUORFNLQJIRUFLUFXLWEUHDNHUV
With rotary handles
/9
,QWHUORFNLQJZLWKNH\ NH\ORFNVNH\ IRUURWDU\KDQGOHV DB112268
Keylock kit (keylock not included) 1 set of 2 keylocks (1 key only, keylock kit not included)
Ronis 1351B.500 Profalux KS5 B24 D4Z
/9
,QVWDOODWLRQDFFHVVRULHV DB112737
)URQWSDQHOHVFXWFKHRQV IP40 escutcheon for all control types IP40 escutcheon for Vigi module IP40 escutcheon for Vigi or ammeter module
/9 /9 /9
1 toggle cover
/9
Bag of accessories
/9
1 adapter
/9
3P 60 mm busbar adapter
IP40
DB112738
,3UXEEHUWRJJOHFRYHU
DB115615
/HDGVHDOLQJDFFHVVRULHV
DB112739
'LQUDLODGDSWHU
DB111428
PPEXVEDUDGDSWHU
(1) For only 1 device.
F-18
version: 2.0
559E6100.indd
Catalogue numbers
$FFHVVRULHV FRQW Compact and Vigicompact NSX100/160/250 (cont.)
3OXJLQZLWKGUDZDEOHYHUVLRQDFFHVVRULHV DB117159
,QVXODWLRQDFFHVVRULHV 1 connection adapter for plug-in base
3P 4P
/9 /9
DB117160
ZLUH¿[HGFRQQHFWRU IRUEDVH
/9
DB117161
1 9-wire moving connector (for circuit breaker)
/9
DB117162
1 support for 2 moving connectors
/9
DB115885
$X[LOLDU\FRQQHFWLRQV
ZLUHPDQXDODX[LOLDU\FRQQHFWRU ¿[HGPRYLQJ
/9
3OXJLQEDVHDFFHVVRULHV DB117164 DB117165 DB117166
Base
2P 3P
/9 /9
DB117167
Base
4P
/9
DB117168
2 power connections
2/3/4P
/9
DB117169
1 short terminal shield
2/3P
/9
1 short terminal shield
4P
/9
1 safety trip interlock
2/3/4P
/9
Escutcheon collar
Toggle
/9
Escutcheon collar
Vigi module
/9
DB117171
2 IP40 shutters for base
DB117170
/9
2 long insulated right angle terminal extensions
Set of 2
/9
DB117163
DB117173
DB117172
&KDVVLVDFFHVVRULHV
/9
Locking kit (keylock not included)
DB111426
Keylock (keylock adapter not included)
Ronis 1351B.500 Profalux KS5 B24 D4Z
/9
2 carriage switches (connected/disconnected position indication)
559E6100.indd
version: 2.0
F-19
Catalogue numbers
$FFHVVRULHV FRQW Compact and Vigicompact NSX100/160/250 (cont.)
6SDUHSDUWV DB111430 DB115620 DB111431 DB111432
16UHWUR¿WHVFXWFKHRQ
IP40 toggle escutcheon
VHWRILGHQWL¿FDWLRQODEHOV
/9
1 base for extended rotary handle
/9
DB111435
LCD display for electronic trip unit
DB111436
5 transparent covers for trip unit
DB115886
DB111429
VQDSLQQXWV ¿[HG)&
DB111433
/9
Bag of screws
DB111438
/9
10 spare toggle extensions (NSX250)
5 opaque covers for Micrologic 5/6
F-20
M6 for NSX100N/H/L M8 for NSX160/250N/H/L
/9 /9
Small cut-out
/9
Compact NS type/small cut-out
Micrologic 5 Micrologic 6 Micrologic G-E-M TM, MA, NA Micrologic 2 Micrologic 5/6
version: 2.0
/9 /9 /9 /9 /9 /9 /9
559E6100.indd
Catalogue numbers
0RQLWRULQJDQGFRQWUROWHVWWRROV Compact and Vigicompact NSX100/160/250
0RQLWRULQJDQGFRQWURO UHPRWHRSHUDWLRQ DB111439
&LUFXLWEUHDNHUDFFHVVRULHV Breaker Status Control Module
BSCM
/9
DB111440
8/3GLVSOD\PRGXOH 759 759
Switchboard front display module FDM121 FDM mounting accessory (diameter 22 mm)
DB111441
8/3FRPPXQLFDWLRQPRGXOH Modbus interface
Modbus SL communication interface module
759
DB111442
NSX cord L = 0.35 m NSX cord L = 1.3 m NSX cord L = 3 m NSX cord for U > 480 V AC L = 0.35 m
/9 /9 /9 /9
DB115621
10 stacking connectors for communication interface modules
759
DB111443
10 Modbus line terminators
9:$'5&
DB115622
RS 485 roll cable (4 wires, length 60 m)
DB115623
10 RJ45 connectors female/female
759
DB111444
10 ULP line terminators
759
DB111445
8/3ZLULQJDFFHVVRULHV
10 RJ45/RJ45 male cord L = 0.3 m 10 RJ45/RJ45 male cord L = 0.6 m 5 RJ45/RJ45 male cord L = 1 m 5 RJ45/RJ45 male cord L = 2 m 5 RJ45/RJ45 male cord L = 3 m 1 RJ45/RJ45 male cord L = 5 m
759 759 759 759 759 759
DB112278
External power supply module 100-240 V AC 110-230 V DC / 24 V DC-3 A class 2
$%/536
DB112736
3RZHUVXSSO\PRGXOHV
External power supply module 24 V DC-1 A OVC IV 24-30 V DC 48-60 V DC 100-125 V AC 110-130 V AC 200-240 V AC 380-415 V AC
24 V DC battery module
DB112729
%DWWHU\PRGXOH
L4 L3
AD 220A
t Inpu 24VDC Output 24VDC G2
G1
(1) SDE adapter mandatory for trip unit TM, MA or Micrologic 2 (LV429451). (2) For measurement display with Micrologic A and E or status display with BSCM. (3) See Telemecanique catalogue.
559E6100.indd
version: 2.0
F-21
Catalogue numbers
0RQLWRULQJDQGFRQWUROWHVWWRROV FRQW
Compact and Vigicompact NSX100/160/250 (cont.)
7HVWWRROVRIWZDUHGHPR DB111449
Pocket battery for Micrologic NSX100-630
/9
DB111451
Maintenance case Comprising: - USB maintenance interface - Power supply - Micrologic cord - USB cord - RJ45/RJ45 male cord
759
DB111450
Spare USB maintenance interface
759
DB111452
Spare power supply 110-240 V AC
759
DB111453
Spare Micrologic cord for USB maintenance interface
759
DB111448
7HVWWRRO
Bluetooth/Modbus option for USB maintenance interface
9:$
&RQ¿JXUDWLRQDQGVHWWLQJVRIWZDUH568 Test software LTU Monitoring software RCU
/967 /967 /960
DB117158
6RIWZDUH
(1) See Telemecanique catalogue. (2) Downloadable from http://schneider-electric.com.
F-22
version: 2.0
559E6100.indd
Compact NSX
Compact NSX400 to 630 Contents
N6;1 FRPSOHWH¿[HG)&GHYLFH Compact NSX400/630N (50 kA 380/415 V)
16;+ FRPSOHWH¿[HG)&GHYLFH Compact NSX400/630H (70 kA 380/415 V)
NSX400/630NA: FRPSOHWH¿[HG)&GHYLFH Compact NSX400/630NA
16;1+6/ ¿[HG)&GHYLFHEDVHG RQVHSDUDWHFRPSRQHQWV Compact and Vigicompact
7ULSXQLWDFFHVVRULHV Compact and Vigicompact NSX400/630
,QVWDOODWLRQDQGFRQQHFWLRQ Compact and Vigicompact NSX400/630
$FFHVVRULHV Compact and Vigicompact NSX400/630
0RQLWRULQJDQGFRQWUROWHVWWRROV Compact and Vigicompact NSX400/630
559E6200TDM.indd
version: 2.0
)30 F-30 )31 F-31 )32 F-32
)33 F-33 )34 F-34 )35 F-35 )37 F-37 )46 F-46
F-29
Catalogue numbers
NSX400/630N: FRPSOHWH¿[HG)&GHYLFH Compact NSX400/630N (50 kA 380/415 V)
&RPSDFW16;1 DB111455
(OHFWURQLFWULSXQLW0LFURORJLF /6O,SURWHFWLRQ Compact NSX400N (50 kA at 380/415 V) Compact NSX630N (50 kA at 380/415 V)
250 A 400 A 630 A
3P 3d /9 /9 /9
4P 3d, 4d, 3d + N/2 /9 /9 /9
400 A 630 A
3P 3d /9 /9
4P 3d, 4d, 3d + N/2, 3d + OSN /9 /9
320 A 500 A
3P 3d /9 /9
320 A 500 A
3P 3d /9 /9
DB111456
(OHFWURQLFWULSXQLW0LFURORJLF$ /6,SURWHFWLRQDPPHWHU Compact NSX400N (50 kA at 380/415 V) Compact NSX630N (50 kA at 380/415 V)
DB111457
(OHFWURQLFWULSXQLW0LFURORJLF0$ ,PRWRUSURWHFWLRQ Compact NSX400N 1.3-M (50 kA at 380/415V) Compact NSX630N 1.3-M (50 kA at 380/415V)
DB111457
(OHFWURQLFWULSXQLW0LFURORJLF0 /6O,PRWRUSURWHFWLRQ Compact NSX400N 2.3-M (50 kA at 380/415V) Compact NSX630N 2.3-M (50 kA at 380/415V)
:LWKHOHFWURQLFWULSXQLW0LFURORJLF( /6,SURWHFWLRQHQHUJ\PHWHU To be ordered with 2 catalogue numbers: 1 basic frame + 1 trip unit
:LWKHOHFWURQLFWULSXQLW0LFURORJLF$ /6,*SURWHFWLRQDPPHWHU To be ordered with 2 catalogue numbers: 1 basic frame + 1 trip unit
:LWKHOHFWURQLFWULSXQLW0LFURORJLF( /6,*SURWHFWLRQHQHUJ\PHWHU To be ordered with 2 catalogue numbers: 1 basic frame + 1 trip unit
:LWKHOHFWURQLFWULSXQLW0LFURORJLF(0 /6,*PRWRUSURWHFWLRQHQHUJ\PHWHU To be ordered with 2 catalogue numbers: 1 basic frame + 1 trip unit
F-30
version: 2.0
559E6200.indd
Catalogue numbers
NSX400/630H: FRPSOHWH¿[HG)&GHYLFH Compact NSX400/630H (70 kA 380/415 V)
&RPSDFW16;+ DB111455
(OHFWURQLFWULSXQLW0LFURORJLF /6O,SURWHFWLRQ Compact NSX400H (70 kA at 380/415 V) Compact NSX630H (70 kA at 380/415 V)
250 A 400 A 630 A
3P 3d /9 /9 /9
4P 3d, 4d, 3d + N/2 /9 /9 /9
400 A 630 A
3P 3d /9 /9
4P 3d, 4d, 3d + N/2, 3d + OSN /9 /9
320 A 500 A
3P 3d /9 /9
320 A 500 A
3P 3d /9 /9
DB111456
(OHFWURQLFWULSXQLW0LFURORJLF$ /6,SURWHFWLRQDPPHWHU Compact NSX400H (70 kA at 380/415 V) Compact NSX630H (70 kA at 380/415 V)
DB111457
(OHFWURQLFWULSXQLW0LFURORJLF0 ,PRWRUSURWHFWLRQ Compact NSX400H 1.3-M (70 kA at 380/415V) Compact NSX630H 1.3-M (70 kA at 380/415V)
DB111457
(OHFWURQLFWULSXQLW0LFURORJLF0 /6O,PRWRUSURWHFWLRQ Compact NSX400H 2.3-M (70 kA at 380/415V) Compact NSX630H 2.3-M (70 kA at 380/415V)
:LWKHOHFWURQLFWULSXQLW0LFURORJLF( /6,*SURWHFWLRQHQHUJ\PHWHU Only available as separate components.
:LWKHOHFWURQLFWULSXQLW0LFURORJLF(0 /6,*PRWRUSURWHFWLRQHQHUJ\PHWHU Only available as separate components.
559E6200.indd
version: 2.0
F-31
Catalogue numbers
16;1$ FRPSOHWH¿[HG)&GHYLFH Compact NSX400/630NA
&RPSDFW16;1$VZLWFKGLVFRQQHFWRU DB111459
:LWK1$VZLWFKGLVFRQQHFWRUXQLW Compact NSX400 0.3 NA Compact NSX630 0.3 NA, 45 mm pitch
F-32
3P /9 /9
version: 2.0
4P /9 /9
559E6200.indd
Catalogue numbers
16;1+6/ ¿[HG)& GHYLFHEDVHGRQVHSDUDWH FRPSRQHQWV Compact and Vigicompact
%DVLFIUDPH 3P /9 /9 /9 /9
4P /9 /9 /9 /9
NSX630N (50 kA 380/415 V) NSX630H (70 kA 380/415 V) NSX630S (100 kA 380/415 V) NSX630L (150 kA 380/415 V)
3P /9 /9 /9 /9
4P /9 /9 /9 /9
DB111461
0LFURORJLF /6O,SURWHFWLRQ Rating Micrologic 2.3 250 A Micrologic 2.3 400 A Micrologic 2.3 630 A
3P 3d /9 /9 /9
4P 3d, 4d, 3d + N/2 /9 /9 /9
DB111462
0LFURORJLF$ /6,SURWHFWLRQDPPHWHU Rating Micrologic 5.3 A 400 A Micrologic 5.3 A 630 A
3P 3d /9 /9
4P 3d, 4d, 3d + N/2, 3d + OSN /9 /9
3P 3d /9 /9
4P 3d, 4d, 3d + N/2, 3d + OSN /9 /9
3P 3d /9 /9
4P 3d, 4d, 3d + N/2, 3d + OSN /9 /9
3P 3d /9 /9
4P 3d, 4d, 3d + N/2, 3d + OSN /9 /9
DB111463
0LFURORJLF0 ,SURWHFWLRQ Rating Micrologic 1.3-M 320 A Micrologic 1.3-M 500 A
3P 3d /9 /9
4P 3d /9 /9
DB111461
0LFURORJLF0 /6O,SURWHFWLRQ Rating Micrologic 2.3-M 320 A Micrologic 2.3-M 500 A
3P 3d /9 /9
DB111462
DB111460
&RPSDFW16;
0LFURORJLF(0 /6,*SURWHFWLRQHQHUJ\PHWHU Rating Micrologic 6.3 E-M 320 A Micrologic 6.3 E-M 500 A
3P 3d /9 /9
NSX400N (50 kA 380/415 V) NSX400H (70 kA 380/415 V) NSX400S (100 kA 380/415 V) NSX400L (150 kA 380/415 V) &RPSDFW16;
7ULSXQLW 'LVWULEXWLRQSURWHFWLRQ
DB111462
0LFURORJLF( /6,SURWHFWLRQHQHUJ\PHWHU Rating Micrologic 5.3 E 400 A Micrologic 5.3 E 630 A 0LFURORJLF$ /6,*SURWHFWLRQDPPHWHU Rating Micrologic 6.3 A 400 A Micrologic 6.3 A 630 A 0LFURORJLF( /6,*SURWHFWLRQHQHUJ\PHWHU Rating Micrologic 6.3 E 400 A Micrologic 6.3 E 630 A
0RWRUSURWHFWLRQ
559E6200.indd
version: 2.0
F-33
Catalogue numbers
7ULSXQLWDFFHVVRULHV Compact and Vigicompact NSX400/630
9LJLPRGXOHRULQVXODWLRQPRQLWRULQJPRGXOH DB111464
9LJLPRGXOH Type MB
200 to 440 V 440 to 550 V
3P /9 /9
4P /9 /9 /9
3P /9
4P /9 /9
Connection for a 4P Vigi on a 3P breaker
DB111464
,QVXODWLRQPRQLWRULQJPRGXOH 200 to 440 V AC Connection for a 4P insulation monitoring module on a 3P breaker
7ULSXQLWDFFHVVRULHV DB112277
([WHUQDOQHXWUDO&7IRUSROHEUHDNHUZLWK0LFURORJLF /9
400-630 A
DB112730
9'&ZLULQJDFFHVVRU\IRU0LFURORJLF /9
24 V DC power supply connector
DB115665
=6,DFFHVVRU\IRU16E1:ZLWK16; /9
ZSI module
DB112736
([WHUQDOSRZHUVXSSO\PRGXOH 9'&$ FODVV 24-30 V DC 48-60 V DC 100-125 V DC 110-130 V AC 200-240 V AC 380-415 V AC
24 V DC battery module
DB112729
%DWWHU\PRGXOH
L4 L3
AD 220A
F-34
t Inpu 24VDC Output 24VDC G2
G1
version: 2.0
559E6200.indd
,QVWDOODWLRQDQGFRQQHFWLRQ
Catalogue numbers
Compact and Vigicompact NSX400/630
)L[HG5&GHYLFH ¿[HG)&GHYLFHUHDUFRQQHFWLRQNLW DB111465
0L[HG5&NLW Kit 3P Kit 4P
Short RCs Long RCs Short RCs Long RCs
2x 1x 2x 2x
/9 /9 /9 /9
)L[HG)&GHYLFHZLWKPPRUPPSLWFK ¿[HG)&GHYLFHZLWKPPSLWFKVSUHDGHUV 7KHSLWFKRIDOO&RPSDFWDQG9LJLFRPSDFW16;GHYLFHVLVPP6SUHDGHUVDUHDYDLODEOHIRU¿[HGIURQWSOXJLQRUZLWKGUDZDEOHFRQQHFWLRQZLWKSLWFKRI 52.5 mm or 70 mm.
DB111466
8SVWUHDPRUGRZQVWUHDPVSUHDGHUV 52.5 mm 70 mm
/9 /9 /9 /9
3P 4P 3P 4P
3OXJLQYHUVLRQ ¿[HG)&GHYLFHSOXJLQNLW DB111467
.LWIRU&RPSDFW 3OXJLQNLW Comprising: Base Power connections Short terminal shields Safety trip interlock
3P /9
4P /9
= 1 x LV432516 + 3 x LV432518 + 2 x LV432591 + 1 x LV432520
= 1 x LV432517 + 4 x LV432518 + 2 x LV432592 + 1 x LV432520
3P /9
4P /9
= 1 x LV432516 + 3 x LV432519 + 2 x LV432591 + 1 x LV432520
= 1 x LV432517 + 4 x LV432519 + 2 x LV432592 + 1 x LV432520
DB111469
.LWIRU9LJLFRPSDFW 9LJLSOXJLQNLW Comprising: Base Power connections Short terminal shields Safety trip interlock
559E6200.indd
version: 2.0
F-35
Catalogue numbers
,QVWDOODWLRQDQGFRQQHFWLRQ FRQW Compact and Vigicompact NSX400/630 (cont.)
:LWKGUDZDEOHYHUVLRQ ¿[HG)&GHYLFHZLWKGUDZDEOHNLW DB111468
.LWIRU&RPSDFW
Plug-in kit: Chassis side plates for base Chassis side plates for breaker
3P .LWIRU&RPSDFW
4P .LWIRU&RPSDFW
1 x /9 + 1 x /9 + 1 x /9
1 x /9 + 1 x /9 + 1 x /9
3P .LWIRU9LJLFRPSDFW
4P .LWIRU9LJLFRPSDFW
1 x /9 + 1 x /9 + 1 x /9
1 x /9 + 1 x /9 + 1 x /9
DB117174
.LWIRU9LJLFRPSDFW
Plug-in kit: Chassis side plates for base Chassis side plates for breaker
F-36
version: 2.0
559E6200.indd
Catalogue numbers
$FFHVVRULHV Compact and Vigicompact NSX400/630
&RQQHFWLRQDFFHVVRULHV &XRU$O DB111471
5HDUFRQQHFWLRQV /9 /9
2 short 2 long
DB115624
Aluminium connectors
1 x (35 to 300 mm²)
Set of 3 Set of 4
/9 /9
DB115625
Aluminium connectors for 2 cables
2 x (35 to 300 mm²)
Set of 3 Set of 4
/9 /9
DB112724
6.35 mm voltage tap for steel or aluminium connectors
Set of 10
/9
DB115649
45° terminal extensions
Set of 3 Set of 4
/9 /9
DB115650
Edgewise terminal extensions
Set of 3 Set of 4
/9 /9
DB115651
Right-angle terminal extensions
Set of 3 Set of 4
/9 /9
DB115652
%DUHFDEOHFRQQHFWRUV
Spreaders
3P 4P 3P 4P
/9 /9 /9 /9
Set of 3 Set of 4 Set of 3 Set of 4
/9 /9 /9 /9
Set of 3 Set of 4 Set of 3 Set of 4
/9 /9 /9 /9
7HUPLQDOH[WHQVLRQV
52.5 mm 70 mm
DB112237
&ULPSOXJVIRUFRSSHUFDEOH
For cable 240 mm² For cable 300 mm² Supplied with 2 or 3 interphase barriers
DB112238
&ULPSOXJVIRUDOXPLQLXPFDEOH For cable 240 mm² For cable 300 mm² Supplied with 2 or 3 interphase barriers (1) Supplied with 2 or 3 interphase barriers.
559E6200.indd
version: 2.0
F-37
Catalogue numbers
$FFHVVRULHV FRQW Compact and Vigicompact NSX400/630 (cont.)
DB111472
Short terminal shield, 45 mm (1 piece)
3P 4P
/9 /9
DB111473
Long terminal shield, 45 mm (1 piece)
3P 4P
/9 /9
DB115626
Long terminal shield for spreaders, 52.5 mm (1 piece) (supplied with insulating plate) 3 P 4P
/9 /9
DB115632
Interphase barriers
Set of 6
/9
DB115627
Connection adapter for plug-in base
3P 4P
/9 /9
DB115628
,QVXODWLRQDFFHVVRULHV
2 insulating screens (70 mm pitch)
3P 4P
/9 /9
F-38
version: 2.0
559E6200.indd
Catalogue numbers
$FFHVVRULHV FRQW Compact and Vigicompact NSX400/630 (cont.)
(OHFWULFDODX[LOLDULHV DB112254
$X[LOLDU\FRQWDFWV FKDQJHRYHU
OF or SD or SDE or SDV OF or SD or SDE or SDV low level
DB112275
6'[RXWSXWPRGXOHIRU0LFURORJLFHOHFWURQLFWULSXQLW /9
SDx module 24/415 V AC/DC
DB112276
6'7$0FRQWDFWRUWULSSLQJPRGXOH HDUO\EUHDNWKHUPDOIDXOWVLJQDO IRU0LFURORJLF0(0 /9
SDTAM 24/415 V AC/DC overload fault indication
DB111454
9ROWDJHUHOHDVHV Voltage 24 V 50/60 Hz 48 V 50/60 Hz 110-130 V 50/60 Hz 220-240 V 50/60 Hz and 208-277 V 60 Hz 380-415 V 50 Hz and 440-480 V 60 Hz 525 V 50 Hz and 600 V 60 Hz DC 12 V 24 V 30 V 48 V 60 V 125 V 250 V 019+]ZLWK¿[HGWLPHGHOD\ Composed of: MN 48 V DC Delay unit 48 V 50/60 Hz 019+]ZLWK¿[HGWLPHGHOD\ Composed of: MN 250 V DC Delay unit 220-240 V 50/60 Hz 019'&$&+]ZLWKDGMXVWDEOHWLPHGHOD\ Composed of: MN 48 V DC Delay unit 48 V 50/60 Hz 019'&$&+]ZLWKDGMXVWDEOHWLPHGHOD\ Composed of: MN 125 V DC Delay unit 110-130 V 50/60 Hz 019+]ZLWKDGMXVWDEOHWLPHGHOD\ Composed of: MN 250 V DC Delay unit 220-250 V 50/60 Hz
DB115631
AC
559E6200.indd
0; /9 /9 /9 /9 /9 /9 /9 /9 /9 /9 /9 /9 /9
01 /9 /9 /9 /9 /9 /9 /9 /9 /9 /9 /9 /9 /9 /9 /9 /9 /9 /9 /9 /9
version: 2.0
F-39
Catalogue numbers
$FFHVVRULHV FRQW Compact and Vigicompact NSX400/630 (cont.)
0RWRUPHFKDQLVP DB111475
0RWRUPHFKDQLVPPRGXOH AC
Ø5...8
DC
auto u man
Voltage 48-60 V 50/60 Hz 110-130 V 50/60 Hz 220-240 V 50/60 Hz and 208-277 V 60 Hz 380-415 V 50 Hz 440-480 V 60 Hz 24-30 V 48-60 V 110-130 V 250 V
07 /9 /9 /9 /9 /9 /9 /9 /9 /9 /9
MTc NSX400-630
/9
Operation counter DB111476
&RPPXQLFDWLQJPRWRUPHFKDQLVPPRGXOH Motor mechanism module
220-240 V 50/60 Hz
Ø5...8
auto u man
+ Breaker status Communication Module
BSCM
/9
Wire length L = 0.35 m Wire length L = 1.3 m Wire length L = 3 m U > 480 V AC wire length L = 0.35 m
/9 /9 /9 /9
+ NSX cord
F-40
version: 2.0
559E6200.indd
Catalogue numbers
$FFHVVRULHV FRQW Compact and Vigicompact NSX400/630 (cont.)
,QGLFDWLRQDQGPHDVXUHPHQWPRGXOHV DB111477
$PPHWHUPRGXOH Rating (A) 3P 4P
400 /9 /9
630 /9 /9
Rating (A) 3P
400 /9
630 /9
Rating (A) 3P 4P
400 /9 /9
600 /9 /9
400 /9 /9
600 /9 /9
A
DB111477
,PD[DPPHWHUPRGXOH
A
DB117179
&XUUHQWWUDQVIRUPHUPRGXOH
DB117179
&XUUHQWWUDQVIRUPHUPRGXOHDQGYROWDJHRXWSXW Rating (A) 3P 4P
DB111479
9ROWDJHSUHVHQFHLQGLFDWRU 3P/4P
/9
With black handle With red handle on yellow front MCC conversion accessory CNOMO conversion accessory
/9 /9 /9 /9
With black handle With red handle on yellow front With telescopic handle for withdrawable device
/9 /9 /9
5RWDU\KDQGOHV DB111480
'LUHFWURWDU\KDQGOH
DB111481
([WHQGHGURWDU\KDQGOH
$FFHVVRULHVIRUGLUHFWRUH[WHQGHGURWDU\KDQGOH Indication auxiliary
559E6200.indd
/9 /9
1 early-break contact 2 early-make contacts
version: 2.0
F-41
Catalogue numbers
$FFHVVRULHV FRQW Compact and Vigicompact NSX400/630 (cont.)
/RFNV DB111483
By removable device
DB111482
7RJJOHORFNLQJGHYLFHIRUWRSDGORFNV
%\¿[HGGHYLFH
/9
DB111484
/RFNLQJRIURWDU\KDQGOH Keylock adapter (keylock not included) Keylock (keylock adapter not included)
Ronis 1351B.500 Profalux KS5 B24 D4Z
/9
Ronis 1351B.500 Profalux KS5 B24 D4Z
/9
DB111485
/RFNLQJRIPRWRUPHFKDQLVPPRGXOH Keylock adapter (keylock not included) Keylock (keylock adapter not included)
F-42
version: 2.0
559E6200.indd
Catalogue numbers
$FFHVVRULHV FRQW Compact and Vigicompact NSX400/630 (cont.)
,QWHUORFNLQJ DB111486
With toggles
/9
DB111487
0HFKDQLFDOLQWHUORFNLQJIRUFLUFXLWEUHDNHUV
With rotary handles
/9
,QWHUORFNLQJZLWKNH\ NH\ORFNVNH\ IRUURWDU\KDQGOHV DB112268
Keylock kit (keylock not included) 1 set of 2 keylocks (1 key only, keylock kit not included)
Ronis 1351B.500 Profalux KS5 B24 D4Z
/9
,QVWDOODWLRQDFFHVVRULHV DB111489
)URQWSDQHOHVFXWFKHRQV IP40 escutcheon for all control types IP40 escutcheon for Vigi module IP40 escutcheon for Vigi or ammeter module
/9 /9 /9
1 toggle cover
/9
Bag of accessories
/9
3P 60 mm busbar adapter
IP40 DB111490
,3UXEEHUWRJJOHFRYHU
DB115615
/HDGVHDOLQJDFFHVVRULHV
DB111491
PPEXVEDUDGDSWHU L3 L2 L1 20 Nm
L2 20 Nm
L3 20 Nm
L3 2 L2 L1
(1) For only 1 device.
559E6200.indd
version: 2.0
F-43
Catalogue numbers
$FFHVVRULHV FRQW Compact and Vigicompact NSX400/630 (cont.)
3OXJLQZLWKGUDZDEOHYHUVLRQDFFHVVRULHV DB117159
,QVXODWLRQDFFHVVRULHV Connection adapter for plug-in base
3P 4P
/9 /9
DB117160
ZLUH¿[HGFRQQHFWRU IRUEDVH
/9
DB117161
1 9-wire moving connector (for circuit breaker)
/9
DB116368
1 support for 3 moving connectors
/9
DB115885
$X[LOLDU\FRQQHFWLRQV
ZLUHPDQXDODX[LOLDU\FRQQHFWRU ¿[HGPRYLQJ
/9
3P
/9
DB117181
Base
4P
/9
Power connections
3/4P
/9
Short terminal shields
3P
/9
Short terminal shields
4P
/9
Safety trip interlock
3/4P
/9
Toggle
/9
Vigi module
/9
DB117180
Base
DB117182
/9
DB117183
DB117164
/9
DB117184
2 IP40 shutters for base
Set of 2
DB117171
Long insulated right angle terminal extensions
DB117165
3OXJLQEDVHDFFHVVRULHV
DB117172
Escutcheon collar
DB117173
Escutcheon collar
DB117163
Locking kit (keylock not included)
/9
Keylock (keylock adapter not included) Ronis 1351B.500 Profalux KS5 B24 D4Z
DB111426
&KDVVLVDFFHVVRULHV
2 carriage switches (connected/disconnected position indication)
/9
F-44
version: 2.0
559E6200.indd
Catalogue numbers
$FFHVVRULHV FRQW Compact and Vigicompact NSX400/630 (cont.)
6SDUHSDUWV DB115633 DB111430 DB115620 DB111493 DB111433
IP40 toggle escutcheon
VHWRILGHQWL¿FDWLRQODEHOV
1 base for extended rotary handle
LCD display for electronic trip unit
Micrologic 5 Micrologic 6 Micrologic E-M
/9 /9 /9
5 transparent covers for electronic trip unit
Micrologic 2 Micrologic 5/6
/9 /9
DB115907
DB111436
&RPSDFW16UHWUR¿WHVFXWFKHRQ
DB111438
/9
Bag of screws
DB111495
/9
5 spare toggle extensions
DB111435
Additional toggle extension for NSX400/630
Small cut-out
/9
Compact NS type/small cut-out
/9
/9
5 opaque covers for Micrologic 5/6
559E6200.indd
/9
version: 2.0
F-45
Catalogue numbers
0RQLWRULQJDQGFRQWUROWHVWWRROV Compact and Vigicompact NSX400/630
0RQLWRULQJDQGFRQWURO UHPRWHRSHUDWLRQ DB111439
&LUFXLWEUHDNHUDFFHVVRULHV Breaker Status Control Module
/9
BSCM
DB111440
8/3GLVSOD\PRGXOH 759 759
Switchboard front display module FDM121 FDM mounting accessory (diameter 22 mm)
DB111441
8/3FRPPXQLFDWLRQPRGXOH Modbus interface
Modbus SL communication interface module
759
DB111442
NSX cord L = 0.35 m NSX cord L = 1.3 m NSX cord L = 3 m NSX cord for U > 480 V AC L = 0.35 m
/9 /9 /9 /9
DB115621
10 stacking connectors for communication interface modules
759
DB111443
10 Modbus line terminators
9:$'5&
DB115622
RS 485 roll cable (4 wires, length 60 m)
DB115623
10 RJ45 connectors female/female
759
DB111444
10 ULP line terminators
759
DB111445
10 RJ45/RJ45 male cord L = 0.3 m 10 RJ45/RJ45 male cord L = 0.6 m 5 RJ45/RJ45 male cord L = 1 m 5 RJ45/RJ45 male cord L = 2 m 5 RJ45/RJ45 male cord L = 3 m 1 RJ45/RJ45 male cord L = 5 m
759 759 759 759 759 759
DB112278
External power supply module 100-240 V AC 110-230 V DC / 24 V DC-3 A class 2
$%/536
DB112736
8/3ZLULQJDFFHVVRULHV
External power supply module 24 V DC-1 A OVC IV 24-30 V DC 48-60 V DC 100-125 V AC 110-130 V AC 200-240 V AC 380-415 V AC
24 V DC battery module
3RZHUVXSSO\PRGXOHV
DB112729
%DWWHU\PRGXOH
L4 L3
AD 220A
t Inpu 24VDC Output 24VDC G2
G1
(1) For measurement display with Micrologic A and E or status display with BSCM. (2) See Telemecanique catalogue.
F-46
version: 2.0
559E6200.indd
Catalogue numbers
0RQLWRULQJDQGFRQWUROWHVWWRROV FRQW
Compact and Vigicompact NSX400/630 (cont.)
7HVWWRROVRIWZDUHGHPR DB111449
Pocket battery for Micrologic NSX100-630
/9
DB111451
Maintenance case Comprising: - USB maintenance interface - Power supply - Micrologic cord - USB cord - RJ45/RJ45 male cord
759
DB111450
Spare USB maintenance interface
759
DB111452
Spare power supply 110-240 V AC
759
DB111453
Spare Micrologic cord for USB maintenance interface
759
DB111448
7HVWWRRO
Bluetooth/Modbus option for USB maintenance interface
9:$
&RQ¿JXUDWLRQDQGVHWWLQJVRIWZDUH568 Test software LTU Monitoring software RCU
/967 /967 /960
DB117158
6RIWZDUH
(1) See Telemecanique catalogue. (2) Downloadable from http://schneider-electric.com.
559E6200.indd
version: 2.0
F-47
F-48
version: 2.0
559E6200.indd
Glossary Glossaire
Compact NSX
Glossary Contents
Functions and characteristics Installation recommendations Dimensions and connection Wiring diagrams Additional characteristics Catalogue numbers
559E7000.indd
A-1 B-1 C-1 D-1 E-1 F-1
Accessories
G-2
Circuit-breaker characteristics (IEC 60947-2) Communication Components Controls
G-2 G-4 G-5 G-5
Discrimination / Cascading
G-6
Environment
G-7
Harmonics
G-8
Measurements
G-8
Protection
G-9
Relays and auxiliary contacts
G-10
Switchgear
G-10
Three-phase asynchronous motors and their protection Trip units
G-11 G-12
version: 1.0
G-1
Compact NSX
Glossary
For each major section (Accessories, Switchgear, etc.) and for each item (Adapter for plug-in base, Connection terminal, etc.), this glossary provides: b the page number in the concerned catalogue b the reference standard b the standardised IEC symbol bWKHGH¿QLWLRQ Text in quotation marks is drawn from the standards.
Accessories
...................................................................................................
Adapter for plug-in base
A-72
The adapter is a plastic component that can be installed upstream and/or downstream of the plug-in base and enables use of all the connection accessories of WKH¿[HGGHYLFH
Bare-cable connector
A-71
&RQGXFWLQJSDUWRIWKHFLUFXLWEUHDNHULQWHQGHGIRUFRQQHFWLRQWRSRZHUFLUFXLWV2Q Compact NSX, it is an aluminium part that screws to the connection terminals of the FLUFXLWEUHDNHU7KHUHDUHRQHRUPRUHKROHV VLQJOHRUPXOWLSOHFDEOHFRQQHFWRU IRU WKHHQGVRIEDUHFDEOHV
Connection terminals
A-70
Flat copper surface, linked to the conducting parts of the circuit breaker and to which SRZHUFRQQHFWLRQVDUHPDGHXVLQJEDUVFRQQHFWRUVRUOXJV
One-piece spreader
A-70
The spreader is a plastic component with copper connectors that can be installed upstream and/or downstream of a Compact NSX100 to 250 circuit breaker with a SROHSLWFKRIPP,WLQFUHDVHVWKHSLWFKRIWKHFLUFXLWEUHDNHUWHUPLQDOVWRWKH PPSLWFKRID16;GHYLFHWRIDFLOLWDWHFRQQHFWLRQRIODUJHFDEOHV
Spreaders
A-70
6HWRIWKUHH 3GHYLFH RUIRXU 3 ÀDWFRQGXFWLQJSDUWVPDGHRIDOXPLQLXP7KH\ DUHVFUHZHGWRWKHFLUFXLWEUHDNHUWHUPLQDOVWRLQFUHDVHWKHSLWFKEHWZHHQSROHV
Circuit-breaker characteristics (IEC 60947-2) ............................................
G-2
Breaking capacity
A-6
9DOXHRISURVSHFWLYHFXUUHQWWKDWDVZLWFKLQJGHYLFHLVFDSDEOHRIEUHDNLQJDWD VWDWHGYROWDJHXQGHUSUHVFULEHGFRQGLWLRQVRIXVHDQGEHKDYLRXU5HIHUHQFHLV JHQHUDOO\PDGHWRWKHXOWLPDWHEUHDNLQJFDSDFLW\ ,FX DQGWKHVHUYLFHEUHDNLQJ FDSDFLW\ ,FV
Degree of protection (IP) ,(&
A-5
'H¿QHVGHYLFHSURWHFWLRQDJDLQVWWKHSHQHWUDWLRQRIVROLGREMHFWVDQGOLTXLGVXVLQJ WZRGLJLWVVSHFL¿HGLQVWDQGDUG,(& (DFKGLJLWFRUUHVSRQGVWRDOHYHORI SURWHFWLRQZKHUHLQGLFDWHVQRSURWHFWLRQ b )LUVWGLJLW WR SURWHFWLRQDJDLQVWSHQHWUDWLRQRIVROLGIRUHLJQREMHFWV FRUUHVSRQGVWRSURWHFWLRQDJDLQVWREMHFWVZLWKDGLDPHWHU!PPFRUUHVSRQGV WRWRWDOSURWHFWLRQDJDLQVWGXVW b 6HFRQGGLJLW WR SURWHFWLRQDJDLQVWSHQHWUDWLRQRIOLTXLGV ZDWHU FRUUHVSRQGVWRSURWHFWLRQDJDLQVWIDOOLQJGURSVRIZDWHU FRQGHQVDWLRQ FRUUHVSRQGVWRFRQWLQXRXVLPPHUVLRQ 7KHHQFORVXUHRI&RPSDFW16;FLUFXLWEUHDNHUVSURYLGHVDPLQLPXPRI,3 SURWHFWLRQDJDLQVWREMHFWV!PP DQGFDQUHDFK,3 SURWHFWLRQDJDLQVWGXVWDQG SRZHUIXOZDWHUMHWV GHSHQGLQJRQWKHLQVWDOODWLRQFRQGLWLRQV
Degree of protection against external mechanical impacts (IK)
A-6
'H¿QHVWKHDSWLWXGHRIDQREMHFWWRUHVLVWPHFKDQLFDOLPSDFWVRQDOOVLGHVLQGLFDWHG E\DQXPEHUIURPWR VWDQGDUG,(& (DFKQXPEHUFRUUHVSRQGVWRWKH LPSDFWHQHUJ\ LQ-RXOHV WKDWWKHREMHFWFDQKDQGOHDFFRUGLQJWRDVWDQGDUGLVHG SURFHGXUH FRUUHVSRQGVWRQRSURWHFWLRQWRDQLPSDFWHQHUJ\RI-RXOHVWRDQLPSDFW HQHUJ\RI-RXOHV&RPSDFW16;SURYLGH,. -RXOHV DQGFDQSURYLGH,. -RXOHV GHSHQGLQJRQWKHLQVWDOODWLRQFRQGLWLRQV
Durability
A-6
7KHWHUPGXUDELOLW\LVXVHGLQWKHVWDQGDUGVLQVWHDGRIHQGXUDQFHWRH[SUHVVWKH H[SHFWDQF\RIWKHQXPEHURIRSHUDWLQJF\FOHVZKLFKFDQEHSHUIRUPHGE\WKH HTXLSPHQWEHIRUHUHSDLURUUHSODFHPHQWRISDUWV7KHWHUPHQGXUDQFHLVXVHGIRU VSHFL¿FDOO\GH¿QHGRSHUDWLRQDOSHUIRUPDQFH
Electrical durability ,(&
A-6
:LWKUHVSHFWWRLWVUHVLVWDQFHWRHOHFWULFDOZHDUHTXLSPHQWLVFKDUDFWHULVHGE\WKH QXPEHURIRQORDGRSHUDWLQJF\FOHVFRUUHVSRQGLQJWRWKHVHUYLFHFRQGLWLRQVJLYHQLQ WKHUHOHYDQWSURGXFWVWDQGDUGZKLFKFDQEHPDGHZLWKRXWUHUHSODFHPHQW
YHUVLRQ
(LQGG
Frame size
A-70
$WHUPGHVLJQDWLQJDJURXSRIFLUFXLWEUHDNHUVWKHH[WHUQDOSK\VLFDOGLPHQVLRQVRI ZKLFKDUHFRPPRQWRDUDQJHRIFXUUHQWUDWLQJV)UDPHVL]HLVH[SUHVVHGLQDPSHUHV FRUUHVSRQGLQJWRWKHKLJKHVWFXUUHQWUDWLQJRIWKHJURXS:LWKLQDIUDPHVL]HWKH ZLGWKPD\YDU\DFFRUGLQJWRWKHQXPEHURISROHV7KLVGH¿QLWLRQGRHVQRWLPSO\ GLPHQVLRQDOVWDQGDUGL]DWLRQ &RPSDFW16;KDVWZRIUDPHVL]HVFRYHULQJWR$DQGWR$
Insulation class
A-5
'H¿QHVWKHW\SHRIGHYLFHLQVXODWLRQLQWHUPVRIHDUWKLQJDQGWKHFRUUHVSRQGLQJ VDIHW\IRUXVHULQRQHRIWKUHHFODVVHV b &ODVV,7KHGHYLFHLVHDUWKHG$Q\HOHFWULFDOIDXOWVLQWHUQDORUH[WHUQDORUFDXVHG E\WKHORDGDUHFOHDUHGYLDWKHHDUWKLQJFLUFXLWWKXVHQVXULQJXVHUVDIHW\ b &ODVV,,7KHGHYLFHLVQRWFRQQHFWHGWRDSURWHFWLYHFRQGXFWRU8VHUVDIHW\LV HQVXUHGE\UHLQIRUFHGLQVXODWLRQDURXQGWKHOLYHSDUWV DQLQVXODWLQJFDVHDQGQR FRQWDFWZLWKOLYHSDUWVLHSODVWLFEXWWRQVPRXOGHGFRQQHFWLRQVHWF RUGRXEOH LQVXODWLRQ b &ODVV,,,7KHGHYLFHPD\EHFRQQHFWHGRQO\WR6(/9 VDIHW\H[WUDORZYROWDJH FLUFXLWV7KH&RPSDFW16;DUHFODVV,,GHYLFHV IURQW DQGPD\EHLQVWDOOHGWKURXJK WKHGRRULQFODVV,,VZLWFKERDUGV VWDQGDUGV,(&DQG,(& ZLWKRXW UHGXFLQJLQVXODWLRQHYHQZLWKDURWDU\KDQGOHRUPRWRUPHFKDQLVPPRGXOH 9DOXHRISURVSHFWLYHPDNLQJFXUUHQWWKDWDVZLWFKLQJGHYLFHLVFDSDEOHRIPDNLQJDWD VWDWHGYROWDJHXQGHUSUHVFULEHGFRQGLWLRQVRIXVHDQGEHKDYLRXU5HIHUHQFHLV JHQHUDOO\PDGHWRWKHVKRUWFLUFXLWPDNLQJFDSDFLW\,FP
Making capacity
Maximum break time
A-17
0D[LPXPWLPHDIWHUZKLFKEUHDNLQJLVHIIHFWLYHLHWKHFRQWDFWVVHSDUDWHGDQGWKH FXUUHQWFRPSOHWHO\LQWHUUXSWHG
Mechanical durability
A-6
:LWKUHVSHFWWRLWVUHVLVWDQFHWRPHFKDQLFDOZHDUHTXLSPHQWLVFKDUDFWHULVHGE\WKH QXPEHURIQRORDGRSHUDWLQJF\FOHVZKLFKFDQEHHIIHFWHGEHIRUHLWEHFRPHV QHFHVVDU\WRVHUYLFHRUUHSODFHDQ\PHFKDQLFDOSDUWV
Non-tripping time
A-17
7KLVLVWKHPLQLPXPWLPHGXULQJZKLFKWKHSURWHFWLYHGHYLFHGRHVQRWRSHUDWHLQVSLWH RISLFNXSRYHUUXQLIWKHGXUDWLRQRIWKHRYHUUXQGRHVQRWH[FHHGWKHFRUUHVSRQGLQJ YROXQWDU\WLPHGHOD\
Pollution degree RIHQYLURQPHQWFRQGLWLRQV ,(& ,(&
A-6
&RQYHQWLRQDOQXPEHUEDVHGRQWKHDPRXQWRIFRQGXFWLYHRUK\JURVFRSLFGXVW LRQL]HGJDVRUVDOWDQGRQWKHUHODWLYHKXPLGLW\DQGLWVIUHTXHQF\RIRFFXUUHQFH UHVXOWLQJLQK\JURVFRSLFDEVRUSWLRQRUFRQGHQVDWLRQRIPRLVWXUHOHDGLQJWRUHGXFWLRQ LQGLHOHFWULFVWUHQJWKDQGRUVXUIDFHUHVLVWLYLW\6WDQGDUG,(& GLVWLQJXLVKHV IRXUSROOXWLRQGHJUHHV b 'HJUHH1RSROOXWLRQRURQO\GU\QRQFRQGXFWLYHSROOXWLRQRFFXUV b 'HJUHH1RUPDOO\RQO\QRQFRQGXFWLYHSROOXWLRQRFFXUV2FFDVLRQDOO\KRZHYHU DWHPSRUDU\FRQGXFWLYLW\FDXVHGE\FRQGHQVDWLRQPD\EHH[SHFWHG b 'HJUHH&RQGXFWLYHSROOXWLRQRFFXUVRUGU\QRQFRQGXFWLYHSROOXWLRQRFFXUV ZKLFKEHFRPHVFRQGXFWLYHGXHWRFRQGHQVDWLRQ b 'HJUHH7KHSROOXWLRQJHQHUDWHVSHUVLVWHQWFRQGXFWLYLW\FDXVHGIRULQVWDQFHE\ FRQGXFWLYHGXVWRUE\UDLQRUVQRZ&RPSDFW16;PHHWVGHJUHHZKLFK FRUUHVSRQGVWRLQGXVWULDODSSOLFDWLRQV
Prospective short-circuit current
E-13
&XUUHQWWKDWZRXOGÀRZWKURXJKWKHSROHVLIWKH\UHPDLQHGIXOO\FORVHGGXULQJWKH VKRUWFLUFXLW
Rated current (In)
A-6
7KLVLVWKHFXUUHQWWKDWWKHGHYLFHFDQFDUU\FRQWLQXRXVO\ZLWKWKHFRQWDFWVFORVHG DQGZLWKRXWDEQRUPDOWHPSHUDWXUHULVH
Rated impulse withstand voltage (Uimp)
A-6
7KHSHDNYDOXHRIDQLPSXOVHYROWDJHRISUHVFULEHGIRUPDQGSRODULW\ZKLFKWKH HTXLSPHQWLVFDSDEOHRIZLWKVWDQGLQJZLWKRXWIDLOXUHXQGHUVSHFL¿HGFRQGLWLRQVRI WHVWDQGWRZKLFKWKHYDOXHVRIWKHFOHDUDQFHVDUHUHIHUUHG7KHUDWHGLPSXOVH ZLWKVWDQGYROWDJHRIDQHTXLSPHQWVKDOOEHHTXDOWRRUKLJKHUWKDQWKHYDOXHVVWDWHG IRUWKHWUDQVLHQWRYHUYROWDJHVRFFXUULQJLQWKHFLUFXLWLQZKLFKWKHHTXLSPHQWLV¿WWHG
Rated insulation voltage (Ui)
A-6
7KHUDWHGLQVXODWLRQYROWDJHRIDQHTXLSPHQWLVWKHYDOXHRIYROWDJHWRZKLFK GLHOHFWULFWHVWVDQGFUHHSDJHGLVWDQFHVDUHUHIHUUHG,QQRFDVHVKDOOWKHPD[LPXP YDOXHRIWKHUDWHGRSHUDWLRQDOYROWDJHH[FHHGWKDWRIWKHUDWHGLQVXODWLRQYROWDJH
Rated operational current (Ie)
(LQGG
$UDWHGRSHUDWLRQDOFXUUHQWRIDQHTXLSPHQWLVVWDWHGE\WKHPDQXIDFWXUHUDQGWDNHV LQWRDFFRXQWWKHUDWHGRSHUDWLRQDOYROWDJHWKHUDWHGIUHTXHQF\WKHUDWHGGXW\WKH XWLOL]DWLRQFDWHJRU\DQGWKHW\SHRISURWHFWLYHHQFORVXUHLIDSSURSULDWH
YHUVLRQ
G-3
Compact NSX
Rated operational voltage (Ue)
Glossary
A-6
$YDOXHRIYROWDJHZKLFKFRPELQHGZLWKDUDWHGRSHUDWLRQDOFXUUHQWGHWHUPLQHVWKH DSSOLFDWLRQRIWKHHTXLSPHQWDQGWRZKLFKWKHUHOHYDQWWHVWVDQGWKHXWLOLVDWLRQ FDWHJRULHVDUHUHIHUUHG)RUPXOWLSROHHTXLSPHQWLWLVJHQHUDOO\VWDWHGDVWKHYROWDJH EHWZHHQSKDVHV 7KLVLVWKHPD[LPXPFRQWLQXRXVYROWDJHDWZKLFKWKHHTXLSPHQWPD\EHXVHG 9DOXHRIVKRUWWLPHZLWKVWDQGFXUUHQWDVVLJQHGWRWKHHTXLSPHQWE\WKH PDQXIDFWXUHUWKDWWKHHTXLSPHQWFDQFDUU\ZLWKRXWGDPDJHXQGHUWKHWHVW FRQGLWLRQVVSHFL¿HGLQWKHUHOHYDQWSURGXFWVWDQGDUG*HQHUDOO\H[SUHVVHGLQN$IRU RUVHFRQGV7KLVLVDQHVVHQWLDOFKDUDFWHULVWLFIRUDLUFLUFXLWEUHDNHUV,WLVQRW VLJQL¿FDQWIRUPRXOGHGFDVHFLUFXLWEUHDNHUVIRUZKLFKWKHGHVLJQWDUJHWVIDVW RSHQLQJDQGKLJKOLPLWLQJFDSDFLW\
Rated short-time withstand current (Icw)
Service breaking capacity (Ics)
A-6
([SUHVVHGDVDSHUFHQWDJHRI,FXLWSURYLGHVDQLQGLFDWLRQRQWKHUREXVWQHVVRIWKH GHYLFHXQGHUVHYHUHFRQGLWLRQV,WLVFRQ¿UPHGE\DWHVWZLWKRQHRSHQLQJDQGRQH FORVLQJRSHQLQJDW,FVIROORZHGE\DFKHFNWKDWWKHGHYLFHRSHUDWHVFRUUHFWO\DWLWV UDWHGFXUUHQWLHF\FOHVDW,QZKHUHWHPSHUDWXUHULVHUHPDLQVZLWKLQWROHUDQFHV DQGWKHSURWHFWLRQV\VWHPVXIIHUVQRGDPDJH
Short-circuit making capacity (Icm)
A-58
9DOXHLQGLFDWLQJWKHFDSDFLW\RIWKHGHYLFHWRPDNHDQGFDUU\DKLJKFXUUHQWZLWKRXW UHSXOVLRQRIWKHFRQWDFWV,WLVH[SUHVVHGLQN$SHDN
Suitability for isolation VHHDOVR3RVLWLYHFRQWDFW LQGLFDWLRQSDJH*
A-5
7KLVFDSDELOLW\PHDQVWKDWWKHFLUFXLWEUHDNHUPHHWVWKHFRQGLWLRQVEHORZ b ,QWKHRSHQSRVLWLRQLWPXVWZLWKVWDQGZLWKRXWÀDVKRYHUEHWZHHQWKHXSVWUHDP DQGGRZQVWUHDPFRQWDFWVWKHLPSXOVHYROWDJHVSHFL¿HGE\WKHVWDQGDUGDVD IXQFWLRQRIWKH8LPSLQGLFDWHGRQWKHGHYLFH b ,WPXVWLQGLFDWHFRQWDFWSRVLWLRQE\RQHRUPRUHRIWKHIROORZLQJV\VWHPV v position of the operating handle v separate mechanical indicator v YLVLEOHEUHDNRIWKHPRYLQJFRQWDFWV b /HDNDJHFXUUHQWEHWZHHQHDFKSROHZLWKWKHFRQWDFWVRSHQDWDWHVWYROWDJHRI [WKHUDWHGRSHUDWLQJYROWDJHPXVWQRWH[FHHG v P$SHUSROHIRUQHZGHYLFHV v P$SHUSROHIRUGHYLFHVDOUHDG\VXEMHFWHGWRQRUPDOVZLWFKLQJRSHUDWLRQV v P$WKHPD[LPXPYDOXHWKDWPXVWQHYHUEHH[FHHGHG b ,WPXVWQRWEHSRVVLEOHWRLQVWDOOSDGORFNVXQOHVVWKHFRQWDFWVDUHRSHQ/RFNLQJLQ WKHFORVHGSRVLWLRQLVSHUPLVVLEOHIRUVSHFLDODSSOLFDWLRQV&RPSDFW16;FRPSOLHV ZLWKWKLVUHTXLUHPHQWE\SRVLWLYHFRQWDFWLQGLFDWLRQ
Suitable for isolation with positive contact indication VHHDOVR6XLWDELOLW\IRULVRODWLRQ SDJH*
A-5
6XLWDELOLW\IRULVRODWLRQLVGH¿QHGKHUHE\WKHPHFKDQLFDOUHOLDELOLW\RIWKHSRVLWLRQ LQGLFDWRURIWKHRSHUDWLQJPHFKDQLVPZKHUH b WKHLVRODWLRQSRVLWLRQFRUUHVSRQGVWRWKH2 2)) SRVLWLRQ b WKHRSHUDWLQJKDQGOHFDQQRWLQGLFDWHWKH2))SRVLWLRQXQOHVVWKHFRQWDFWVDUH HIIHFWLYHO\RSHQ 7KHRWKHUFRQGLWLRQVIRULVRODWLRQPXVWDOOEHIXO¿OOHG b ORFNLQJLQWKHRSHQSRVLWLRQLVSRVVLEOHRQO\LIWKHFRQWDFWVDUHHIIHFWLYHO\RSHQ b leakage currents are below the standardised limits b RYHUYROWDJHLPSXOVHZLWKVWDQGEHWZHHQXSVWUHDPDQGGRZQVWUHDPFRQQHFWLRQV
Ultimate breaking capacity (Icu)
A-6
([SUHVVHGLQN$LWLQGLFDWHVWKHPD[LPXPEUHDNLQJFDSDFLW\RIWKHFLUFXLWEUHDNHU,W LVFRQ¿UPHGE\DWHVWZLWKRQHRSHQLQJDQGRQHFORVLQJRSHQLQJDW,FXIROORZHGE\D FKHFNWKDWWKHFLUFXLWLVSURSHUO\LVRODWHG7KLVWHVWHQVXUHVXVHUVDIHW\
Communication............................................................................................. BSCM %UHDNHUVWDWXVDQGFRQWURO PRGXOH
A-27
7KHRSWLRQDO%6&0IRU&RPSDFW16;LVXVHGWRDFTXLUHGHYLFHVWDWXVLQGLFDWLRQV DQGFRQWUROWKHFRPPXQLFDWLQJUHPRWHFRQWUROIXQFWLRQ,WLQFOXGHVDPHPRU\XVHGWR PDQDJHWKHPDLQWHQDQFHLQGLFDWRUV,WVHUYHVDVDFRQYHUWHUEHWZHHQWKHDQDORJ RXWSXWVRIWKHGHYLFHLQGLFDWLRQFRQWDFWV 2)6'6'( DQGWKHGLJLWDO FRPPXQLFDWLQJIXQFWLRQV
Ethernet TCP/IP 7UDQVPLVVLRQ&RQWURO3URWRFRO ,QWHUQHW3URWRFRO
A-28
(WKHUQHWLVDYHU\FRPPRQQHWZRUNSURWRFRODQGFRPSOLHVZLWK,(((VWDQGDUG (WKHUQHW7&3,3LVWKHSURWRFROWKDWEULQJVZHEIXQFWLRQVWR(WKHUQHWQHWZRUNV 0RVW3&VKDYHDQ(WKHUQHWFDUG RU0ELWV IRUFRQQHFWLRQWRWKH LQWHUQHW'DWDFRPPXQLFDWHGIURP&RPSDFW16;YLD0RGEXVDUHDFFHVVLEOHRQD 3&YLDD7&3,30RGEXVJDWHZD\VXFKDV036RU(*;
Network
G-4
6HWRIFRPPXQLFDWLQJGHYLFHVWKDWDUHLQWHUFRQQHFWHGE\FRPPXQLFDWLRQOLQHVLQ RUGHUWRVKDUHGDWDDQGUHVRXUFHV
YHUVLRQ
(LQGG
Open protocol
3
$SURWRFROIRUV\VWHPFRPPXQLFDWLRQLQWHUFRQQHFWLRQRUGDWDH[FKDQJHIRUZKLFK WHFKQLFDOVSHFL¿FDWLRQVDUHSXEOLFLHWKHUHDUHQRUHVWULFWLRQVRQDFFHVVRU LPSOHPHQWDWLRQ$QRSHQSURWRFROLVWKHRSSRVLWHRIDSURSULHWDU\SURWRFRO
Protocol
A-28
6WDQGDUGLVHGVSHFL¿FDWLRQIRUGLDORJEHWZHHQGLJLWDOFRPSRQHQWVWKDWH[FKDQJH GDWD,WLVDQRSHUDWLQJPRGHEDVHGRQWKHOHQJWKDQGVWUXFWXUHRIELQDU\ZRUGVDQGLW PXVWEHXVHGE\DOOWKHFRPSRQHQWVH[FKDQJLQJGDWDEHWZHHQWKHPVHOYHV &RPPXQLFDWLRQLVQRWSRVVLEOHZLWKRXWXVLQJDSURWRFRO
RJ45 connector
A-26
8QLYHUVDOZLUHFRQQHFWRUWKDWLVZLGHO\XVHGLQGLJLWDOFRPPXQLFDWLRQQHWZRUNV 7KH5-FRQQHFWRULVXVHGWRLQWHUFRQQHFWFRPSXWHUHTXLSPHQW (WKHUQHW 0RGEXVHWF WHOHSKRQHVDQGDXGLRYLVXDOHTXLSPHQW
RS485 Modbus
A-28
0RGEXVLVWKHPRVWZLGHO\XVHGFRPPXQLFDWLRQSURWRFROLQLQGXVWULDOQHWZRUNV,W RSHUDWHVLQPDVWHUVODYHPRGH$Q56PXOWLSRLQWOLQNFRQQHFWVWKHPDVWHUDQG VODYHVYLDDSDLURIZLUHVRIIHULQJWKURXJKSXWVRIXSWRELWVVHFRQGRYHU GLVWDQFHVXSWRP 7KHPDVWHUF\FOLFDOO\SROOVWKHVODYHVZKLFKVHQGEDFNWKH UHTXHVWHGLQIRUPDWLRQ 7KH0RGEXVSURWRFROXVHVIUDPHVFRQWDLQLQJWKHDGGUHVVRIWKHWDUJHWHGVODYHWKH IXQFWLRQ UHDGZULWH WKHGDWXPDQGWKH&5& F\FOLFDOUHGXQGDQF\FKHFN
SDTAM
A-81
5HOD\PRGXOHZLWKWZRVWDWLFRXWSXWVVSHFL¿FDOO\IRUWKHPRWRUSURWHFWLRQ0LFURORJLF WULSXQLWV00DQG(0$QRXWSXWOLQNHGWRWKHFRQWDFWRUFRQWUROOHURSHQVWKH FRQWDFWRUZKHQDQRYHUORDGRURWKHUPRWRUIDXOWRFFXUVWKXVDYRLGLQJRSHQLQJRIWKH FLUFXLWEUHDNHU7KHRWKHURXWSXWVWRUHVWKHRSHQLQJHYHQWLQPHPRU\
SDx
A-81
5HOD\PRGXOHZLWKWZRRXWSXWVWKDWUHPRWHVWKHWULSRUDODUPFRQGLWLRQVRI &RPSDFW16;FLUFXLWEUHDNHUVHTXLSSHGZLWKD0LFURORJLFHOHFWURQLFWULSXQLW
Static output
A-81
2XWSXWRIDUHOD\PDGHXSRIDWK\ULVWRURUWULDFHOHFWURQLFFRPSRQHQW7KHORZ VZLWFKLQJFDSDELOLW\PHDQVWKDWDSRZHUUHOD\LVUHTXLUHG 7KLVLVWKHFDVHIRUWKH6'[DQG6'7$0RXWSXWV
ULP 8QLYHUVDO/RJLF3OXJ
A-31
&RQQHFWLRQV\VWHPXVHGE\&RPSDFW16;WRFRPPXQLFDWHLQIRUPDWLRQWRWKH 0RGEXVLQWHUIDFHYLDDVLPSOH5-FDEOH&RPSDWLEOHPRGXOHVDUHLQGLFDWHGE\WKH V\PERORSSRVLWH
Components................................................................................................... ASIC $SSOLFDWLRQ6SHFL¿F ,QWHJUDWHG&LUFXLW
A-8
,QWHJUDWHGFLUFXLWGHVLJQHGEXLOWDQGLQWHQGHGIRUDVSHFL¿FDSSOLFDWLRQ,WFDUULHVRXW UHSHWLWLYHVHTXHQFHVRILQVWUXFWLRQVHQJUDYHGLQWKHVLOLFRQFKLS)RUWKDWUHDVRQLWLV H[WUHPHO\UHOLDEOHEHFDXVHLWFDQQRWEHPRGL¿HGDQGLVQRWDIIHFWHGE\HQYLURQPHQW FRQGLWLRQV 0LFURORJLFWULSXQLWVXVHDQ$6,&IRUWKHSURWHFWLRQIXQFWLRQV7KH$6,&F\FOLFDOO\ SROOVWKHQHWZRUNVWDWXVDWDKLJKIUHTXHQF\XVLQJWKHYDOXHVVXSSOLHGE\FDSWRUV &RPSDULVRQZLWKWKHVHWWLQJVIRUPVWKHEDVLVIRURUGHUVWRWKHHOHFWURQLFWULSXQLWV
Microprocessor
A-8
$PLFURSURFHVVRULVDPRUHJHQHUDOSXUSRVHGHYLFHWKDQDQ$6,&,Q0LFURORJLFD PLFURSURFHVVRULVXVHGIRUPHDVXUHPHQWVDQGLWFDQEHSURJUDPPHG,WLVQRWXVHG IRUWKHPDLQSURWHFWLRQIXQFWLRQVWKDWDUHFDUULHGRXWE\WKH$6,&
Controls ......................................................................................................... Communicating motor mechanism
A-82
)RU&RPSDFW16;UHPRWHFRQWUROYLDWKHFRPPXQLFDWLRQV\VWHPDFRPPXQLFDWLQJ PRWRUPHFKDQLVPLVUHTXLUHG([FHSWIRUWKHFRPPXQLFDWLRQIXQFWLRQLWLVLGHQWLFDOWR WKHVWDQGDUGPRWRUPHFKDQLVPPRGXOHDQGFRQQHFWVWRDQGFRQWUROOHGE\WKH%6&0 PRGXOH
CNOMO machine-tool rotary handle
A-84
+DQGOHXVHGIRUPDFKLQHWRROFRQWUROHQFORVXUHVDQGSURYLGLQJ,3DQG,.
Direct rotary handle
A-84
7KLVLVDQRSWLRQDOFRQWUROKDQGOHIRUWKHFLUFXLWEUHDNHU,WKDVWKHVDPHWKUHH SRVLWLRQV, 21 2 2)) DQG75,33('DVWKHWRJJOHFRQWURO,WSURYLGHV,3,. DQGWKHSRVVLELOLW\GXHWRLWVH[WHQGHGWUDYHORIXVLQJHDUO\PDNHDQGHDUO\EUHDN FRQWDFWV,WPDLQWDLQVVXLWDELOLW\IRULVRODWLRQDQGRIIHUVRSWLRQDOORFNLQJXVLQJD NH\ORFNRUDSDGORFN
(LQGG
YHUVLRQ
G-5
Compact NSX
Glossary
Emergency off
A-83
,QDFLUFXLWHTXLSSHGZLWKDFLUFXLWEUHDNHUWKLVIXQFWLRQLVFDUULHGRXWE\DQRSHQLQJ PHFKDQLVPXVLQJDQ01XQGHUYROWDJHUHOHDVHRUDQ0;VKXQWUHOHDVHLQ FRQMXQFWLRQZLWKDQHPHUJHQF\RIIEXWWRQ
Extended rotary handle
A-84
5RWDU\KDQGOHZLWKDQH[WHQGHGVKDIWWRFRQWUROGHYLFHVLQVWDOOHGDWWKHUHDURI VZLWFKERDUGV,WKDVWKHVDPHFKDUDFWHULVWLFVDVGLUHFWURWDU\KDQGOHV,WRIIHUV GV ,W KDV PXOWLSOHORFNLQJSRVVLELOLWLHVXVLQJDNH\ORFNDSDGORFNRUDGRRULQWHUORFN
Failsafe remote tripping
A-83
5HPRWHWULSSLQJLVFDUULHGRXWE\DQRSHQLQJPHFKDQLVPXVLQJDQ01XQGHUYROWDJH UHOHDVHLQFRQMXQFWLRQZLWKDQHPHUJHQF\RIIEXWWRQ,ISRZHULVORVWWKHSURWHFWLRQ GHYLFHRSHQVWKHFLUFXLWEUHDNHU
Manual toggle control
A-89
This is the standard control mechanism for the circuit breaker, with a toggle that can EHÀLSSHGXSRUGRZQ,QDPRXOGHGFDVHFLUFXLWEUHDNHU 0&&% WKHUHDUHWKUHH SRVLWLRQV, 21 2 2)) DQG75,33('2QFHLQWKH75,33('SRVLWLRQPDQXDO UHVHWLVUHTXLUHGE\VZLWFKLQJWR2 2))SRVLWLRQEHIRUHUHFORVLQJ7KH75,33(' SRVLWLRQGRHVQRWRIIHULVRODWLRQZLWKSRVLWLYHFRQWDFWLQGLFDWLRQ7KLVLVJXDUDQWHHG RQO\E\WKH2 2)) SRVLWLRQ
MCC rotary handle
A-84
+DQGOHXVHGIRUPRWRUFRQWUROFHQWUHVDQGSURYLGLQJ,3DQG,.
Motor mechanism module
A-82
7KHRSWLRQDOPRWRUPHFKDQLVPPRGXOHLVXVHGWRUHPRWHO\RSHQFORVHDQGUHFKDUJH WKHFLUFXLWEUHDNHU
Discrimination / Cascading .......................................................................... Cascading
&DVFDGLQJLPSOHPHQWVWKHFXUUHQWOLPLWLQJFDSDFLW\RIDFLUFXLWEUHDNHUPDNLQJLW SRVVLEOHWRLQVWDOOGRZQVWUHDPFLUFXLWEUHDNHUVZLWKORZHUSHUIRUPDQFHOHYHOV 7KHXSVWUHDPFLUFXLWEUHDNHUUHGXFHVDQ\KLJKVKRUWFLUFXLWFXUUHQWV7KLVPDNHVLW possible to install downstream circuit breakers with breaking capacities less than the SURVSHFWLYHVKRUWFLUFXLWFXUUHQWDWWKHLUSRLQWRILQVWDOODWLRQ 7KHPDLQDGYDQWDJHRIFDVFDGLQJLVWRUHGXFHWKHRYHUDOOFRVWRIVZLWFKJHDU %HFDXVHWKHFXUUHQWLVOLPLWHGWKURXJKRXWWKHFLUFXLWGRZQVWUHDPRIWKHOLPLWLQJFLUFXLW EUHDNHUFDVFDGLQJDSSOLHVWRDOOWKHGHYLFHVORFDWHGGRZQVWUHDP
Current discrimination
Discrimination based on the difference between the current-protection settings of the FLUFXLWEUHDNHUV7KHGLIIHUHQFHLQVHWWLQJVEHWZHHQWZRVXFFHVVLYHFLUFXLWEUHDNHUV LQDFLUFXLWPXVWEHVXI¿FLHQWWRDOORZWKHGRZQVWUHDPEUHDNHUWRFOHDUWKHIDXOW EHIRUHWKHXSVWUHDPEUHDNHUWULSV
Discrimination
A-8
Discrimination is ensured between upstream and downstream circuit breakers if, ZKHQDIDXOWRFFXUVRQO\WKHFLUFXLWEUHDNHUSODFHGLPPHGLDWHO\XSVWUHDPRIWKHIDXOW WULSV 'LVFULPLQDWLRQLVWKHNH\WRHQVXULQJWKHFRQWLQXLW\RIVHUYLFHRIDQLQVWDOODWLRQ
Energy discrimination
A-8
7KLVIXQFWLRQLVVSHFL¿FWR&RPSDFW16; VHH5HÀH[WULSSLQJRQSDJH* DQG VXSSOHPHQWVWKHRWKHUW\SHVRIGLVFULPLQDWLRQ
Partial discrimination
A-8
Discrimination is partial if the conditions for total discrimination are not met up to the XOWLPDWHVKRUWFLUFXLWFXUUHQW,FXEXWRQO\XSWRDOHVVHUYDOXH7KLVYDOXHLVFDOOHGWKH GLVFULPLQDWLRQOLPLW,IDIDXOWH[FHHGVWKHGLVFULPLQDWLRQOLPLWERWKFLUFXLWEUHDNHUV WULS 'LVFULPLQDWLRQEDVHGRQWKHGLIIHUHQFHEHWZHHQWKHWLPHGHOD\VHWWLQJVRIWKHFLUFXLW EUHDNHUV7KHXSVWUHDPWULSXQLWLVGHOD\HGWRSURYLGHWKHGRZQVWUHDPEUHDNHUWKH WLPHUHTXLUHGWRFOHDUWKHIDXOW
Time discrimination
G-6
Total discrimination
A-8
Total discrimination is ensured between upstream and downstream circuit breakers LIIRUDOOIDXOWYDOXHVIURPRYHUORDGVXSWRVROLGVKRUWFLUFXLWVRQO\WKHGRZQVWUHDP FLUFXLWEUHDNHUWULSVDQGWKHXSVWUHDPFLUFXLWEUHDNHUUHPDLQVFORVHG
Zone selective interlocking (ZSI)
A-18
A number of circuit breakers with Micrologic electronic trip units are interconnected RQHDIWHUDQRWKHUE\DSLORWZLUH,QWKHHYHQWRIDVKRUWWLPHRUJURXQGIDXOW b LQWKHDEVHQFHRILQIRUPDWLRQIURPGRZQVWUHDPWKHFLUFXLWEUHDNHUGLUHFWO\ FRQFHUQHGE\WKHIDXOW LHORFDWHGMXVWXSVWUHDPRIWKHIDXOW VKLIWVWRWKHVKRUWHVW WLPHGHOD\DQGVHQGVDVLJQDOXSVWUHDP b WKHXSVWUHDPGHYLFHRQUHFHLYLQJWKHVLJQDOIURPWKHGRZQVWUHDPGHYLFH PDLQWDLQVLWVQRUPDOWLPHGHOD\ ,QWKLVPDQQHUWKHIDXOWLVFOHDUHGUDSLGO\E\WKHFLUFXLWEUHDNHUFORVHVWWRWKHIDXOW
YHUVLRQ
(LQGG
Environment.................................................................................................. EMC (Electromagnetic compatibility)
A-5
(0&LVWKHFDSDFLW\RIDGHYLFHQRWWRGLVWXUELWVHQYLURQPHQWGXULQJRSHUDWLRQ HPLWWHGHOHFWURPDJQHWLFGLVWXUEDQFHV DQGWRRSHUDWHLQDGLVWXUEHGHQYLURQPHQW HOHFWURPDJQHWLFGLVWXUEDQFHVDIIHFWLQJWKHGHYLFH 7KHVWDQGDUGVGH¿QHYDULRXV FODVVHVIRUWKHW\SHVRIGLVWXUEDQFHV0LFURORJLFWULSXQLWVFRPSO\ZLWKDQQH[HV) DQG-LQVWDQGDUG,(&,(
Power loss 3ROHUHVLVWDQFH
B-10
7KHÀRZRIFXUUHQWWKURXJKWKHFLUFXLWEUHDNHUSROHVSURGXFHV-RXOHHIIHFWORVVHV FDXVHGE\WKHUHVLVWDQFHRIWKHSROHV
3URGXFWHQYLURQPHQWDOSUR¿OH (PEP) /&$ /LIHF\FOHDVVHVVPHQW ,62
A-4
An assessment on the impact of the construction and use of a product on the HQYLURQPHQWLQFRPSOLDQFHZLWKVWDQGDUG,62(QYLURQPHQWDOPDQDJHPHQW OLIHF\FOHDVVHVVPHQW /&$ SULQFLSOHVDQGIUDPHZRUN )RU&RPSDFW16;WKLVDVVHVVPHQWLVFDUULHGRXWXVLQJWKHVWDQGDUGLVHG(,0( (QYLURQPHQWDO,PSDFWDQG0DQDJHPHQW([SORUHU VRIWZDUHZKLFKPDNHVSRVVLEOH FRPSDULVRQVEHWZHHQWKHSURGXFWVRIGLIIHUHQWPDQXIDFWXUHUV ,WLQFOXGHVDOOVWDJHVLHPDQXIDFWXUHGLVWULEXWLRQXVHDQGHQGRIOLIHZLWKVHW XVDJHDVVXPSWLRQV b XVHRYHU\HDUVDWDSHUFHQWORDGRIIRUKRXUVSHUGD\DQGIRUWHQ hours b DFFRUGLQJWRWKH(XURSHDQHOHFWULFDOHQHUJ\PRGHO ,WSURYLGHVWKHLQIRUPDWLRQSUHVHQWHGEHORZ b 0DWHULDOVPDNLQJXSWKHSURGXFW FRPSRVLWLRQDQGSURSRUWLRQVZLWKDFKHFNWR PDNHVXUHQRVXEVWDQFHVIRUELGGHQE\WKH5R+6GLUHFWLYHDUHLQFOXGHG b 0DQXIDFWXUH RQ6FKQHLGHU(OHFWULFSURGXFWLRQVLWHVWKDWKDYHVHWXSDQ HQYLURQPHQWDOPDQDJHPHQWV\VWHPFHUWL¿HG,62 b 'LVWULEXWLRQ SDFNDJLQJLQFRPSOLDQFHZLWKWKH (&SDFNDJLQJGLUHFWLYH RSWLPLVHGYROXPHVDQGZHLJKWV DQGRSWLPLVHGGLVWULEXWLRQÀRZVYLDORFDOFHQWUHV b 8VH QRDVSHFWVUHTXLULQJVSHFLDOSUHFDXWLRQVIRUXVH3RZHUORVWWKURXJK-RXOH HIIHFWLQ:DWWV : PXVWEH RIWRWDOSRZHUÀRZLQJWKURXJKWKHFLUFXLW EUHDNHU%DVHGRQWKHDERYHDVVXPSWLRQVDQQXDOFRQVXPSWLRQIURP WRN:K b (QGRIOLIH SURGXFWVGLVPDQWOHGRUFUXVKHG)RU&RPSDFW16;RIPDWHULDOV FDQEHUHF\FOHGXVLQJVWDQGDUGUHF\FOLQJWHFKQLTXHV/HVVWKDQRIWRWDOZHLJKW UHTXLUHVVSHFLDOUHF\FOLQJ
3URGXFWHQYLURQPHQWDOSUR¿OH (PEP) (QYLURQPHQWDOLQGLFDWRUV
A-4
(QYLURQPHQWDOLQGLFDWRUVDUHDOVRIUHTXHQWO\XVHGIRUWKH3(3 VKHHWDYDLODEOHRQ UHTXHVWIRU&RPSDFW16; b Depletion of natural resources b 'HSOHWLRQRIHQHUJ\ b Depletion of water b 3RWHQWLDOIRUDWPRVSKHULFZDUPLQJ JUHHQKRXVHHIIHFW b 3RWHQWLDOIRUVWUDWRVSKHULFR]RQHGHSOHWLRQ b &UHDWLRQRIDWPRVSKHULFR]RQH R]RQHOD\HU b $FLGL¿FDWLRQRIDLU DFLGUDLQ b 3URGXFWLRQRIKD]DUGRXVZDVWH
RoHS directive 5HVWULFWLRQRI+D]DUGRXV VXEVWDQFHV
A-4
(XURSHDQGLUHFWLYH (&GDWHG-DQXDU\DLPHGDWUHGXFLQJRU HOLPLQDWLQJWKHXVHRIKD]DUGRXVVXEVWDQFHV7KHPDQXIDFWXUHUPXVWDWWHVWWR FRPSOLDQFHZLWKRXWWKLUGSDUW\FHUWL¿FDWLRQ&LUFXLWEUHDNHUVDUHQRWLQFOXGHGLQWKH OLVWRIFRQFHUQHGSURGXFWVZKLFKDUHHVVHQWLDOO\FRQVXPHUSURGXFWV 7KDWQRWZLWKVWDQGLQJ6FKQHLGHU(OHFWULFGHFLGHGWRFRPSO\ZLWKWKH5R+6GLUHFWLYH &RPSDFW16;SURGXFWVDUHGHVLJQHGLQFRPSOLDQFHZLWK5R+6DQGGRQRWFRQWDLQ DERYHWKHDXWKRULVHGOHYHOV OHDGPHUFXU\FDGPLXPKH[DYDOHQWFKURPLXPRU ÀDPHUHWDUGDQWV SRO\EURPLQDWHGELSKHQ\OV3%%DQGSRO\EURPLQDWHGGLSKHQ\OHWKHU 3%'(
Safety clearances
A-4
:KHQLQVWDOOLQJDFLUFXLWEUHDNHUPLQLPXPGLVWDQFHV VDIHW\FOHDUDQFHV PXVWEH PDLQWDLQHGEHWZHHQWKHGHYLFHDQGSDQHOVEDUVDQGRWKHUSURWHFWLRQV\VWHPV LQVWDOOHGQHDUE\7KHVHGLVWDQFHVZKLFKGHSHQGRQWKHXOWLPDWHEUHDNLQJFDSDFLW\ DUHGH¿QHGE\WHVWVFDUULHGRXWLQDFFRUGDQFHZLWKVWDQGDUG,(&
Temperature derating
B-8
$QDPELHQWWHPSHUDWXUHYDU\LQJVLJQL¿FDQWO\IURP&FDQPRGLI\RSHUDWLRQRI PDJQHWLFRUWKHUPDOPDJQHWLFSURWHFWLRQIXQFWLRQV,WGRHVQRWDIIHFWHOHFWURQLFWULS XQLWV+RZHYHUZKHQHOHFWURQLFWULSXQLWVDUHXVHGLQKLJKWHPSHUDWXUHVLWXDWLRQVLW LVQHFHVVDU\WRFKHFNWKHVHWWLQJVWRHQVXUHWKDWRQO\WKHSHUPLVVLEOHFXUUHQWIRUWKH JLYHQDPELHQWWHPSHUDWXUHLVOHWWKURXJK
(LQGG
YHUVLRQ
*
Compact NSX
Glossary
Vibration withstand ,(&
B-2
&LUFXLWEUHDNHUVDUHWHVWHGLQFRPSOLDQFHZLWKVWDQGDUG,(&IRUWKHOHYHOV UHTXLUHGE\PHUFKDQWPDULQHLQVSHFWLRQRUJDQLVDWLRQV 9HULWDV/OR\G VHWF b WR+] DPSOLWXGHRIPP b WR+] FRQVWDQWDFFHOHUDWLRQRIJ
WEEE directive :DVWHRI(OHFWULFDODQG(OHFWURQLFF (TXLSPHQW
A-4
(XURSHDQGLUHFWLYHRQPDQDJLQJWKHZDVWHRIHOHFWULFDODQGHOHFWURQLFHTXLSPHQW &LUFXLWEUHDNHUVDUHQRWLQFOXGHGLQWKHOLVWRIFRQFHUQHGSURGXFWV +RZHYHU&RPSDFW16;SURGXFWVUHVSHFWWKH:(((GLUHFWLYH
Harmonics..................................................................................................... Current harmonics
A-20
1RQOLQHDUORDGVFDXVHKDUPRQLFFXUUHQWVWKDWÀRZLQWKH+] RU+] GLVWULEXWLRQV\VWHP7RWDOKDUPRQLFFXUUHQWLVWKHVXPRIVLQXVRLGDO$&FXUUHQWVIRU ZKLFKWKHUPVYDOXHVFDQEHPHDVXUHGDQGEURNHQGRZQLQWR b WKHIXQGDPHQWDOFXUUHQWDWWKH+]IUHTXHQF\RIWKHGLVWULEXWLRQV\VWHPZLWK DQUPVYDOXHRI,+1 b KDUPRQLFFXUUHQWVZLWKZKROHRGGPXOWLSOHV HWF RIWKH+] IUHTXHQF\FDOOHGWKHWKLUGRUGHU¿IWKRUGHUHWFKDUPRQLFV)RUH[DPSOH,+3, the WKLUGRUGHUKDUPRQLFDW+],+5WKH¿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¿HUVYDULDEOHVSHHGGULYHV DUFIXUQDFHVDQGÀXRUHVFHQWOLJKWLQJ
Non-linear load
Total harmonic distortion of current (THDI)
A-21
7+',FKDUDFWHULVHVWKHGLVWRUWLRQRIWKHFXUUHQWZDYHE\KDUPRQLFV ,WLQGLFDWHVWKHTXDQWLW\RIKDUPRQLFVLQWKHUHVXOWLQJZDYHIRUP,WLVH[SUHVVHGLQ SHUFHQW 7KHKLJKHUWKH7+',WKHPRUHWKHFXUUHQWLVGLVWRUWHGE\KDUPRQLFV 7+',VKRXOGUHPDLQEHORZ$ERYHWKDWOHYHOWKHUHLVVDLGWREHKDUPRQLF SROOXWLRQWKDWLVFRQVLGHUHGVHYHUHZKHQLWULVHVDERYH
Total harmonic distortion of voltage (THDU)
A-21
7+'8FKDUDFWHULVHVWKHGLVWRUWLRQRIWKHYROWDJHZDYHE\KDUPRQLFV ,WLQGLFDWHVWKHTXDQWLW\RIKDUPRQLFVLQWKHUHVXOWLQJZDYHIRUP,WLVH[SUHVVHGLQ SHUFHQW 7KHKLJKHUWKH7+'8WKHPRUHWKHV\VWHPYROWDJHLVGLVWRUWHGE\KDUPRQLFV,WLV DGYLVHGQRWWRH[FHHGIRUORZYROWDJHV\VWHPV
Voltage harmonics
A-20
)RUHDFKFXUUHQWKDUPRQLF,+NWKHUHLVDYROWDJHKDUPRQLF8+NRIWKHVDPHRUGHUN ZKHUHWKHUHVXOWLQJYROWDJHLVWKHVXPRIWKHWZRZDYHV 7KHYROWDJHZDYHLVWKHUHIRUHGLVWRUWHGZLWKUHVSHFWWRWKHVWDQGDUGVLQXVRLGDOZDYH
Measurements ..............................................................................................
*
Contact wear
A-23
(DFKWLPH&RPSDFW16;RSHQVWKH0LFURORJLFWULSXQLWPHDVXUHVWKH interrupted current and increments the contact-wear indicator as a function of the LQWHUUXSWHGFXUUHQWDFFRUGLQJWRWHVWUHVXOWVVWRUHGLQPHPRU\
Current transformer with iron-core toroid
10
,WLVPDGHXSRIDFRLOZRXQGDURXQGDQLURQIUDPHWKURXJKZKLFKDSRZHUEXVEDU UXQV7KHFXUUHQWÀRZLQJLQWKHEDURQSDVVLQJWKURXJKWKHVHQVRULQGXFHVD PDJQHWLF¿HOGWKDWUHYHUVHVIRUHDFKKDOISHULRG7KLVYDULDWLRQLQWKH¿HOGLQWXUQ FUHDWHVDQLQGXFHGFXUUHQWLQWKHFRLO7KLVFXUUHQWLVSURSRUWLRQDOWRWKHFXUUHQW ÀRZLQJLQWKHEDU,WLVVXI¿FLHQWWRVXSSO\WKHPHDVXUHPHQWHOHFWURQLFV 7KHGLVDGYDQWDJHRILURQFRUHPHDVXUHPHQWFXUUHQWWUDQVIRUPHUV &7 LVWKDWWKH\ UDSLGO\VDWXUDWHIRUFXUUHQWV!,Q
YHUVLRQ
(LQGG
Current transformer with Rogowski toroid or air-core CT
10
,WLVPDGHXSRIDFRLOZLWKRXWDQLURQIUDPHWKURXJKZKLFKDSRZHUEXVEDUUXQV7KH RXWSXWYROWDJHDWWKHFRLOWHUPLQDOVLVSURSRUWLRQDOWRWKHFXUUHQWÀRZLQJWKURXJKWKH EDU7KHUHVXOWLVDFXUUHQWWUDQVIRUPHU &7 ZLWKDYROWDJHRXWSXW7KHDGYDQWDJHLV WKDWLWQHYHUVDWXUDWHVZKDWHYHUWKHSULPDU\FXUUHQWDQGWKXVHQDEOHVPHDVXUHPHQW RIKLJKFXUUHQWV7KHRXWSXWLVKRZHYHUDYHU\ORZFXUUHQWWKDWLVWRRORZWRVXSSO\WKH PHDVXUHPHQWHOHFWURQLFV )RU0LFURORJLF5RJRZVNL&7VPHDVXUHWKHFXUUHQWDQGDVHFRQG&7ZLWKDQLURQ FRUHSURYLGHVWKHHOHFWULFDOVXSSO\
Demand current, demand power and peak values
A-21
$YHUDJHRIWKHLQVWDQWDQHRXVFXUUHQWRUSRZHUYDOXHVRYHUDQDGMXVWDEOH¿[HGRU VOLGLQJWLPHLQWHUYDO7KHKLJKHVWYDOXHREVHUYHGRYHUWKHWLPHLQWHUYDOLVWKHSHDN YDOXH7KHWLPHLQWHUYDOUXQVIURPWKHODVWUHVHW
Instantaneous current
A-21
7UXHUPVYDOXHRIWKHFXUUHQWPHDVXUHGE\WKHFXUUHQWWUDQVIRUPHUVRYHUDVOLGLQJ WLPHLQWHUYDO$YDLODEOHRQ0LFURORJLF$RU(
Instantaneous voltage
A-21
7UXHUPVYDOXHRIWKHYROWDJHPHDVXUHGE\WKHYROWDJHVHQVRUVRYHUDVOLGLQJWLPH LQWHUYDO$YDLODEOHRQ0LFURORJLF$RU(
Maximeters/minimeters
A-20
0LFURORJLFDQG$RU(FDQUHFRUGWKHPLQLPXPDQGPD[LPXPYDOXHVRIHOHFWULFDO SDUDPHWHUVRYHUVHWWLPHSHULRGV
Overvoltage category 29&2YHUYROWDJHFDWHJRU\ ,(& $QQH[+
A-32
6WDQGDUG,(&VWLSXODWHVWKDWLWLVXSWRWKHXVHUWRVHOHFWDPHDVXUHPHQW GHYLFHZLWKDVXI¿FLHQWRYHUYROWDJHFDWHJRU\GHSHQGLQJRQWKHQHWZRUNYROWDJHDQG WKHWUDQVLHQWRYHUYROWDJHVOLNHO\WRRFFXU )RXURYHUYROWDJHFDWHJRULHVGH¿QHWKH¿HOGRIXVHIRUDGHYLFH b &DW,'HYLFHVVXSSOLHGE\D6(/9LVRODWLQJWUDQVIRUPHURUDEDWWHU\ b &DW,,5HVLGHQWLDOGLVWULEXWLRQKDQGKHOGRUODERUDWRU\WRROVDQGGHYLFHV FRQQHFWHGWRVWDQGDUGLVHG3HDUWKHOHFWULFDORXWOHWV 9 b &DW,,,,QGXVWULDOGLVWULEXWLRQ¿[HGGLVWULEXWLRQFLUFXLWVLQEXLOGLQJV PDLQORZ YROWDJHVZLWFKERDUGVULVLQJPDLQVHOHYDWRUVHWF b &DW,98WLOLW\VXEVWDWLRQVRYHUKHDGOLQHVFHUWDLQLQGXVWULDOHTXLSPHQW
Percent load
A-23
3HUFHQWDJHRIFXUUHQWÀRZLQJWKURXJKWKHFLUFXLWEUHDNHUZLWKUHVSHFWWRLWVUDWHG FXUUHQW0LFURORJLF(0RIIHUVWKLVLQIRUPDWLRQDQGFDQVXPLWRYHUWKHWRWDO RSHUDWLQJWLPHWRSURYLGHWKHORDGSUR¿OHIRUWKHIROORZLQJUDQJHVWR WR WR DQG u
Phase sequence
A-23
7KHRUGHULQZKLFKWKHSKDVHVDUHFRQQHFWHG ///RU/// GHWHUPLQHV WKHGLUHFWLRQRIURWDWLRQIRUWKUHHSKDVHDV\QFKURQRXVPRWRUV0LFURORJLF(0WULS XQLWVSURYLGHWKLVLQIRUPDWLRQ
Power and energy metering (consumption)
A-21
7KHGLJLWDOHOHFWURQLFVLQ0LFURORJLF(FDOFXODWHWKHLQVWDQWDQHRXVSRZHUOHYHOV DSSDUHQW 6LQN9$ DFWLYH 3LQN: DQG 4LQN9 DQGLQWHJUDWHRYHUDWLPHLQWHUYDO WRGHWHUPLQHWKHFRUUHVSRQGLQJHQHUJLHV N9$KN:KNYDUK &DOFXODWLRQVDUHIRU HDFKSKDVHDQGIRUWKHWRWDO
Time-stamped histories
A-23
0LFURORJLFWULSXQLWVVWRUHLQIRUPDWLRQRQHYHQWV HJDODUPVDQGWKHLUFDXVH WKDWDUH WLPHVWDPSHGWRZLWKLQDPLOOLVHFRQG
Protection....................................................................................................... Ground-fault protection G (Ig)
A-19
3URWHFWLRQIXQFWLRQVSHFL¿FWRHOHFWURQLFFLUFXLWEUHDNHUVV\PEROLVHGE\* *URXQG 7KLVSURWHFWLRQFDQFDOFXODWHKLJKWKUHVKROGUHVLGXDOHDUWKOHDNDJHFXUUHQWV LQWKH RUGHURIWHQVRI$PSHUHV RQWKHEDVLVRISKDVHFXUUHQWPHDVXUHPHQWV0LFURORJLF RIIHUVWKLVSURWHFWLRQIXQFWLRQZLWKDGMXVWDEOHSLFNXS,JDQGWLPHGHOD\
Instantaneous protection I (Ii)
A-19
7KLVSURWHFWLRQVXSSOHPHQWV,VG,WSURYRNHVLQVWDQWDQHRXVRSHQLQJRIWKHGHYLFH 7KHSLFNXSPD\EHDGMXVWDEOHRU¿[HG EXLOWLQ 7KLVYDOXHLVDOZD\VORZHUWKDQWKH FRQWDFWUHSXOVLRQOHYHO
Long-time protection L (Ir)
A-19
3URWHFWLRQIXQFWLRQZKHUHWKHDGMXVWDEOH,USLFNXSGHWHUPLQHVDSURWHFWLRQFXUYH VLPLODUWRWKHWKHUPDOSURWHFWLRQFXUYH LQYHUVHWLPHFXUYH,2W 7KHFXUYHLVJHQHUDOO\ GHWHUPLQHGRQWKHEDVLVRIWKH,UVHWWLQJZKLFKFRUUHVSRQGVWRDWKHRUHWLFDOO\LQ¿QLWH WULSSLQJWLPH DV\PSWRWH DQGRIWKHSRLQWDW,UDWZKLFKWKHWULSSLQJWLPHGHSHQGV RQWKHUDWLQJ
Magnetic protection (Im)
A-14
6KRUWFLUFXLWSURWHFWLRQSURYLGHGE\PDJQHWLFWULSXQLWV VHHWKLVWHUP 7KHSLFNXS VHWWLQJPD\EH¿[HGRUDGMXVWDEOH
(LQGG
YHUVLRQ
*
Compact NSX
Glossary
Neutral protection (IN)
A-16
7KHQHXWUDOLVSURWHFWHGEHFDXVHDOOFLUFXLWEUHDNHUSROHVDUHLQWHUUXSWHG7KHVHWWLQJ PD\EHWKDWXVHGIRUWKHSKDVHVRUVSHFL¿FWRWKHQHXWUDOLHUHGXFHGQHXWUDO WLPHVWKHSKDVHFXUUHQW RU261 RYHUVL]HGQHXWUDO DWWLPHVWKHSKDVHFXUUHQW )RU261SURWHFWLRQWKHPD[LPXPGHYLFHVHWWLQJLVOLPLWHGWR,Q
Residual-current earth-leakage SURWHFWLRQ ,¨Q
A-34
3URWHFWLRQSURYLGHGE\9LJLPRGXOHVLQZKLFKWKHUHVLGXDOFXUUHQWWRURLGVGLUHFWO\ GHWHFWORZWKUHVKROGHDUWKOHDNDJHFXUUHQWV LQWKHRUGHURIWHQVRIP$ FDXVHGE\ LQVXODWLRQIDXOWV
Short-delay protection S (Isd)
A-19
3URWHFWLRQIXQFWLRQVSHFL¿FWRHOHFWURQLFFLUFXLWEUHDNHUVV\PEROLVHGE\6 6KRUW GHOD\RUVKRUWWLPH 7KLVSURWHFWLRQVXSSOHPHQWVWKHUPDOSURWHFWLRQ7KHUHDFWLRQ WLPHLVYHU\VKRUWEXWKDVDVOLJKWWLPHGHOD\WRHQDEOHGLVFULPLQDWLRQZLWKWKH XSVWUHDPGHYLFH7KHVKRUWGHOD\SLFNXS,VGLVDGMXVWDEOHIURPDSSUR[LPDWHO\WR ,U
Short-delay protection with ¿[HGWLPHGHOD\6R ,VG
A-17
6KRUWGHOD\SURWHFWLRQEXWZLWKD¿[HGWLPHGHOD\7KLVIXQFWLRQLVDYDLODEOHRQ 0LFURORJLF,WLVV\PEROLVHGE\6R,WHQVXUHVGLVFULPLQDWLRQZLWKGRZQVWUHDP GHYLFHV
Thermal protection (Ir)
A-15
2YHUORDGSURWHFWLRQSURYLGHGE\WKHUPDOWULSXQLWV VHHWKLVWHUP XVLQJDQLQYHUVH WLPHFXUYH ,2W
Relays and auxiliary contacts....................................................................... &RQWDFWLQFOXGHGLQDQDX[LOLDU\FLUFXLWDQGPHFKDQLFDOO\RSHUDWHGE\WKHVZLWFKLQJ GHYLFH
Auxiliary contact ,(& Break contact ,(&
A-84
&RQWURORUDX[LOLDU\FRQWDFWZKLFKLVRSHQZKHQWKHPDLQFRQWDFWVRIWKHPHFKDQLFDO VZLWFKLQJGHYLFHDUHFORVHGDQGFORVHGZKHQWKH\DUHRSHQ
Make contact ,(&
A-84
&RQWURORUDX[LOLDU\FRQWDFWZKLFKLVFORVHGZKHQWKHPDLQFRQWDFWVRIWKH PHFKDQLFDOVZLWFKLQJGHYLFHDUHFORVHGDQGRSHQZKHQWKH\DUHRSHQ
Relay (electrical) ,(&
A-18
'HYLFHGHVLJQHGWRSURGXFHVXGGHQSUHGHWHUPLQHGFKDQJHVLQRQHRUPRUH HOHFWULFDORXWSXWFLUFXLWVZKHQFHUWDLQFRQGLWLRQVDUHIXO¿OOHGLQWKHHOHFWULFDOLQSXW FLUFXLWVFRQWUROOLQJWKHGHYLFH
Relay module with static output
A-81
2XWSXWRIDUHOD\PDGHXSRIDWK\ULVWRURUWULDFHOHFWURQLFFRPSRQHQW7KHORZ LQWHUUXSWLQJFDSDFLW\PHDQVWKDWDSRZHUUHOD\LVUHTXLUHG7KLVLVWKHFDVHIRUWKH 6'[DQG6'7$0RXWSXWV
Switchgear ..................................................................................................... Circuit breaker ,(&
A-6
0HFKDQLFDOVZLWFKLQJGHYLFHFDSDEOHRIPDNLQJFDUU\LQJDQGEUHDNLQJFXUUHQWV XQGHUQRUPDOFLUFXLWFRQGLWLRQVDQGDOVRPDNLQJFDUU\LQJIRUDVSHFL¿HGWLPHDQG EUHDNLQJFXUUHQWVXQGHUVSHFL¿HGDEQRUPDOFLUFXLWFRQGLWLRQVVXFKDVWKRVHRIVKRUW FLUFXLW&LUFXLWEUHDNHUVDUHWKHGHYLFHRIFKRLFHIRUSURWHFWLRQDJDLQVWRYHUORDGV DQGVKRUWFLUFXLWV&LUFXLWEUHDNHUVPD\DVLVWKHFDVHIRU&RPSDFW16;EHVXLWDEOH IRULVRODWLRQ
Circuit-breaker utilisation category ,(&
A-6
7KHVWDQGDUGGH¿QHVWZRXWLOLVDWLRQFDWHJRULHV$DQG%GHSHQGLQJRQEUHDNHU GLVFULPLQDWLRQZLWKXSVWUHDPEUHDNHUVXQGHUVKRUWFLUFXLWFRQGLWLRQV b &DWHJRU\$&LUFXLWEUHDNHUVQRWVSHFL¿FDOO\GHVLJQHGIRUGLVFULPLQDWLRQ DSSOLFDWLRQV b &DWHJRU\%&LUFXLWEUHDNHUVVSHFL¿FDOO\GHVLJQHGIRUGLVFULPLQDWLRQZKLFK UHTXLUHVDVKRUWWLPHGHOD\ ZKLFKPD\EHDGMXVWDEOH DQGDUDWHGVKRUWWLPH ZLWKVWDQGFXUUHQWLQFRPSOLDQFHZLWKWKHVWDQGDUG &RPSDFW16;WRFLUFXLWEUHDNHUVDUHFDWHJRU\$KRZHYHUE\GHVLJQWKH\ SURYLGHGLVFULPLQDWLRQZLWKGRZQVWUHDPGHYLFHV VHHWKH&RPSOHPHQWDU\WHFKQLFDO LQIRUPDWLRQJXLGH
Contactor ,(&
A-36
0HFKDQLFDOVZLWFKLQJGHYLFHKDYLQJRQO\RQHSRVLWLRQRIUHVWRSHUDWHGRWKHUZLVH WKDQE\KDQGFDSDEOHRIPDNLQJFDUU\LQJDQGEUHDNLQJFXUUHQWVXQGHUQRUPDO FLUFXLWFRQGLWLRQVLQFOXGLQJRSHUDWLQJRYHUORDGFRQGLWLRQV$FRQWDFWRULVSURYLGHGIRU IUHTXHQWRSHQLQJDQGFORVLQJRIFLUFXLWVXQGHUORDGRUVOLJKWRYHUORDGFRQGLWLRQV,W PXVWEHFRPELQHGDQGFRRUGLQDWHGZLWKDSURWHFWLYHGHYLFHDJDLQVWRYHUORDGVDQG VKRUWFLUFXLWVVXFKDVDFLUFXLWEUHDNHU
G-10
YHUVLRQ
(LQGG
Contactor utilisation categories ,(&
A-37
7KHVWDQGDUGGH¿QHVIRXUXWLOLVDWLRQFDWHJRULHV$&$&$&DQG$&GHSHQGLQJ RQWKHORDGDQGWKHFRQWUROIXQFWLRQVSURYLGHGE\WKHFRQWDFWRU7KHFODVVGHSHQGV RQWKHFXUUHQWYROWDJHDQGSRZHUIDFWRUDVZHOODVFRQWDFWRUZLWKVWDQGFDSDFLW\LQ WHUPVRIIUHTXHQF\RIRSHUDWLRQDQGHQGXUDQFH
Current-limiting circuit breaker ,(&
A-36
$FLUFXLWEUHDNHUZLWKDEUHDNWLPHVKRUWHQRXJKWRSUHYHQWWKHVKRUWFLUFXLWFXUUHQW UHDFKLQJLWVRWKHUZLVHDWWDLQDEOHSHDNYDOXH 0HFKDQLFDOVZLWFKLQJGHYLFHZKLFKLQWKHRSHQSRVLWLRQFRPSOLHVZLWKWKH UHTXLUHPHQWVVSHFL¿HGIRUWKHLVRODWLQJIXQFWLRQ$GLVFRQQHFWRUVHUYHVWRLVRODWH XSVWUHDPDQGGRZQVWUHDPFLUFXLWV,WLVXVHGWRRSHQRUFORVHFLUFXLWVXQGHUQRORDG FRQGLWLRQVRUZLWKDQHJOLJLEOHFXUUHQWOHYHO,WFDQFDUU\WKHUDWHGFLUFXLWFXUUHQWDQG IRUDVSHFL¿HGWLPHWKHVKRUWFLUFXLWFXUUHQW
Disconnector ,(&
Switch-disconnector ,(&
A-56
6ZLWFKZKLFKLQWKHRSHQSRVLWLRQVDWLV¿HVWKHLVRODWLQJUHTXLUHPHQWVVSHFL¿HGIRU DGLVFRQQHFWRU$VZLWFKGLVFRQQHFWRUVHUYHVIRUVZLWFKLQJDQGLVRODWLRQ7KHVZLWFK function breaks the circuit under load conditions and the disconnection function LVRODWHVWKHFLUFXLW3URWHFWLRQLVQRWSURYLGHG,WPD\EHFDSDEOHRIPDNLQJVKRUW FLUFXLWFXUUHQWVLILWKDVWKHQHFHVVDU\PDNLQJFDSDFLW\EXWLWFDQQRWEUHDNVKRUW FLUFXLWFXUUHQWV&RPSDFW16;WR1$VZLWFKGLVFRQQHFWRUVKDYHDPDNLQJ FDSDFLW\
Switch-disconnector utilisation category ,(&
A-57
7KHVWDQGDUGGH¿QHVVL[XWLOLVDWLRQFDWHJRULHV$&$RU%$&$RU%$&$RU %7KH\GHSHQGRQWKHUDWHGRSHUDWLRQDOFXUUHQWDQGWKHPHFKDQLFDOGXUDELOLW\ $IRU IUHTXHQWRSHUDWLRQRU%IRULQIUHTXHQWRSHUDWLRQ &RPSDFW16;1$VZLWFK GLVFRQQHFWRUVFRPSO\ZLWKXWLOLVDWLRQFDWHJRULHV$&$RU$&$
Three-phase asynchronous motors and their protection............................. Locked-rotor protection (Ijam)
A-44
7KLVIXQFWLRQVWHSVLQZKHQWKHPRWRUVKDIWFDQQRWRUFDQQRORQJHUGULYHWKHORDG 7KHUHVXOWLVDKLJKRYHUFXUUHQW
Long-start protection (Ilong)
A-44
$QRYHUO\ORQJVWDUWPHDQVWKHFXUUHQWGUDZQUHPDLQVWRRKLJKRUWRRORZIRUWRRORQJ ZLWKUHVSHFWWRWKHVWDUWLQJFXUUHQW,QDOOFDVHVWKHORDGFDQQRWEHGULYHQDQGWKH VWDUWPXVWEHLQWHUUXSWHG7KHUHVXOWLQJWHPSHUDWXUHULVHPXVWEHWDNHQLQWRDFFRXQW EHIRUHUHVWDUWLQJ
Phase-unbalance or phaseloss protection (Iunbal)
A-43
7KLVSURWHFWLRQIXQFWLRQVWHSVLQLIWKHFXUUHQWYDOXHVDQGRUWKHXQEDODQFHLQWKH WKUHHSKDVHVVXSSO\LQJWKHPRWRUH[FHHGVWROHUDQFHV&XUUHQWVVKRXOGEHHTXDODQG GLVSODFHPHQWVKRXOGEHRQHWKLUGRIDSHULRG3KDVHORVVLVDVSHFLDOFDVHRISKDVH XQEDODQFH
Starting current
A-38
6WDUWXSRIDWKUHHSKDVHDV\QFKURQRXVPRWRULVFKDUDFWHULVHGE\ b DKLJKLQUXVKFXUUHQWDSSUR[LPDWHO\,QIRUWRPV b DVWDUWLQJFXUUHQWDSSUR[LPDWHO\,QIRUWRVHFRQGV b UHWXUQWRWKHUDWHGFXUUHQWDIWHUWKHVWDUWLQJWLPH
Starting time
A-38
Time after which the motor ceases to draw the starting current and falls back to the RSHUDWLQJFXUUHQW,U y ,Q
Thermal image of the rotor and stator
A-44
7KHWKHUPDOLPDJHPRGHOVWKHWKHUPDOEHKDYLRXURIDPRWRUURWRUDQGVWDWRUWDNLQJ LQWRDFFRXQWWHPSHUDWXUHULVHFDXVHGE\RYHUORDGVRUVXFFHVVLYHVWDUWVDQGWKH FRROLQJFRQVWDQWV)RUHDFKPRWRUSRZHUUDWLQJWKHDOJRULWKPWDNHVLQWRDFFRXQWD WKHRUHWLFDODPRXQWRILURQDQGFRSSHUZKLFKPRGL¿HVWKHFRROLQJFRQVWDQWV 3URWHFWLRQDJDLQVWRYHUFXUUHQWVIROORZLQJDQLQYHUVHWLPHFXUYH,2t = constant, which GH¿QHVWKHPD[LPXPSHUPLVVLEOHWHPSHUDWXUHULVHIRUWKHPRWRU 7ULSSLQJRFFXUVDIWHUDWLPHGHOD\WKDWGHFUHDVHVZLWKLQFUHDVLQJFXUUHQW
Thermal protection
Trip class ,(&
A-38
7KHWULSFODVVGHWHUPLQHVWKHWULSFXUYHRIWKHWKHUPDOSURWHFWLRQGHYLFHIRUDPRWRU IHHGHU7KHVWDQGDUGGH¿QHVWULSFODVVHVDQG7KHVHFODVVHVDUHWKH PD[LPXPGXUDWLRQVLQVHFRQGVIRUPRWRUVWDUWLQJZLWKDVWDUWLQJFXUUHQWRI,U ZKHUH,ULVWKHWKHUPDOVHWWLQJLQGLFDWHGRQWKHPRWRUUDWLQJSODWH
Under-load protection (Iund)
A-44
7KLVIXQFWLRQVWHSVLQZKHQWKHGULYHQORDGLVWRRORZ,WGHWHFWVDVHWPLQLPXPSKDVH FXUUHQWZKLFKVLJQDOVLQFRUUHFWRSHUDWLRQRIWKHGULYHQPDFKLQH,QWKHH[DPSOHRID SXPSXQGHUORDGSURWHFWLRQGHWHFWVZKHQWKHSXPSLVQRORQJHUSULPHG
(LQGG
YHUVLRQ
G-11
Compact NSX
Glossary
Trip units ....................................................................................................... Electronic trip unit (Micrologic)
A-16
7ULSXQLWWKDWFRQWLQXRXVO\PHDVXUHVWKHFXUUHQWÀRZLQJWKURXJKHDFKSKDVHDQGWKH QHXWUDOLILWH[LVWV)RU0LFURORJLFWKHPHDVXUHPHQWVDUHSURYLGHGE\EXLOWLQFXUUHQW VHQVRUVOLQNHGWRDQDQDORJGLJLWDOFRQYHUWHUZLWKDKLJKVDPSOLQJIUHTXHQF\7KH PHDVXUHPHQWYDOXHVDUHFRQWLQXRXVO\FRPSDUHGE\WKH$6,&WRWKHSURWHFWLRQ VHWWLQJV,IDVHWWLQJLVRYHUUXQD0LWRSUHOHDVHWULSVWKHFLUFXLWEUHDNHURSHUDWLQJ PHFKDQLVP 7KLVW\SHRIWULSXQLWRIIHUVPXFKEHWWHUSLFNXSDQGGHOD\VHWWLQJDFFXUDF\WKDQ WKHUPDOPDJQHWLFWULSXQLWV,WDOVRSURYLGHVDZLGHUUDQJHRISURWHFWLRQIXQFWLRQV
Magnetic release
A-14
5HOHDVHDFWXDWHGE\DFRLORUDOHYHU$PDMRULQFUHDVHLQWKHFXUUHQW HJDVKRUW FLUFXLW SURGXFHVLQWKHFRLORUWKHOHYHUDFKDQJHLQWKHPDJQHWLF¿HOGWKDWPRYHVD FRUH7KLVWULSVWKHFLUFXLWEUHDNHURSHUDWLQJPHFKDQLVP$FWLRQLVLQVWDQWDQHRXV 7KHSLFNXSVHWWLQJPD\EHDGMXVWDEOH
5HÀH[WULSSLQJ
A-8
&RPSDFW16;FLUFXLWEUHDNHUVKDYHDSDWHQWHGUHÀH[WULSSLQJV\VWHPEDVHGRQWKH HQHUJ\RIWKHDUFDQGWKDWLVLQGHSHQGHQWRIWKHRWKHUSURWHFWLRQIXQFWLRQV,W RSHUDWHVH[WUHPHO\IDVWEHIRUHWKHRWKHUSURWHFWLRQIXQFWLRQV,WLVDQDGGLWLRQDO VDIHW\IXQFWLRQWKDWRSHUDWHVEHIRUHWKHRWKHUVLQWKHHYHQWRIDYHU\KLJKVKRUW FLUFXLW 'HYLFHPHFKDQLFDOO\FRQQHFWHGWRDPHFKDQLFDOVZLWFKLQJGHYLFH HJDFLUFXLW EUHDNHU ZKLFKUHOHDVHVWKHKROGLQJPHDQVDQGSHUPLWVWKHRSHQLQJRUWKHFORVLQJ RIWKHVZLWFKLQJGHYLFH)RUFLUFXLWEUHDNHUVUHOHDVHVDUHRIWHQLQWHJUDWHGLQDWULS XQLW
Release ,(&
Shunt release (MX)
A-83
7KLVW\SHRIUHOHDVHRSHUDWHVZKHQVXSSOLHGZLWKFXUUHQW7KH0;UHOHDVHSURYRNHV FLUFXLWEUHDNHURSHQLQJZKHQLWUHFHLYHVDSXOVHW\SHRUPDLQWDLQHGFRPPDQG
Thermal-magnetic trip unit
A-14
7ULSXQLWFRPELQLQJWKHUPDOSURWHFWLRQIRURYHUORDGVDQGPDJQHWLFSURWHFWLRQ
Thermal release
A-14
5HOHDVHLQZKLFKDELPHWDOVWULSLVKHDWHGE\WKH-RXOHHIIHFW$ERYHDWHPSHUDWXUH ULVHWKUHVKROGWKDWLVDIXQFWLRQRIWKHFXUUHQWDQGLWVGXUDWLRQ ,2WFXUYH FRQVWDQW ZKLFKLVUHSUHVHQWDWLYHRIWHPSHUDWXUHULVHLQFDEOHV WKHELPHWDOVWULSEHQGVDQG UHOHDVHVWKHFLUFXLWEUHDNHURSHQLQJPHFKDQLVP7KHSLFNXSVHWWLQJPD\EH DGMXVWDEOH
Undervoltage release (MN)
A-83
7KLVW\SHRIUHOHDVHRSHUDWHVZKHQWKHVXSSO\YROWDJHGURSVEHORZWKHVHWPLQLPXP
G-12
YHUVLRQ
(LQGG
Nationwide support on one number call the Customer Information Centre on
0870 608 8 608 Fax 0870 608 8 606 Schneider Electric’s local support Schneider Electric is committed to supporting its customers at every stage of a project. Our 180 sales engineers, the largest dedicated sales force in the UK electrical industry, operate from 4 customer support centres. Our sales engineers are skilled at assessing individual requirements and combined with the expert support of our product specialists, will develop the most effective and economical answer taking relevant regulations and standards fully into account. To access the expertise of the Schneider Electric group, please call 0870 608 8 608. Each customer support centre includes facilities for demonstrations and training, and presentation rooms fully equipped with audio visual and video, providing excellent meeting facilities.
Merlin Gerin is a world leader in the manufacture and supply of high, medium and low voltage products for the distribution, protection, control and management of electrical systems and is focused on the needs of both the commercial and industrial sectors. The newly launched VDI Network Solutions offer provides flexible, configurable ethernet systems for all communication needs.
Square D is a total quality organisation and its business is to put electricity to work productively and effectively, protecting people, buildings and equipment. Its low voltage electrical distribution equipment, systems and services are used extensively in residential and commercial applications.
Telemecanique is a UK market leader and world expert in automation and control. It provides complete solutions, with its range of components, Modicon range of high technology programmable controllers (PLCs), multiple fieldbus and ethernet communication networks, HMI, motion control systems, variable speed drives and communications software. In addition, it offers power distribution through prefabricated busbar trunking.
Local customer support centres Scotland Schneider Electric Ltd Unit 18 Claremont Centre 112a Cornwall Street South Kinning Park Glasgow G41 1AA
South West Schneider Electric Ltd PO Box 41 Langley Road Chippenham Wiltshire SN15 1JJ
North West Schneider Electric Ltd First Floor Market House Church Street Wilmslow Cheshire SK9 1AY
Product showrooms Industrial systems and solutions showroom Schneider Electric Ltd, University of Warwick Science Park, Sir William Lyons Road, Coventry CV4 7EZ Building systems and solutions showroom Schneider Electric Ltd, Stafford Park 5, Telford, Shropshire TF3 3BL Energy and Infrastructure systems and solutions showroom Schneider Electric Ltd, 123 Jack Lane, Hunslet, Leeds LS10 1BS
SE 6375
www.schneider-electric.co.uk
OCT 2008
